OF  THE 

U N I V L US  ITY 
Of  ILLINOIS 

910.4 

P62.pEv 

v.l 


Return  this  book  on  or  before  the 
Latest  Date  stamped  below.  A 
charge  is  made  on  ali  overdue 
books. 

U.  of  I.  Library 


MAGELLAN’S  VOYAGE 
AROUND  THE  WORLD 

Volume  I 


Of  this  work  only  j >yo 
copies  were  published . 


Digitized  by  the  Internet  Archive 
in  2017  with  funding  from 

University  of  Illinois  Urbana-Champaign  Alternates 


https://archive.org/details/magellansvoyagea01  piga_0 


Fernào  de  Magalhàes 

\From  painting  in  Museo-Biblioteca  de  Ultramar , Madrid ] 


Magellan’s  Voyage 
Around  the  World 

BY 

ANTONIO  PIGAFETTA 

The  original  text  of  the  Ambrosian  MS.,  with  English 
translation,  notes,  bibliography,  and  index 


JAMES  ALEXANDER  ROBERTSON 


With  portrait , and  facsimiles  of  the  original 
maps  and  plates 


VOLUME  I 


Cleveland,  U.  S.  A. 

The  Arthur  H.  Clark  Company 
1906 


3\OA 

"■PCSLpE»- 

V I 


COPYRIGHT  I906 
THE  ARTHUR  H.  CLARK  COMPANY 
ALL  RIGHTS  RESERVED 


zn  CTe 


qio,4- 

V*  I 


These  volumes  are  dedicated  to 
EDWARD  GAYLORD  BOURNE 

v to  whom  all  students  of 

fO 

Spanish  colonial  history  are  greatly  indebted. 

a 

r- 

y 

V 

d 

75 

cP 

£D 

1 

£ 

?" 

1 

i 

u 


109737 


t 


CONTENTS  OF  VOLUME  I 

Editor's  Preface 13 

Pigafetta’s  Primo  viaggio  intorno  al  mondo 
(“First  voyage  around  the  world"): 

Italian  text  with  English  translation  . 20 

Notes 199 


ILLUSTRATIONS  TO  VOLUME  I 


Portrait  of  Fernào  de  Magalhàes;  photo- 
graphic facsimile  reproduction  from  paint- 
ing in  Museo-Biblioteca  de  Ultramar,  Ma- 
drid  Frontispiece 

Signature  of  Fernào  de  Magalhàes  [Fernando 
de  Magallayns]  ; photographic  facsimile 
from  original  MS.  in  Archivo  general  de 

Indias,  Sevilla 25 

Pigafetta’s  Chart  of  the  Straits  of  Magellan.  82 

Pigafetta’s  Charts  of  the  Unfortunate  Isles  and 

the  Ladrones 88 

Pigafetta’s  Chart  of  the  islands  of  Samar,  etc.  98 
Pigafetta’s  Chart  of  the  islands  of  Bohol,  etc.  108 
Pigafetta’s  Chart  of  Cebù,  Mactan  and  Bohol.  132 
Map  showing  discoveries  of  Magalhàes;  photo- 
graphic facsimile  from  Mappamundo  (Goa, 
1571)  of  Fernào  Vas  Dourado,  a MS.  hydro- 
graphical  atlas  preserved  in  Archivo  Na- 
cional  da  Torre  do  Tombo,  Lisbon  . . 196,  197 


PREFACE 


Of  all  the  accounts  of  the  first  circumnavigation, 
by  far  the  most  important  is  that  of  the  Venetian, 
Antonio  Pigafetta,  who  accompanied  Fernào  Ma- 
galhàes,  the  greatest  navigator,  perhaps,  of  the  mod- 
ern age,  on  the  expedition  that  disclosed  secrets  that 
had  been  so  long  hidden  from  man.  Pigafetta’s 
account  is  not  only  the  most  valuable  and  authentic 
of  the  few  contemporary  and  early  relations  of  the 
famous  voyage,  but  is  also  the  only  source  of  inform- 
ation for  many  details  of  that  voyage.  Probably  no 
other  historical  document  is  more  universally 
accepted  by  students  as  the  final  authority  regarding 
the  actual  events  with  which  it  deals. 

Pigafetta’s  account  is  herewith  presented  for  the 
first  time  in  complete  form.  The  value  and  interest 
of  the  relation  are  evident  by  its  various  manuscript 
versions,  and  were  recognized  by  its  publication  in 
condensed  form  in  both  French  and  Italian  during 
the  first  quarter-century  after  the  return  of  the 
“Victoria”  to  Spain,  and  in  English  as  early  as  1555. 
These  publications,  however,  are  very  unsatisfactory, 
for  much  of  great  value  to  the  modern  historical 
student  has  been  hurriedly  slurred  over,  or  entirely 
omitted.  At  the  dawn  of  the  nineteenth  century, 
Dr.  Carlo  Amoretti,  prefect  of  the  Biblioteca 
Ambrosiana,  at  Milan,  Italy,  recognizing  to  a slight 
degree  the  value  of  the  original  manuscript  which 
he  discovered  among  the  treasures  entrusted  to  his 


1 4 FIRST  VOYAGE  AROUND  THE  WORLD  [Voi. 

care,  published  the  relation  in  both  Italian  and 
French,  but  committed  the  sin  of  editing  the  pre- 
cious document,  almost  beyond  recognition  in  places. 
In  the  latter  half  of  the  same  century,  Lord  Stanley 
of  Alderley  translated  and  edited  the  relation  for  the 
Hakluyt  Society;  but,  unfortunately,  in  his  trans- 
lation he  omitted  passages  of  importance  to 
ethnologists,  and  in  addition,  relied  for  his  text,  not 
on  the  original  Italian,  but  in  part  on  the  older  of 
the  two  French  manuscripts  of  the  Bibliothèque 
Nationale,  Paris,  and  in  part  on  Amoretti’s  garbled 
publication.  Consequently,  Stanley’s,  as  well  as 
Amoretti’s  edition,  is  unsatisfactory  to  students  who 
prize  accuracy.  The  text  of  the  Italian  manuscript, 
edited  by  Andrea  da  Mosto  (part  v,  voi.  iii,  of 
Raccolta  di  documenti  e studi , published  by  the 
Italian  government  - Rome,  1894 -in  honor  of  the 
fourth  centenary  of  the  discovery  of  America)  has 
proved,  all  things  considered,  the  most  useful  edition 
of  Pigafetta’s  relation  hitherto  given  to  the  public. 
Its  usefulness  is  limited,  however,  as  it  is  available 
to  only  Italian  readers.  Mosto’s  transcript,  although 
in  general  tolerably  faithful,  contains  a few  errors 
and  some  serious  blemishes  from  the  standpoint  of 
historical  accuracy,  such  as  the  spelling  out  of  all 
abbreviations,  the  rendering  of  the  frequently 
occurring  Spanish  abbreviation  “q”  (for  “que”)  by 
the  Italian  “che,”  and  the  arbitrary  insertion  of 
punctuation  not  in  the  original. 

The  present  edition  first  gives  the  English  reader 
access  to  a translation  of  the  true  text  of  Pigafetta, 
edited  and  extensively  annotated.  This,  together 
with  the  original  Italian  of  Pigafetta,  places  before 
the  student  abundant  material,  both  for  a study  of 


One] 


PREFACE 


lS 


the  relation  itself  and  of  the  wonderful  voyage.  The 
transcript  of  the  Italian  manuscript  (the  oldest  and 
most  complete  of  the  four  existing  manuscripts) 
which  is  conserved  in  the  Biblioteca  Ambrosiana, 
Milan,  was  made  personally  by  the  editor,  who 
enjoyed  in  that  library  full  privileges  for  the  work 
of  transcription  and  reference.  In  the  printing, 
great  care  has  been  taken  to  represent  correctly 
the  many  peculiar  characters  and  abbreviations 
occurring  in  the  old  Italian,  and  for  this  purpose 
many  special  characters  have  been  designed  and  type 
specially  cast.  The  peculiarities  of  the  manuscript 
have  been  carefully  preserved,  even  to  the  spacing, 
except  that  paragraphs  in  the  original  have  a hang- 
ing indention,  and  the  punctuation  at  the  end  of 
paragraphs  is  usually  a dash  or  a series  of  dashes  and 
dots. 

Throughout  the  document,  the  Italian  text  has 
been  collated  with  the  text  of  the  earlier  of  the  two 
French  manuscripts  of  the  Bibliothèque  Nationale, 
Paris,  and  with  the  Eden  version,  as  published  by 
Arber,  and  all  the  variant  readings  are  incorporated 
in  the  notes.  The  annotations  have  been  made  very 
extensive,  and  include  not  only  a large  amount  of 
original  matter  gathered  from  the  best  sources, 
but  also  the  most  valuable  comments  of  the 
various  editors  of  former  editions  of  the  relation. 
Mosto’s  edition,  mentioned  above,  has  been  of 
especial  assistance  in  elucidating  many  matters.  The 
bibliography  is  as  complete  as  possible  at  the  present 
time;  in  its  preparation,  the  editor  has  had  the  ad- 
vantage of  personal  assistance  from  librarians  of 
many  great  libraries,  public  and  private,  both  in 
Europe  and  America,  where  rare  Pigafetta  manu- 


1 6 FIRST  VOYAGE  AROUND  THE  WORLD  [Voi. 

scripts  or  books  are  conserved.  He  would  call 
especial  attention  to  the  fact  that  more  complete  and 
definite  details  are  presented  of  the  four  existing 
manuscripts  than  has  yet  appeared  anywhere, 
especially  of  the  Nancy  Manuscript.  An  exhaus- 
tive analytical  index  has  been  added,  which  has  been 
carefully  prepared  to  meet  the  requirements  of  mod- 
ern historical  research.  Pigafetta’s  numerous  charts 
were  photographed  especially  for  this  work  from  the 
original  manuscript:  of  other  illustrations  only 
those  of  distinct  historical  value  have  been  admitted. 

Pigafetta’s  account,  as  here  published,  was  pre- 
pared for  issue  in  Blair  and  Robertson’s  The  Philip- 
pine Islands : 1493-1898.  The  decision  of  the  pub- 
lishers a few  months  since  to  limit  the  edition  of  The 
Philippine  Islands : 1 493-1898  to  about  one-half 
the  edition  originally  announced,  and  the  fact  that 
more  than  half  of  the  sets  issued  are  permanently 
located  in  the  large  European  and  other  foreign 
libraries,  has  led  many  scholars,  and  some  librarians, 
to  urge  the  editors  and  publishers  to  make  this  work 
more  widely  accessible  to  students.  In  response  to 
this  demand  the  present  small  separate  edition  is 
published. 

In  the  preparation  and  editing  of  this  manuscript, 
the  thanks  of  the  editor  are  due  to  Rev.  Antonio 
Ceriani,  prefect  of  the  Biblioteca  Ambrosiana, 
Milan,  Italy,  for  his  courtesy  in  allowing  the  free 
use  of  the  manuscript  and  library;  to  the  officials  of 
the  Bibliothèque  Nationale,  Paris,  for  permission  to 
examine  and  transcribe  Pigafetta  manuscripts;  to 
Mr.  T.  FitzRoy  Fenwick,  Thirlestaine  House,  Chel- 
tenham, England,  for  definite  information  concern- 
ing the  Nancy  MS.  of  Pigafetta’s  relation  which  was 


One] 


PREFACE 


l7 


owned  by  his  grandfather,  Sir  Thomas  Phillipps;  to 
Mr.  Edward  E.  Ayer,  of  Chicago,  for  the  use  of  his 
edition  of  Mosto’s  work;  and  to  various  others  men- 
tioned in  the  annotations.  The  editor  is  under  a deep 
sense  of  obligation  to  Signore  Andrea  da  Mosto,  for 
the  use  of  his  excellent  annotations  and  bibliographi- 
cal notices  which  have  been  drawn  upon  freely.  In 
the  compilation  of  the  bibliography,  the  most  hearty 
cooperation  has  been  experienced  from  the  follow- 
ing: Mr.  Herbert  Putnam,  and  officials,  of  the 
Library  of  Congress,  for  the  loan  of  books  and 
bibliographical  material;  Mr.  George  Parker  Win- 
ship,  of  the  John  Carter  Brown  Library,  Providence, 
who  has  kindly  examined  and  compared  the  Colines 
and  Italian  (1536)  edition  of  Pigafetta’s  relation, 
supplied  titles,  and  otherwise  rendered  valuable  aid; 
Mr.  Victor  Hugo  Paltsits  of  Lenox  Library,  New 
York  City,  who  has  generously  supplied  titles,  and 
examined  bibliographies  and  collections;  Miss 
Clara  A.  Smith,  librarian  of  the  Ayer  (private) 
Library,  Chicago,  who  has  cordially  loaned  books 
and  supplied  titles;  the  officials  and  staff  of  the  libra- 
ries of  the  Wisconsin  Historical  Society  and  of  the 
University  of  Wisconsin,  Madison,  for  the  free  use 
of  library  facilities;  and  from  Mr.  Thomas  J. 
Kiernan,  of  Harvard  University  Library,  Mr.  Hor- 
ace G.  Wadlin,  of  Boston  Public  Library,  Mr. 
Samuel  A.  Green,  Librarian  of  the  Massachusetts 
Historical  Society;  Prof.  Addison  Van  Name,  of 
Yale  University  Library;  Mr.  H.  M.  Lydenberg,  of 
Astor  Library,  New  York  City;  and  Mr.  Robert  H. 
Kelley,  Librarian  of  the  New  York  Historical  So- 
ciety. Many  friends  and  well-wishers,  too  numerous 
to  mention,  have  also  merited  many  thanks.  Especial 


1 8 


FIRST  VOYAGE  AROUND  THE  WORLD 


thanks  are  due  to  Miss  Emma  Helen  Blair,  the 
present  editor’s  colleague  in  The  Philippine  Islands : 
1493-1898 , whose  quiet  and  unselfish  helpfulness 
and  generosity  of  spirit  have  proved  the  greatest  in- 
spiration in  this  work. 


Madison , Wisconsin , October,  1905. 


J.  A.  R. 


MAGELLAN’S  VOYAGE 
AROUND  THE  WORLD 

Volume  I 


[PRIMO  VIAGGIO  INTORNO  AL  MONDO] 


Antonio  pigafeta  patricio  vicentino  et  Caualier  de 
Rhodi  aL  JlLmo.  et  Exellmo.  S.  philipo  de  villers 
lisleadam  Jnclito  grà  mai/t°  de  Rhoddj  /ignior  /uo 
ob/eruanti//imo. 

Perche  fono  molti  curio/i  IlLmo  et  exellmo.  Signor 
che  non  /blamente  /e  contentano  de  / apere  et  Inten- 
dere li  grandi  et  admirabillj  co/e  che  dio  me  a con- 
cedo de  vedere  et  patire  nela  infra/cripta  mia  longa 
et  pericolo/a  nauigatiòe.  Ma  anchora  vogliono  /a- 
pere  li  mezi  et  modi  et  vie  che  ho  tenuto  ad  andarui, 
non  pre/tando  qella  Jntegra  fede  aL  exito  /e  prima 
nò  anno  bonna  Certeza  deL  initio  pertanto  / apera 
V.  Jlla-  sa.  che  ritrouandomi  neL  anno  de  La  natiuita 
deL  nro  /aluatore  m°.vc.xix  in  /pagnia  in  la  corte 
deL  sereni//imo  Re  de  romani  con  el  Rdo  monsor‘ 
frane0  chieregato  alhora  protho  apco.  et  oratore  de 
La  sta.  memoria  de  papa  Leone  x°.  che  per  / ua  vertu 
dapoi  he  acce/o  aL  epist0.  di  aprutino  et  principato 
de  teramo.  Hauendo  yo  hauuto  grà  noti/ia  p molti 
libri  letti  et  per  diuer/e  per/onne  che  praticauano 
con  sua  sa.  de  le  grande  et  / tupende  co/e  deL  mare 


20 


[FIRST  VOYAGE  AROUND  THE  WORLD] 


Antonio  Pigafeta,1  patrician  of  Venezia  and 
knight  of  Rhodi  [i.e.,  Rhodes],2  to  the  most  illus- 
trious and  excellent  Lord,  Philipo  de  Villers  Lis- 
leadam,3  renowned  grand  master  of  Rhoddi,  his  most 
honored  lord.4 

Inasmuch  as,  most  illustrious  and  excellent  Lord, 
there  are  many  curious  persons  who  not  only  take 
pleasure  in  knowing  and  hearing  the  great  and  won- 
derful things  which  God  has  permitted  me  to  see  and 
suffer  during  my  long  and  dangerous  voyage,  hereto 
appended,  but  who  also  wish  to  know  the  means  and 
manners  and  paths  that  I have  taken  in  making  that 
voyage  [ literally : “ in  going  thither”];  and  who 
do  not  lend  that  entire  faith  to  the  end  unless  they 
have  a perfect  assurance  of  the  beginning:  therefore, 
your  most  illustrious  Lordship  must  know  that,  find- 
ing myself,  in  the  year  of  the  nativity  of  our  Savior 
MCCCCCXIX  in  Spagnia,  in  the  court  of  the  most 
serene  king  of  the  Romans,5  with  the  reverend  Mon- 
signor, Francesco  Chieregato,  then  apostolic  proton- 
otary and  nuncio  of  Pope  Leo  X of  holy  memory 
(and  who  has  since  become  bishop  of  Aprutino  and 
prince  of  Teramo),6  and  having  learned  many  things 
from  many  books  that  I had  read,  as  well  as  from 
various  persons,7  who  discussed  the  great  and  mar- 
velous things  of  the  Ocean  Sea  with  his  Lordship, 


21 


22 


PRIMO  VIAGGIO  INTORNO  AL  MONDO  [Voi. 


occeanno  deliberay  con  bonna  grada  deLa  magesta 
Cezaria  et  deL  prefacto  S.  mio  far  experientia  di  me 
et  andare  a vedere  qelle  co  /e  che  pote//ero  dare  al- 
guna  / ati/f atioe  a me  mede/mo  et  pote//ero  partu- 
rirmi  qalche  nome  apre/’/o  la  po/terita  hauendo  In- 
te/o  q alora  fi  era  preparata  vna  armata  in  la  cita 
de  Siuiglia  che  era  de  cinq3  naue  per  andare  a /co- 
prire la  Speceria  nele  y/olle  de  maluco  de  la  qalle  era 
capitanio  generalle  ferando  de  magaglianes  gentil- 
homo  portugu e/e  et  era  comre  de  st0.  Jacobo  de  la 
/pada  piu  volte  co  molte  / ue  laude  haueua  peregrato 
in  diuer/e  guize  lo  mare  occeanno.  Mi  parti  co 
molte  letere  di  fauore  dela  cita  de  bar/alonna  doue 
alhora  re/ideua  sua  mage/ta  et  /opa  vna  naue  pa//ay 
/ ino  amalega  onde  pigliando  eL  Camino  p tera  jun/i 
a / iuiglia  et  iui  e//en do  / tato  ben  circa  tre  me/i 
e/petando  que  La  dieta  armata  se  pone/e  in  hordine 
p la  partita  finalmente  corno  q*  de  /oto  intenderà  v 
exa  sa.  con  felici//imi  au/pitij  in  comen/iamo  la  nra 
nauigatiòe  Et  pefie  ne  le/er  mio  in  ytalia  Quando 
andaua  a la  / antita  de  papa  Clemente  qella  per  / ua 
grada  amontero/o  ver/o  dime  se  dimo/tro  assai  be- 
nigna et  humana  et  di/semi  che  li  / arebe  grato  li 
copia//e  tute  qelle  co/e  haueua  vi/te  et  pa//ate  nella 
nauigatiòe  Benché  yo  ne  habia  hauuta  pocha  Como 
dita  niente  dimeno  /egondo  el  mio  debiL  potere  li  ho 
voluto  /ati/fare.  Et  co/i  li  oferi/co  in  que/to  mio 
libreto  tute  le  vigilie  fatiq3  et  peregrinatiòe  mie  pre- 


One]  FIRST  VOYAGE  AROUND  THE  WORLD  23 

I determined,  by  the  good  favor  of  his  Caesarean 
Majesty,  and  of  his  Lordship  abovesaid,  to  expe- 
rience and  to  go  to  see  those  things  for  myself,  so 
that  I might  be  able  thereby  to  satisfy  myself  some- 
what, and  so  that  I might  be  able  to  gain  some  re- 
nown for  later  posterity.8  Having  heard  that  a fleet 
composed  of  five  vessels  had  been  fitted  out  in  the 
city  of  Siviglia  for  the  purpose  of  going  to  discover 
the  spicery  in  the  islands  of  Maluco,  under  command 
of  Captain-general  Fernando  de  Magaglianes,9  a 
Portuguese  gentleman,  comendador  of  the  [Order 
of]  Santo  Jacobo  de  la  Spada  [/.*.,  “St.  James  of  the 
Sword”],10  [who]  had  many  times  traversed  the 
Ocean  Sea  in  various  directions,  whence  he  had  ac- 
quired great  praise,  I set  out  from  the  city  of  Barsa- 
lonna,  where  his  Majesty  was  then  residing,  bearing 
many  letters  in  my  favor.  I went  by  ship  as  far  as 
Malega,  where,  taking  the  highroad,  I went  over- 
land to  Siviglia.  Having  been  there  about  three  full 
months,  waiting  for  the  said  fleet  to  be  set  in  order 
for  the  departure,11  finally,  as  your  most  excellent 
Lordship  will  learn  below,  we  commenced  our  voy- 
age under  most  happy  auspices.  And  inasmuch  as 
when  I was  in  Ytalia  and  going  to  see  his  Holiness, 
Pope  Clement,12  you  by  your  grace  showed  yourself 
very  kind  and  good  to  me  at  Monteroso,  and  told 
me  that  you  would  be  greatly  pleased  if  I would 
write  down  for  you  all  those  things  which  I had  seen 
and  suffered  during  my  voyage;  and  although  I have 
had  little  opportunity,  yet  I have  tried  to  satisfy  your 
desire  according  to  my  poor  ability;  therefore,  I 
offer  you,  in  this  little  book  of  mine,  all  my  vigils, 
hardships,  and  wanderings,  begging  you,  although 


24  PRIMO  VIAGGIO  INTORNO  AL  MONDO  [Voi. 

gandola  quando  la  vacherà  dalle  a/idue  cure  Rhodi- 
anne  se  degni  tran/corerle  perii  que  me  poterà  e/sere 
nò  pocho  remunerato  da  V Jll.  s.  a la  cui  bonna 
graca  mi  donno  et  recomando. 

Hauendo  deliberato  il  capitanio  generalle  difare 
co/i  longa  nauigatiòe  p lo  mare  occeanno  doue  /e m- 
pre  formo  Jnpetuo/i  venti  et  fortune  grandi  et  nò 
volendo  manife/tare  aniuno  deli  /uoj  el  viagio  che 
voleua  fare  agio  nò  fo//e  /marito  in  pen/are  de  fare 
tanto  grande  et  / tupenda  co/a  corno  fece  co  lo  aiuto 
de  ydio  li  Capitani  fui  che  menaua  in  / ua  còpagnia 
lo  odiauano  molto  nò  fo  perche  / inon  pche  era  por- 
tugue/e  et  e/si  / pagnioli.  Volendo  dar  fine  a que/to 
que  promi/e  co  Juramento  aLo  inperatore  D.  cario 
Re  de  / pagnia  agio  le  naue  nele  fortune  et  nela  nocte 
non  se  separe//eno  vna  de  lalta.  ordeno  questo  hor- 
dine  et  lo  dete  atuti  li  piloti  et  mae/tri  de  le  / ue  naui 
Loqual  era  lui  de  note  /empre  voleua  andar  inanzi 
dele  altre  naui  et  elle  /eguita/eno  la  /ua  con  vna 
facela  grande  de  legnio  che  la  quiamano  farol  Qual 
/emp  portaua  pendete  de  la  popa  de  la  Sua  naue 
que/to  /egniale  era  agio  de  continuo  lo  /eguita/eno 
se  faceua  vno  alt°  fuoco  con  vna  lanterna  ho  co  vno 
pezo  de  corda  de  iuncho  che  la  chiama  strengue  di 
Sparto  molto  batuto  neL  hacqua  et  poi  /e cado  al  /ole 
ho  vero  al  fumo  ottimo  per  simil  cosa  ge  re/ponde- 
/eno  agio  /ape/se  per  chesto  /egnialle  che  tute  veni- 
uano  in/ieme  se  faceua  duj  focq1  /enza  lo  farolo 
vira/seno  o voltasenno  in  altra  banda  quando  eL 


Signature  of  Fernào  de  Magalhàes 

From  originai  MS.  in  Archivo  generai  de  Indiasy  Servilla~\ 


One] 


FIRST  VOYAGE  AROUND  THE  WORLD 


2J 


you  are  busied  with  continual  Rhodian  cares,  to  deign 
to  skim  through  it,  by  which  I shall  be  enabled  to 
receive  a not  slight  remuneration  from  your  most 
illustrious  Lordship,  to  whose  good  favor  I consign 
and  commend  myself.13 

The  captain-general  having  resolved  to  make  so 
long  a voyage  through  the  Ocean  Sea,  where  furious 
winds  and  great  storms  are  always  reigning,  but  not 
desiring  to  make  known  to  any  of  his  men  the  voy- 
age that  he  was  about  to  make,  so  that  they  might 
not  be  cast  down  at  the  thought  of  doing  so  great  and 
extraordinary  a deed,  as  he  did  accomplish  with 
the  aid  of  God  (the  captains  who  accompanied 
him,  hated  him  exceedingly,  I know  not  why,  unless 
because  he  was  a Portuguese,  and  they  Spaniards), 
with  the  desire  to  conclude  what  he  promised  under 
oath  to  the  emperor,  Don  Carlo,  king  of  Spagnia, 
prescribed  the  following  orders  and  gave  them  to 
all  the  pilots  and  masters  of  his  ships,  so  that  the 
ships  might  not  become  separated  from  one  another 
during  the  storms  and  night.14  These  were  [to  the 
effect]  that  he  would  always  precede  the  other  ships 
at  night,  and  they  were  to  follow  his  ship  which 
would  have  a large  torch  of  wood,  which  they  call 
favoli  He  always  carried  that  farol  set  at  the  poop 
of  his  ship  as  a signal  so  that  they  might  always  fol- 
low him.  Another  light  was  made  by  means  of  a 
lantern  or  by  means  of  a piece  of  wicking  made  from 
a rush  and  called  sparto  rope  16  which  is  well  beaten 
in  the  water,  and  then  dried  in  the  sun  or  in  the 
smoke  - a most  excellent  material  for  such  use.  They 
were  to  answer  him  so  that  he  might  know  by  that 
signal  whether  all  of  the  ships  were  coming  together. 


28  PRIMO  VIAGGIO  INTORNO  AL  MONDO  [Voi. 

vento  nò  era  buono  et  al  prepo/ito  p andar  al  nro 
camino  ho  qdo  voleua  far  pocho  viagio  se  faceua  tre 
fuochi  tole/seno  via  la  bonneta,  che  he  vna  parte  de 
uela  che  se  ataca  da  ba/so  dela  vela  magiore  quando 
fa  bon  tempo  p andar  piu  la  setol  via  agio  /ia  piu 
facile  aracogliere  la  vela  magior  quando  se  amayna 
in  pre/sa  in  vno  tempo  subito:  Si  faceua  quatro  fochi 
amay/seno  tute  le  vele  facendo  poi  lui  vno  /egniale 
di  fuoco  corno  staua  fermo  Se  faceua  piu  fochi  ouero 
tiraua  alguna  bò  barda  fose  segniale  de  tera  o de 
bassi.  Poi  faceua  quatro  fuochi  quando  voleua  far 
alsare  le  vele  in  alto  agio  loro  nauega/seno  /eguendo 
/empr  p Quela  facela  de  popa  Quando  voleua 
far  metere  la  boneta  faceua  tre  fuochi  Quando 
voleua  voltar/e  in  altra  parte  faceua  duj  Volendo 
poi  sapere  se  tute  le  naue  lo  seguitavào  et  veniuào 
in/ieme  faceua  vno  pche  cu/si  ogni  naue  face/se 
et  li  re/ponde/e  ogni  nocte  /e  faceua  tre  gardie 
la  pa  nel  principio  de  la  nocte  La  /econda  Que  la 
chiamano  modora  neL  me/o  La  ta  nel  fine  tuta  la 
gente  dele  naue  se  partiua  in  tre  Coloneli  el  p° 
era  del  cap°.  houero  del  contra  maistro  mudando  /e 
ogni  nocte.  Lo  secondo  deL  piloto  ho  nochiero.  Lo 
t°  del  mae/tro  p tanto  lo  Cap°  genneral  Comando 
che  tute  le  naue  obserua/eno  Que/ti  /egniali  et 
guardie  acio  se  anda/e  piu  /eg uri. 


One]  FIRST  VOYAGE  AROUND  THE  WORLD  29 

If  he  showed  two  lights  besides  that  of  the  farol , they 
were  to  veer  or  take  another  tack,  [doing  this]  when 
the  wind  was  not  favorable  or  suitable  for  us  to  con- 
tinue on  our  way,  or  when  he  wished  to  sail  slowly. 
If  he  showed  three  lights,  they  were  to  lower  away 
the  bonnet-sail,  which  is  a part  of  the  sail  that  is 
fastened  below  the  mainsail,  when  the  weather  is 
suitable  for  making  better  time.  It  is  lowered  so 
that  it  may  be  easier  to  furl  the  mainsail  when  it  is 
struck  hastily  during  a sudden  squall.17  If  he 
showed  four  lights,  they  were  to  strike  all  the  sails; 18 
after  which  he  showed  a signal  by  one  light,  [which 
meant]  that  he  was  standing  still.  If  he  showed  a 
greater  number  of  lights,  or  fired  a mortar,  it  was 
a signal  of  land  or  of  shoals.19  Then  he  showed 
four  lights  when  he  wished  to  have  the  sails  set  full, 
so  that  they  might  always  sail  in  his  wake  by  the 
torch  on  the  poop.  When  he  desired  to  set  the 
bonnet-sail,  he  showed  three  lights.20  When  he  de- 
sired to  alter  his  course,  he  showed  two; 21  and  then 
if  he  wished  to  ascertain  whether  all  the  ships  were 
following  and  whether  they  were  coming  together, 
he  showed  one  light,  so  that  each  one  of  the  ships 
might  do  the  same  and  reply  to  him.  Three  watches 
were  set  nightly:  the  first  at  the  beginning  of  the 
night;  the  second,  which  is  called  the  midnight,22 
and  the  third  at  the  end  [of  the  night].  All  of  the 
men  in  the  ships  were  divided  into  three  parts:  the 
first  was  the  division  of  the  captain  or  boatswain, 
those  two  alternating  nightly;  the  second,  of  either 
the  pilot  or  boatswain’s  mate;  and  the  third,  of  the 
master.23  Thus  did  the  captain-general  order  that 
all  the  ships  observe  the  above  signals  and  watches, 
so  that  their  voyage  might  be  more  propitious.24 


3°  PRIMO  VIAGGIO  INTORNO  AL  MONDO  [Voi 

Luni  ax  J agusto  g°  de  /aneto  laurentio  Nel  anno 
Ja  deto  e/sendo  la  armata  fornita  de  tute  le  cose 
necessarie  per  mare  et  dogni  /orte  de  gente  eramo 
ducente  et  trenta/ete  homini  nela  maóna  Se  feceno 
p/te  per  partir/e  daL  mole  de  siuiglia  et  tirando 
molta  artegliaria  deteno  il  trinqueto  aL  vento  et 
venne  abaso  del  fiume  betis  al  pnte  detto  gadalcauir 
passando  p vno  luocho  chiamato  gioan  dal  farax  che 
era  già  grande  habitatiòe  de  mori  per  mezo  lo  qalle 
/taua  vn  ponte  che  pasaua  el  dicto  fiume  p andare  a 
siuiglia  dilque  li  e re/tato  fin  aL  pre/ente  nel  fondo 
del  acqua  due  colonne  que  quando  pa//ano  le  naui 
ano  bi/ognio  de  homini  q / apianno  ben  lo  Locho 
delle  colonne  p ciò  nò  de//eno  in  e//e  et  e bi/ognio 
pa//arle  quanto  el  fiume  / ta  piu  cre//ente  et  anche  p 
molti  altri  luochi  deL  fiume  q nò  a tanto  fondo  che 
ba/te  p pa//are  le  naui  cargate  et  qelle  non  / ianno 
tropo  grandi  Poi  venirono  ad  un  alt°  q/e  chiama 
coria  pa//ando  p molti  altri  villagij  a longo  deL 
fiume  tanto  q ajon/eno  ad  vno  ca/tello  deL  duca  de 
medina  cidonia  il  qalle  /e  chiama  S.  lucar  che  e 
porto  p entrare  nel  mare  occeanno  leuante  ponente 
co  il  capo  de  /anct  vincent  che  /ta  in  37  gradi  de 
latitudine  et  longui  dal  deto  porto  x leghe  da  Siui- 
glia fin  aq1  p lo  fiume  gli  /onno  17  ho  20  Leghe  dali 
alquanti  giorni  vene  el  capitanio  genneralle  co  li  alt1 
cap1  p lo  fiume  aba//o  neli  bateli  de  le  naue  et  iui 
/te//imo  molti  giorni  per  finire  la  armata  de  alcune 


One]  FIRST  VOYAGE  AROUND  THE  WORLD  3 I 

On  Monday  morning,  August  x,  St.  Lawrence’s 
day,  in  the  year  abovesaid,  the  fleet,  having  been  sup- 
plied with  all  the  things  necessary  for  the  sea,26  (and 
counting  those  of  every  nationality,  we  were  two 
hundred  and  thirty-seven  men),  made  ready  to  leave 
the  harbor  of  Siviglia.28  Discharging  many  pieces 
of  artillery,  the  ships  held  their  forestaysails  to  the 
wind,  and  descended  the  river  Betis,  at  present  called 
Gadalcavir,  passing  by  a village  called  Gioan  dal 
Farax,  once  a large  Moorish  settlement.  In  the 
midst  of  it  was  once  a bridge  that  crossed  the  said 
river,  and  led  to  Siviglia.  Two  columns  of  that 
bridge  have  remained  even  to  this  day  at  the  bottom 
of  the  water,  and  when  ships  sail  by  there,  they  need 
men  who  know  the  location  of  the  columns  thor- 
oughly, so  that  the  ships  may  not  strike  against  them. 
They  must  also  be  passed  when  the  river  is  highest 
with  the  tide;  as  must  also  many  other  villages  along 
the  river,  which  has  not  sufficient  depth  [of  itself] 
for  ships  that  are  laden  and  which  are  not  very  large 
to  pass.  Then  the  ships  reached  another  village 
called  Coria,  and  passed  by  many  other  villages 
along  the  river,  until  they  came  to  a castle  of  the 
duke  of  Medina  Cidonia,  called  San  Lucar,  which 
is  a port  by  which  to  enter  the  Ocean  Sea.27  It  is  in 
an  east  and  west  direction  with  the  cape  of  Sanct 
Vincent,  which  lies  in  37  degrees  of  latitude,  and  x 
leguas  from  the  said  port.28  From  Siviglia  to  this 
point  [i.e.}  San  Lucar],  it  is  17  or  20  leguas  by 
river.29  Some  days  after,  the  captain-general,  with 
his  other  captains,  descended  the  river  in  the  small 
boats  belonging  to  their  ships.  We  remained  there 
for  a considerable  number  of  days  in  order  to  finish  30 


3 2 PRIMO  VIAGGIO  INTORNO  AL  MONDO  [Voi. 

co/e  li  manchauào  et  ogni  di  andauamo  in  tera  ad 
aldir  me//a  aduno  locho  q /e  chiama  nra  dona  de 
baremeda  circa  S.  lucar.  Et  avanti  la  partita  Lo 
cap°  genneraL  voi  /e  tucti  /e  confe//a/eno  et  nò  con- 
/entite  ninguna  dona  veni//e  ne  Larmata  per  meglior 
ri/pecto. 

Marti  a xx  de  /eptembr  neL  mede/imo  anno  ne 
parti//emo  da  que/to  Locho  chiamato  /an  luchar 
pigliando  La  via  de  garbin  et  a 26  deL  dicto  me/e 
ariua//emo  a vna  Jsola  de  la  grà  canaria  q /e  di/e 
teneriphe  in  28  gradi  de  Latitudine  per  pigliar  carne 
acha  et  legnia  /te//imo  yui  tre  giorni  et  mezo  per 
fornire  Larmata  de  le  decte  cose  poi  anda//emo 
a vno  porto  de  La  mede/ma  y/ola  deto  monte  ro//o  p 
pegolla  tardando  dui  giorni  Sapera  vra  IlLma  sa. 
q in  que/te  y/olle  dela  grà  canaria  ge  vna  infra  le 
altre  ne  laqalle  nò  fi  troua  pur  vna  goza  de  hacqua 
q na/cha  / inon  nel  mezo  di  de/cendere  vna  nebola 
daL  dello  et  circunda  vno  grande  arbore  che  e ne 
la  dicta  y/ola  / tilando  dale  /ue  foglie  et  ramy  molta 
hacqua  et  al  piede  deL  dicto  arbore  e adri//ado  in 
guiza  de  fontana  vna  fo//a  houe  ca/ca  tuta  la  acqua 
de  La  qalle  li  homini  habitanti  et  animali  cosi 
dome/tici  corno  / aluatici  ogni  giorno  de  que/ta 
hacqua  et  nò  de  alta  habondanti//imamete  fi 
saturano. 

Luni  a tre  doctobre  a meza  nocte  /e  dete  le  velie 
aL  Camino  deL  au/tro  in  golfandone  neL  mare 
occeanno  pa//ando  fra  capo  verde  et  le  /ue  y/olle  in 


One]  FIRST  VOYAGE  AROUND  THE  WORLD  3 3 

[providing]  the  fleet  with  some  things  that  it  needed. 
Every  day  we  went  ashore  to  hear  mass  in  a village 
called  Nostra  Dona  de  Baremeda  [our  Lady  of 
Barrameda],  near  San  Lucar.  Before  the  departure, 
the  captain-general  wished  all  the  men  to  confess, 
and  would  not  allow  any 31  woman  to  sail  in  the  fleet 
for  the  best  of  considerations. 

We  left  that  village,  by  name  San  Luchar,  on 
Tuesday,  September  xx  of  the  same  year,  and  took  a 
southwest  course.32  On  the  26th  33  of  the  said  month, 
we  reached  an  island  of  the  Great  Canaria,  called 
Teneriphe,  which  lies  in  a latitude  of  28  degrees, 
[landing  there]  in  order  to  get  flesh,  water,  and 
wood.34  We  stayed  there  for  three  and  one-half 
days  in  order  to  furnish  the  fleet  with  the  said  sup- 
plies. Then  we  went  to  a port  of  the  same  island 
called  Monte  Rosso35  to  get  pitch,36  staying  [there] 
two  days.  Your  most  illustrious  Lordship  must  know 
that  there  is  a particular  one  of  the  islands  of  the 
Great  Canaria,  where  one  can  not  find  a single  drop 
of  water  which  gushes  up  [from  a spring]  ; 37  but  that 
at  noontide  a cloud  descends  from  the  sky  and  en- 
circles a large  tree  which  grows  in  the  said  island, 
the  leaves  and  branches  of  which  distil  a quantity  of 
water.  At  the  foot  of  the  said  tree  runs  a trench 
which  resembles  a spring,  where  all  the  water  falls, 
and  from  which  the  people  living  there,  and  the 
animals,  both  domestic  and  wild,  fully  satisfy  them- 
selves daily  with  this  water  and  no  other.38 

At  midnight  of  Monday,  October  three,  the  sails 
were  trimmed  toward  the  south,39  and  we  took  to  the 
open  Ocean  Sea,  passing  between  Cape  Verde  and 
its  islands  in  14  and  one-half  degrees.  Thus  for 


34  PRIMO  VIAGGIO  INTORNO  AL  MONDO  [Voi. 

14  gradi  et  mezo  et  cu//i  molti  giorni  nauiga//imo 
p La  co/ta  de  la  ghinea  houero  ethiopia  nela  qalle 
he  vna  montagnia  detta  /iera  leona  in  8 gradi  de 
latitudine  con  venti  contrari  calme  et  piogie  senza 
venti  fin  a la  lignea  equinotialle  piouendo  /e/ anta 
giornj  de  continuo  contra  la  opignione  de  li  anticq' 
Jnanzi  q ajunge//emo  ali  legnea  a 14  gradi  molte 
gropade  de  venti  inpetuo/i  et  corenti  de  acqua  ne 
a/altaronno  contra  el  viagio  nò  po//endo  /pontare 
Jnan/i  et  acio  q le  naue  nò  pericula//eno.  Se 
calauano  tute  le  velie  et  de  q3/ta  /orte  andauamo  de 
mare  in  trauer/o  fin  q pa//aua  la  grupada  pche 
veniua  molto  furiosa.  Quando  pioueua  nò  era 
vento.  Quando  faceua  /olle  era  bonna/a.  veniuano 
aL  bordo  de  le  naue  certi  pe//i  grandi  q /e 
quiamano  tiburoni  q anno  denti  teribilli  et  /e 
trouano  hominj  neL  mare  li  mangiano,  pigliauamo 
molti  co  hami  de  fero  benché  nò  /onno  bonni  da 
mangiare  /e  non  li  picoli  et  anche  loro  maL  bonny. 
Jn  que/te  fortune  molte  volte  ne  apar/e  il  corpo 
/aneto  cioè  /aneto  elmo  in  lume  fra  le  altre  in  vna 
ob/curi//ima  nocte  de  taL  /plendore  come  e vna 
facella  ardente  in  cima  de  La  magiore  gabia  et  /te 
circa  due  hore  et  piu  co  noi  con/olandone  q 
piangevào  quanto  que/ta  bennedeta  luce/e  voi  /e 
partire  da  nuy  tanto  grandi//imo  /plendore  dete  ne 
li  hocq*  no/t‘  q / te/emo  piu  de  mezo  carto  de  hora 
tuti  cieq1  chiamando  mi/ericordia  et  veramete  cre- 
dendo e//ere  morti  el  mare  / ubito  /e  aquieto. 

Viti  molte  /orte  de  vcelli  tra  le  qalle  vna  q nò 
haueua  culo,  vn  altra  quando  la  femina  voi  far  li 


One]  FIRST  VOYAGE  AROUND  THE  WORLD  35 

many  days  did  we  sail  along  the  coast  of  Ghinea,  or 
Ethiopia,  where  there  is  a mountain  called  Siera 
Leona,  which  lies  in  8 degrees  of  latitude,  with  con- 
trary winds,  calms,  and  rains  without  wind,  until  we 
reached  the  equinoctial  line,  having  sixty  days  of 
continual  rain.40  Contrary  to  the  opinion  of  the 
ancients,41  before  we  reached  the  line  many  furious 
squalls  of  wind,  and  currents  of  water  struck  us  head 
on  in  14  degrees.  As  we  could  not  advance,  and  in 
order  that  the  ships  might  not  be  wrecked,42  all  the 
sails  were  struck;  and  in  this  manner  did  we  wander 
hither  and  yon  on  the  sea,  waiting  for  the  tempest  to 
cease,  for  it  was  very  furious.43  When  it  rained  there 
was  no  wind.  When  the  sun  shone,  it  was  calm.  Cer- 
tain large  fishes  called  tiburoni  [ i.e .,  sharks]  came  to 
the  side  of  the  ships.  They  have  terrible  teeth,  and 
whenever  they  find  men  in  the  sea  they  devour  them. 
We  caught  many  of  them  with  iron  hooks,44  although 
they  are  not  good  to  eat  unless  they  are  small,  and 
even  then  they  are  not  very  good.  During  those 
storms  the  holy  body,  that  is  to  say  St.  Elmo,  ap- 
peared to  us  many  times,  in  light  - among  other  times 
on  an  exceedingly  dark  night,45  with  the  brightness  of 
a blazing  torch,  on  the  maintop,  where  he  stayed  for 
about  two  hours  or  more,  to  our  consolation,  for  we 
were  weeping.  When  that  blessed  light  was  about  to 
leave  us,  so  dazzling  was  the  brightness  that  it  cast 
into  our  eyes,  that  we  all  remained  for  more  than  an 
eighth  of  an  hour 46  blinded  and  calling  for  mercy. 
And  truly  when  we  thought  that  we  were  dead  men, 
the  sea  suddenly  grew  calm.47 

I saw  many  kinds  of  birds,  among  them  one  that 
had  no  anus;  and  another,  [which]  when  the  female 


3 6 PRIMO  VIAGGIO  INTORNO  AL  MONDO  [Voi. 

oui  li  fa  soura  la  / quena  deL  ma/chio  et  iui  /e 
creanno  nò  anno  piede  et  /empre  Viueno  neL  mare, 
vn  altra  /orte  q viueno  deL  / tercho  de  li  alt'  vcelli  et 
nò  de  alt0  Si  corno  viti  molte  volte  que/to  vcello  qaL 
chiamamo  Caga//ela  corer  dietro  ad  alt'  vcelli  fin 
tanto  qelli  formo  con/trecti  mandar  fuora  eL  /tercho 
/ ubito  Lo  piglia  et  La//a  andare  lo  vcello  anchora 
viti  molti  pe//i  q volauano  et  molti  alt'  congregadi 
in/ieme  q pareuano  vna  y/ola. 

Pa//ato  q haue//emo  la  linea  equinotiale  in  ver/o 
el  meridianno  p de//emo  la  tramontana  et  co/i  /e 
nauego  tra  el  me/o  Jorno  et  garbin  fino  en  vna  tera 
che  se  di/e  la  tera  deL  verzin  in  23  gradi  y2  aL  polo 
antàtico  q e tera  deL  capo  de  Sto  augu/tino  q / ta  in  8 
gradi  aL  mede/imo  polo  do  ue  piglia//emo  grà 
refre/cho  de  gaiine  batate  pigne  molte  dolci  fruto  in 
vero  piu  gentiL  que  / ia  carne  de  anta  corno  vaca 
canne  dolci  et  altre  co/e  infinite  q La/cio  p non 
e//e re  plixo  p vno  amo  da  pe/care  0 vno  cortello 
dauano  3.  ho  6.  galinne  p vno  petine  vno  paro  de 
occati  p vno  / pequio  ho  vna  forfice  tanto  pe/ce  q 
hauerebe  ba/tato  a x homini  p vno  /onaglio  o vna 
/tringa  vno  ce/to  de  batate.  q3/te  batate  formo  aL 
mangiare  corno  ca/tagnie  et  longo  corno  napi  et  p 
vno  re  de  danari  q e vna  carta  de  Jocare  me  deteno 
6.  gaiine  et  pen/auano  anchora  hauernj  inganati 
Jntra//emo  in  que  /to  porto  iL  giorno  de  / ancta  lucia 


One]  FIRST  VOYAGE  AROUND  THE  WORLD  37 

wishes  to  lay  its  eggs,  it  does  so  on  the  back  of  the 
male  and  there  they  are  hatched.  The  latter  bird 
has  no  feet,  and  always  lives  in  the  sea.  [There  is] 
another  kind  which  live  on  the  ordure  of  the  other 
birds,  and  in  no  other  manner;  for  I often  saw  this 
bird,  which  is  called  Cagassela,  fly  behind  the  other 
birds,  until  they  are  constrained  to  drop  their  ordure, 
which  the  former  seizes  immediately  and  abandons 
the  latter  bird.  I also  saw  many  flying  fish,  and 
many  others  collected  together,  so  that  they  resem- 
bled an  island.48 

After  we  had  passed  the  equinoctial  line  going 
south,  we  lost  the  north  star,  and  hence  we  sailed 
south  south-west 49  until  [we  reached]  a land  called 
the  land  of  Verzin  60  which  lies  in  2354  degrees  of 
the  Antarctic  Pole  [/.*.,  south  latitude].  It  is  the 
land  extending  from  the  cape  of  Santo  Augustino, 
which  lies  in  8 degrees  of  the  same  pole.  There  we 
got  a plentiful  refreshment  of  fowls,  potatoes 
[ batate ],  many  sweet  pine-apples  - in  truth  the  most 
delicious  fruit  that  can  be  found  - the  flesh  of  the 
anta*1  which  resembles  beef,  sugarcane,  and  innu- 
merable other  things,  which  I shall  not  mention  in 
order  not  to  be  prolix.  For  one  fishhook  or  one 
knife,  those  people  gave  5 or  6 chickens;  for  one 
comb,  a brace  of  geese;  for  one  mirror  or  one  pair 
of  scissors,  as  many  fish  as  would  be  sufficient  for  x 
men;  for  a bell  or  one  leather  lace,  one  basketful  of 
potatoes  [batate].  These  potatoes  resemble  chest- 
nuts in  taste,  and  are  as  long  as  turnips.62  For  a king 
of  diamonds  [danari]*3  which  is  a playing  card,  they 
gave  me  6 64  fowls  and  thought  that  they  had  even 
cheated  me.  We  entered  that  port  on  St.  Lucy’s  day, 


3^  PRIMO  VIAGGIO  INTORNO  AL  MONDO  [Voi. 

et  in  qeL  di  haue//emo  eL  /olle  p Zenit  et  pati//emo 
piu  caldo.  qeL  giorno  et  li  alt1  quàdo  haueuào  eL 
/olle  p zenit  che  Quando  eramo  foto  la  linea 
equinotialle. 

Que/ta  tera  deL  verzin  e abondantiss3  et  piu 
grande  q /pagnia  fran/a  et  Jtalia  tute  in/ieme.  e 
deL  re  de  portugalo  li  populi  de  que/ta  tera  nò 
fonno  chri/tiani  et  nò  adorano  co/a  alguna  viueno 
/ecòdo  Lo  vzo  de  La  natura  et  viueno  Cento  vinti- 
cinque  anny  et  cèto  et  quaranta.  Vano  nudi  coffi 
homini  corno  femine  habitano  in  certe  ca/e  longue 
che  le  chiamano  boij  et  dormeno  in  rete  de  bà  ba/o 
chiamate  amache  ligade  ne  le  medeme  ca/e  da  vno 
capo  et  da  Lalt0  a legni  grò f fi  fanno  foco  infra 
e//i  in  tera  in  ogni  vno  de  que/ti  boij  /tano  cento 
homini  co  le  / ue  moglie  et  figlioli  facendo  grà  ro- 
more  anno  barche  duno  /olo  arburo  ma/chize 
quiamate  ca  noe  cauate  co  menare  de  pietra  que/ti 
populi  adoperào  le  pietre  Como  nui  el  fero  p nò 
hauere  /tanno  trenta  et  quaranta  homini  in  vna  de 
que/te.  vogano  co  palle  corno  da  forno  et  cu//i 
negri  nubi  et  tosi  asimigliano  quando  vogano  aqelli 
de  la/tigie  palude.  Sono  di/po/ti  homini  et  femine 
corno  noi  Mangiano  carne  humana  de  Li  fui 
nemici  non  p bonna  ma  p vna  certa  vzan/a  Que/ta 
vzan/a  Lo  vno  con  laltro.  fu  principio  vna  vequia 
Laqalle  haueua  /olamente  vno  figliolo  q fu  amazato 
dali  suoi  nemici  p iL  q pa//ati  alguni  giorni  li  fui 
pigliorono  vno  de  la  Compagnia  q haueua  morto 


One]  FIRST  VOYAGE  AROUND  THE  WORLD  39 

and  on  that  day  had  the  sun  on  the  zenith  ; 85  and  we 
were  subjected  to  greater  heat  on  that  day  and  on  the 
other  days  when  we  had  the  sun  on  the  zenith,  than 
when  we  were  under  the  equinoctial  line.80 

That  land  of  Verzin  is  wealthier  and  larger  than 
Spagnia,  Fransa,  and  Italia,67  put  together,  and  be- 
longs to  the  king  of  Portugalo.  The  people  of  that 
land  are  not  Christians,  and  have  no  manner  of  wor- 
ship. They  live  according  to  the  dictates  of  nature,88 
and  reach  an  age  of  one  hundred  and  twenty-five  and 
one  hundred  and  forty  years.89  They  go  naked,  both 
men  and  women.  They  live  in  certain  long  houses 
which  they  call  boii™  and  sleep  in  cotton  hammocks 
called  amache , which  are  fastened  in  those  houses 
by  each  end  to  large  beams.  A fire  is  built  on  the 
ground  under  those  hammocks.  In  each  one  of  those 
boii , there  are  one  hundred  men  with  their  wives 
and  children,61  and  they  make  a great  racket.  They 
have  boats  called  canoes  made  of  one  single  huge 
tree,62  hollowed  out  by  the  use  of  stone  hatchets. 
Those  people  employ  stones  as  we  do  iron,  as  they 
have  no  iron.  Thirty  or  forty  men  occupy  one  of 
those  boats.  They  paddle  with  blades  like  the 
shovels  of  a furnace,  and  thus,  black,  naked,  and 
shaven,  they  resemble,  when  paddling,  the  inhabit- 
ants of  the  Stygian  marsh.63  Men  and  women  are 
as  well  proportioned  as  we.  They  eat  the  human 
flesh  of  their  enemies,  not  because  it  is  good,  but  be- 
cause it  is  a certain  established  custom.  That  cus- 
tom, which  is  mutual,  was  begun  by  an  old  woman,64 
who  had  but  one  son  who  was  killed  by  his  enemies. 
In  return  some  days  later,  that  old  woman’s  friends 
captured  one  of  the  company  who  had  killed  het 


4°  PRIMO  VIAGGIO  INTORNO  AL  MONDO  [Voi. 

Suo  figliolo  et  Lo  conclusero  doue  /taua  que/ta 
vequia  eia  vedendo  et  ricordando/e  deL  fuo  figliolo 
corno  cagnia  rabiata  li  cor  /e  ado//o  et  Lo  mordete 
in  vna  /pala  co/tui  deli  a pocho  fugi  neli  /oi  et  di//e 
Como  Lo  voi/ero  mangiare  mo/trandoli  eL  /egnialle 
de  La  /pala.  qn  que/ti  pigliarono  poi  de  qelli  li 
mangiorono  et  qelli  de  que/ti  / iche  p que/to  he 
venuta  tal  vzan/a.  Non  /e  mangiano  / ubito  ma  ogni 
vno  taglia  vno  pezo  et  lo  porta  in  ca/a  metendola  al 
fumo  poi  ogni  8.  Jorni  taglia  vno  pezeto  mangian- 
dolo bruto  lado  co  le  altre  cose  p memoria  degli 
fui  nemici  Que/to  me  di//e  Johane  carnagio  piloto 
q veniua  co  nuy  el  qalle  era  / tato  in  que/ta  tera  qua- 
tro  anny  Que/ta  gente  /e  depingeno  marauiglio- 
/ amète  tuto  iL  corpo  et  iL  volto  con  foco  in  diuer/i  a 
maniere  ancho  le  done  fono  [sono:  doublet  in  orig- 
inai MS.~\  to/i  et  /en/a  barba  perche  /e  la  pelanno. 
Se  ve/teno  de  ve/ti  tur  de  piume  de  papagaio  co  rode 
grande  aL  cullo  de  Le  penne  magiore  cosa  ridicula 
ca/i  tuti  li  homini  eccepto  le  femine  et  fanciuli  hano 
tre  bufi  ne  lauro  de/oto  oue  portano  pietre  rotonde 
et  Longue  vno  dito  et  piu  et  meno  de  fora  pendente, 
nò  fonno  del  tuto  negri  ma  oliua/tri  portano 
de/coperte  le  parte  vergonio/e  iL  Suo  corpo  e /enza 
peli  et  coffi  homini  qaL  donne  Sempre  Vano  nudi 
iL  Suo  re  e chiamato  cacich  anno  infiniti//imi 
papagali  et  ne  danno  8 ho  io  p vno  / pecho  et  gati 


One]  FIRST  VOYAGE  AROUND  THE  WORLD  4 1 

son,  and  brought  him  to  the  place  of  her  abode.  She 
seeing  him,  and  remembering  her  son,  ran  upon  him 
like  an  infuriated  bitch,  and  bit  him  on  one  shoulder. 
Shortly  afterward  he  escaped  to  his  own  people, 
whom  he  told  that  they  had  tried  to  eat  him,  showing 
them  [in  proof]  the  marks  on  his  shoulder.  Whom- 
ever the  latter  captured  afterward  at  any  time  from 
the  former  they  ate,  and  the  former  did  the  same  to 
the  latter,  so  that  such  a custom  has  sprung  up  in 
this  way.  They  do  not  eat  the  bodies  all  at  once,  but 
every  one  cuts  off  a piece,  and  carries  it  to  his  house, 
where  he  smokes  it.  Then  every  week,65  he  cuts  off 
a small  bit,  which  he  eats  thus  smoked  with  his  other 
food  to  remind  him  of  his  enemies.  The  above  was 
told  me  by  the  pilot,  Johane  Carnagio,66  who  came 
with  us,  and  who  had  lived  in  that  land  for  four 
years.  Those  people  paint  the  whole  body  and  the 
face  in  a wonderful  manner  with  fire  in  various 
fashions,  as  do  the  women  also.  The  men  are  [are: 
doublet  in  original  manuscript ] smooth  shaven  and 
have  no  beard,  for  they  pull  it  out.  They  clothe 
themselves  in  a dress  made  of  parrot  feathers,  with 
large  round  arrangements  at  their  buttocks  made 
from  the  largest  feathers,  and  it  is  a ridiculous  sight. 
Almost  all  the  people,  except  the  women  and  chil- 
dren,67 have  three  holes  pierced  in  the  lower  lip, 
where  they  carry  round  stones,  one  finger  or  there- 
abouts in  length  and  hanging  down  outside.  Those 
people  are  not  entirely  black,  but  of  a dark  brown 
color.  They  keep  the  privies  uncovered,  and  the 
body  is  without  hair,68  while  both  men  and  women 
always  go  naked.  Their  king  is  called  cacich  [*.?., 
cacique].  They  have  an  infinite  number  of  parrots, 


4 2 PRIMO  VIAGGIO  INTORNO  AL  MONDO  [Voi. 

maimoni  piceli  fati  corno  leoni  ma  Jalli  co/a  belis- 
sima  fano  panne  rotondo  biancho  de  medola  de 
arbore  non  molto  bonno  q na/ce  fra  larbore  et  La 
/cor/a  et  he  corno  recotta.  hanno  porci  q /opa  La 
/ quena  teneno  eL  suo  lombelico  et  veeeli  grandi  q 
anno  eL  becho  corno  vn  cuquiaro  /en/a  linga  ne 
dauano  p vno  acceta  ho  cortello  grade  vna  ho  due 
dele  / ue  figliole  giouane  p fchiaue  ma  /ua  mogliere 
nò  darianno  p co/a  alguna  Elle  nò  farebenno 
vergonia  a suoi  mariti  p ogni  grà  co/a  come  ne  /tate 
referito  de  giorno  nò  con/enteno  a li  Loro  mariti 
ma  /olamete  de  nocte.  Esse  Lauorano  et  portano 
tuto  eL  magia?  suo  da  li  monti  in  zerli  ho  vero 
cane/tri  /uL  capo  ho  atacati  aL  capo  pero  e//e ndo 
/empre  /eco  fui  mariti  /olamete  co  vno  archo  de 
verzin  o de  palma  negra  et  vno  mazo  de  freze  di 
canna  et  que/to  fano  per  che  /onno  gelo/i  le 
femine  portano  fui  figlioli  tacadi  aL  colo  in  vna  rete 
de  banbazo.  La/cio  altre  co/e  p nò  e//e re  piu  longo. 
Se  di/ /e  due  volte  me//a  in  tera  p il  que  que/ti 
/ tauano  co  tanto  contrictiòe  in  genoquionj  aL/ando 
le  mano  giunte  q era  grandiss0  piacere  vederli  Edi- 
ficareno  vna  ca/a  per  nui  pen/ando  doue//emo  / tar 
/eco  algun  tempo  et  taglia  rono  molto  ver/in  per 
darnela  a la  no/tra  partida  era  / tato  for/e  duy 
me/i  nò  haueua  pioue/to  in  que/ta  terra  et  Quando 


One]  FIRST  VOYAGE  AROUND  THE  WORLD  43 

and  gave  us  8 or  10  for  one  mirror;  and  little  mon- 
keys that  look  like  lions,  only  [they  are]  yellow, 
and  very  beautiful.69  They  make  round  white 
[loaves  of]  bread  from  the  marrowy  substance  of 
trees,  which  is  not  very  good,  and  is  found  between 
the  wood  and  the  bark  and  resembles  buttermilk 
curds.70  They  have  swine  which  have  their  navels 
\lombelico\  on  their  backs,71  and  large  birds  with 
beaks  like  spoons  and  no  tongues.72  The  men  gave 
us  one  or  two  of  their  young  daughters  as  slaves  for 
one  hatchet  or  one  large  knife,  but  they  would  not 
give  us  their  wives  in  exchange  for  anything  at  all. 
The  women  will  not  shame  their  husbands  under  any 
considerations  whatever,  and  as  was  told  us,  refuse 
to  consent  to  their  husbands  by  day,  but  only  by 
night.73  The  women  cultivate  the  fields,  and  carry 
all  their  food  from  the  mountains  in  panniers  or  bas- 
kets on  the  head  or  fastened  to  the  head.74  But  they 
are  always  accompanied  by  their  husbands,  who  are 
armed  only  with  a bow  of  brazil-wood  or  of  black 
palm-wood,  and  a bundle  of  cane  arrows,  doing  this 
because  they  are  jealous  [of  their  wives].  The 
women  carry  their  children  hanging  in  a cotton  net 
from  their  necks.  I omit  other  particulars,  in  order 
not  to  be  tedious.  Mass  was  said  twice  on  shore, 
during  which  those  people  remained  on  their  knees 
with  so  great  contrition  and  with  clasped  hands 
raised  aloft,  that  it  was  an  exceeding  great  pleasure  75 
to  behold  them.  They  built  us  a house  as  they 
thought  that  we  were  going  to  stay  with  them  for 
some  time,  and  at  our  departure  they  cut  a great 
quantity  of  brazil-wood  [ verzin ] to  give  us.76  It 
had  been  about  two  months  since  it  had  rained  in 


44  PRIMO  VIAGGIO  INTORNO  AL  MONDO  [Voi. 

ajonge/emo  aL  porto  per  ca/o  piouete  p que/to 
deceuano  noi  vegnire  daL  cieLo  et  hauer  monato 
no/co  la  piogia  que/ti  populi  facilmente  Se 
conuerterebenno  a la  fede  de  Je/u  xpò. 

Jmprima  co/toro  pen/auano  li  batelli  fo / /ero 
figlioli  de  le  naue  et  que  elle  li  purturi//eno  quando 
/e  butauano  fora  di  naue  in  mare  et  /tando  co/i  aL 
co/ta  do  corno  he  vzan/a  credeuano  le  naue  li  nu- 
tri//eno  Vna  Jouene  bella  vene  vn  di  nela  naue 
capitania,  houe  yo  / taua  non  p alt°  /enon  p trouar 
alguno  recapito  /tando  co/si  et  a/pectando  buto 
lo  ochio  supa  la  camera  deL  mai/t°  et  viete  vno 
quiodo  Longo  piu  de  vn  dito  il  que  pigliando  co 
grande  gentile//a  et  galantaria  se  lo  fico  aparte 
aparte  de  li  labri  della  /ua  natura  et  subito  ba//a 
ba/sa  Se  partite.  Vedendo  que/to  iL  cap0,  generale 
et  yo. 


Alguni  Vocabuli  de  q3/ti  populi  deL  verzin. 


AL  miglio. 

Alla  farina. 

AL  hamo. 

AL  cortello 
Al  peóne 
Alla  forfice 
AL  /onaglio 
Buono  piu  q bono 


Maiz 

hui 

pinda 

tacse 

chigap 

pirame 

Jtanmaraca 

turn  maragathum 


Ste//emo  13.  giorni  in  que/ta  tera  /eguendo  poi 
il  nro  camino  anda/emo  fin  a 34  gradi  et  vno  ter/o  aL 
polo  antarticho  doue  troua//emo  in  vno  fiume  de 


One] 


FIRST  VOYAGE  AROUND  THE  WORLD 


45 


that  land,  and  when  we  reached  that  port,  it  hap- 
pened to  rain,  whereupon  they  said  that  we  came 
from  the  sky  and  that  we  had  brought  the  rain  with 
us.77  Those  people  could  be  converted  easily  to  the 
faith  of  Jesus  Christ. 

At  first  those  people  thought  that  the  small  boats 
were  the  children  of  the  ships,  and  that  the  latter 
gave  birth  to  them  when  they  were  lowered  into  the 
sea  from  the  ships,  and  when  they  were  lying  so 
alongside  the  ships  (as  is  the  custom),  they  believed 
that  the  ships  were  nursing  them.78  One  day  a beau- 
tiful young  woman  came  to  the  flagship,  where  I 
was,  for  no  other  purpose  than  to  seek  what  chance 
might  offer.  While  there  and  waiting,  she  cast  her 
eyes  upon  the  master’s  room,  and  saw  a nail  longer 
than  one’s  finger.  Picking  it  up  very  delightedly  and 
neatly,  she  thrust  it  through  the  lips  of  her  vagina 
[ natura ],  and  bending  down  low  immediately  de- 
parted, the  captain-general  and  I having  seen  that 
action.79 


Some  words 
For  Millet 
for  Flour 
for  Fishhook 
for  Knife 
for  Comb 
for  Scissors 
for  Bell 
Good,  better 


people  of  Verzin  80 
maiz 
hui 
pinda 
tacse 
chigap 
pirame 
itanmaraca 
turn  maragathum 


of  those 


We  remained  in  that  land  for  13  days.  Then 
proceeding  on  our  way,  we  went  as  far  as  34  and 
one-third  degrees 81  toward  the  Antarctic  Pole, 


46  PRIMO  VIAGGIO  INTORNO  AL  MONDO  [Voi. 

acqua  dolce  homini  q /e  chiamano  Canibali  et  man- 
giano la  carne  humana  vene  vno  de  la  /tatura  ca/i 
corno  vno  gigante  nella  naue  capitania  p asigurare 
li  alt1  suoi  haueua  vna  voce  / imille  a vno  toro 
in  tanto  que  que/to  / tete  ne  la  naue  li  alt1  porto ronno 
via  Le  /uè  robe  daL  loco  doue  habitauào  dent°  nella 
terra  p paura  de  noi  Vedendo  que/to  /alta//imo 
in  terra  cento  homini  p hauer  linga  et  parlare  /echo 
ho  vero  p for/a  pigliarne  alguno  fugiteno  et 
fugèdo  face  uano  tanto  grà  pa//o  q noi  /aitando  no 
poteuamo  avan/are  li  sui  pa//i.  in  que/to  fiume 
/tanno  /ette  Jzolle.  ne  la  maior  de  que/te  /e  troua 
pietre  precio/e  Qui  se  chiama  capo  de  sta.  maria 
già  /e  pen/aua  q de  qui  /e  pa/a//e  aL  mare  de  Sur 
cioè  mezo  di  ne  may  piu  altra  fu  di/couerto  ade//o 
nò  he  capo  / inon  fiume  et  a larga  La  boca  17  legue. 
Altre  volte  in  que/to  fiume  fu  mangiado  da  questi 
Canibali  per  tropo  fidar/e  vno  Capitanio  Spagniolo 
q /e  chiamaua  Johà  de  solis  et  /e santa  homini  q 
andauano  a di/courire  terra  corno  nui. 

Po  /eguendo  eL  mede/imo  camino  t/o  eL  polo 
antarticho  aco/to  de  terra  veni//imo  adare  in  due 
J/olle  pienni  de  occati  et  loui  marini  veramente 
non  /e  porla  narare  iL  grà  numero  de  que/ti  occati 
in  vna  hora  carga//imo  le  cinque  naue  Que/ti 
occati  /enno  negri  et  anno  tute  le  penne  aduno  modo 
co/si  neL  corpo  corno  nelle  ale.  nò  volano  et  viueno 
de  pe/se  eranno  tanti  graffi  q non  bi/ogniaua  pe- 
larli ma  /cor  tiglarli  anno  lo  beco  corno  vno  coruo 
Que/ti  loui  marini  formo  de  diuer/i  colori  et  gro//i 


One]  FIRST  VOYAGE  AROUND  THE  WORLD  47 

where  we  found  people  at  a freshwater  river,  called 
Canibali  [i.e.y  cannibals],  who  eat  human  flesh.  One 
of  them,  in  stature  almost  a giant,  came  to  the  flag- 
ship in  order  to  assure  [the  safety  of]  the  others  his 
friends.82  He  had  a voice  like  a bull.  While  he 
was  in  the  ship,  the  others  carried  away  their  pos- 
sessions from  the  place  where  they  were  living  into 
the  interior,  for  fear  of  us.  Seeing  that,  we  landed 
one  hundred  men  in  order  to  have  speech  and  con- 
verse with  them,  or  to  capture  one  of  them  by  force. 
They  fled,  and  in  fleeing  they  took  so  large  a step 
that  we  although  running  could  not  gain  on  their 
steps.  There  are  seven  islands  in  that  river,  in  the 
largest  of  which  precious  gems  are  found.  That 
place  is  called  the  cape  of  Santa  Maria,  and  it  was 
formerly  thought  that  one  passed  thence  to  the  sea 
of  Sur,  that  is  to  say  the  South  Sea,  but  nothing  fur- 
ther was  ever  discovered.  Now  the  name  is  not 
[given  to]  a cape,  but  [to]  a river,  with  a mouth  17 
leguas  in  width.83  A Spanish  captain,  called  Johan 
de  Solis  and  sixty  men,  who  were  going  to  discover 
lands  like  us,  |were  formerly  eaten  at  that  river  by 
those  cannibals  because  of  too  great  confidence.84 

Then  proceeding  on  the  same  course  toward  the 
Antarctic  Pole,  coasting  along  the  land,  we  came 
to  anchor  at  two  islands  full  of  geese  and  sea- 
wolves.85  Truly,  the  great  number  of  those  geese 
cannot  be  reckoned;  in  one  hour  we  loaded  the  five 
ships  [with  them].  Those  geese  are  black  and  have 
all  their  feathers  alike  both  on  body  and  wings. 
They  do  not  fly,  and  live  on  fish.  They  were  so  fat 
that  it  was  not  necessary  to  pluck  them  but  to  skin 
them.  Their  beak  is  like  that  of  a crow.  Those  sea- 
wolves  are  of  various  colors,  and  as  large  as  a calf, 


4 8 PRIMO  VIAGGIO  INTORNO  AL  MONDO  [Voi. 

corno  viteli  et  eL  capo  corno  loro  co  le  orechie  picole 
et  tòde  et  denti  grandi  nò  anno  gambe  /e non  piedi 
tacade  aL  corpo  / imille  a le  nre  mani  co  onguie 
picolle  et  fra  li  diti  anno  qella  pele.  le  och’e  /are- 
benno  fe  roci//ime  /e  pote//eno  corere  nodano  et 
viueno  de  pe/cie  Qui  hebenno  li  naue  grandi//ima 
fortuna  p il  que  ne  apar/eno  molte  volte  li  tre  corpi 
/aneti  gioe  sto.  elmo  sto.  nicolo  et  sta  chiara  et  /ubito 
/e//aua  la  fortuna. 

Partendone  de  q1  ariua//emo  fin  a 49  gradi  et  mezo 
aL  antarticho  e/sendo  linuerno  le  naui  introrono  in 
vno  bon  porto  p inuernar/e  quiui  /te/emo  dui 
me/i  /enza  vedere  p/onna  alguna.  Vndi  a linproui/o 
vede//emo  vno  homo  de  /tatura  de  gigante  q /taua 
nudo  nella  riua  deL  porto  baiando  cantando  et 
butando/e  poluere  Soura  la  te/ta.  JL  capitanio 
gnale  mando  vno  deli  nri  a lui  acio  face//e  li  mede- 
/imi  acti  in  /egno  de  pace  et  fati  lo  conduce  in  vna 
Jzolleta  dinanzi  aL  cap°  gnalle  Quando  fo  nella 
/ua  et  nra  pre/entia  molto  /e  marauiglio  et  faceua 
/egni  co  vno  dito  alzato  credendo  veni//emo  daL 
dello  Que/to  erra  tanto  grande  q li  dauamo  a La 
cintura  et  ben  di/po/to  haueua  La  faza  grande  et 
depinta  intorno  de  ro//o  et  Jntorno  li  ochi  de  Jallo 
co  dui  cori  depinti  in  mezo  de  le  galte.  li  pocq1  capili 
q haueua  erano  tinti  de  biancho.  era  ve/tito  de 
pelle  de  animale  co/i  de  Sotilmente  in/ieme  el 
qualle  animalle  a eL  capo  et  orechie  grande  corno 
vna  mula  iL  colo  et  iL  corpo  corno  vno  camello,  le 


One] 


FIRST  VOYAGE  AROUND  THE  WORLD 


49 


with  a head  like  that  of  a calf,  ears  small  and  round, 
and  large  teeth.  They  have  no  legs  but  only  feet 
with  small  nails  attached  to  the  body,  which  re- 
semble our  hands,  and  between  their  fingers  the 
same  kind  of  skin  as  the  geese.  They  would  be  very 
fierce  if  they  could  run.  They  swim,  and  live  on 
fish.  At  that  place  the  ships  suffered  a very  great 
storm,  during  which  the  three  holy  bodies  appeared 
to  us  many  times,  that  is  to  say,  St.  Elmo,  St.  Nicho- 
las, and  St.  Clara,  whereupon  the  storm  quickly 
ceased. 

Leaving  that  place,  we  finally  reached  49  and 
one-half  degrees  toward  the  Antarctic  Pole.  As  it 
was  winter,  the  ships  entered  a safe  port  to  winter.86 
We  passed  two  months  in  that  place  without  seeing 
anyone.  One  day  we  suddenly  saw  a naked  man  of 
giant  stature  on  the  shore  of  the  port,  dancing,87  sing- 
ing, and  throwing  dust  on  his  head.  The  captain- 
general  sent  one  of  our  men  to  the  giant  so  that  he 
might  perform  the  same  actions  as  a sign  of  peace. 
Having  done  that,  the  man  led  the  giant  to  an  islet 
into  the  presence  of  the  captain-general.  When  the 
giant  was  in  the  captain-general’s  and  our  presence, 
he  marveled  greatly,88  and  made  signs  with  one 
finger  raised  upward,  believing  that  we  had  come 
from  the  sky.  He  was  so  tall  that  we  reached  only 
to  his  waist,  and  he  was  well  proportioned.  His  face 
was  large  and  painted  red  all  over,  while  about  his 
eyes  he  was  painted  yellow;  and  he  had  two  hearts 
painted  on  the  middle  of  his  cheeks.  His  scanty 
hair  was  painted  white.89  He  was  dressed  in  the 
skins  of  animals  skilfully  sewn  together.  That 
animal  has  a head  and  ears  as  large  as  those  of  a 


5°  PRIMO  VIAGGIO  INTORNO  AL  MONDO  [Voi. 

gambe  de  ceruo  et  La  coda  de  caualo  et  nitri//e  corno 
lui  ge  ne  /onno  a/aysimi  in  que/ta  tera  haueua  a 
li  piedi  albarghe  de  le  mede/me  pelle  q copreno  li 
piedi  a vzo  de  /carpe  et  nella  mano  vno  archo  curto 
et  gro//o.  La  corda  alquando  piu  gro//a  di  qelle 
deL  lauto  fata  de  le  budelle  deL  medemo  animale 
cò  vno  mazo  de  frece  de  canna  non  molto  longue 
inpenade  corno  le  no/tre  p fore  potè  de  pietra  de 
fuoca  biancha  et  negra  amodo  de  freze  turque/que 
facendole  cò  vn  alta  pietra.  Lo  cap0  genneralle  li  fece 
dare  da  mangiare  et  bere  et  fra  le  altre  co/e  q li 
mo/trete  li  mo/tro  vno  /pequio  grande  de  azalle. 
quando  eL  vide  /ua  figura  grandamente  /e  /pauento 
et  /alto  in  drieto  et  buto  tre  o quat0  de  li  no/t1  homini 
p terra  da  poy  li  dete  Suonagli  vno  /pequio  vno 
petine  et  certi  pater  no/t1  et  mando  lo  in  tera  cò  4 
homini  armati  Vno  / uo  compagnio  q may  voi  /e 
venire  a le  naue  quando  eL  vite  venire  co/tui  cò  li 
no/t1  cor  /e  doue  / tauano  li  alt1  Se  mi//eno  in  fila 
tuti  nudi  ariuando  li  no/t1  a e//i  comen/orono 
abaiare  et  cantare  leuando  vno  dito  aL  dello  et 
mo/trandoli  poluere  bianca  de  radice  de  erba  po/ta 
in  pigniate  de  tera  q la  mangia//eno  pche  non 
haueuano  altra  co/a  li  no/t1  li  feceno  /egnio 
doue//eno  vegnire  a le  naui  et  que  li  ajuterebenno 
portare  le  / ue  robe  p il  que  Que/ti  homini  subito 
pigliorono  Solamente  li  fui  archi  et  le  /ue  femine 
cargate  corno  asine  porto rono  il  tuto.  que/te  nò 
forino  tanti  grandi  ma  molto  piu  gro//e  quando  le 


One]  FIRST  VOYAGE  AROUND  THE  WORLD  5 1 

mule,  a neck  and  body  like  those  of  a camel,  the 
legs  of  a deer,  and  the  tail  of  a horse,  like  which  it 
neighs,  and  that  land  has  very  many  of  them.90  His 
feet  were  shod  with  the  same  kind  of  skins  which 
covered  his  feet  in  the  manner  of  shoes.91  In  his 
hand  he  carried  a short,  heavy  bow,  with  a cord 
somewhat  thicker  than  those  of  the  lute,92  and  made 
from  the  intestines  of  the  same  animal,  and  a bundle 
of  rather  short  cane  arrows  feathered  like  ours,  and 
with  points  of  white  and  black  flint  stones  in  the 
manner  of  Turkish  arrows,  instead  of  iron.  Those 
points  were  fashioned  by  means  of  another  stone.93 
The  captain-general  had  the  giant  given  something 
to  eat  and  drink,  and  among  other  things  which  were 
shown  to  him  was  a large  steel  mirror.  When  he 
saw  his  face,  he  was  greatly  terrified,  and  jumped 
back  throwing  three  or  four 94  of  our  men  to  the 
ground.  After  that  he  was  given  some  bells,  a 
mirror,  a comb,  and  certain  Pater  Nosters.  The 
captain-general  sent  him  ashore  with  4 armed  men. 
When  one  of  his  companions,  who  would  never  come 
to  the  ships,  saw  him  coming  with  our  men,  he  ran 
to  the  place  where  the  others  were,  who  came  [down 
to  the  shore]  all  naked  one  after  the  other.  When 
our  men  reached  them,  they  began  to  dance  and  to 
sing,  lifting  one  finger  to  the  sky.  They  showed  our 
men  some  white  powder  made  from  the  roots  of  an 
herb,  which  they  kept  in  earthen  pots,  and  which  they 
ate  because  they  had  nothing  else.  Our  men  made 
signs  inviting  them  to  the  ships,  and  that  they  would 
help  them  carry  their  possessions.  Thereupon,  those 
men  quickly  took  only  their  bows,  while  their  women 
laden  like  asses  carried  everything.  The  latter  are 


5 2 PRIMO  VIAGGIO  INTORNO  AL  MONDO  [Voi. 

vede/ /imo  grandamète  /te//emo  /tupefati  anno  le 
tete  longue  mozo  brazo.  fonno  depinte  et  ve/tite 
corno  loro  mariti  / inon  dinanzi  a la  natura  anno  vna 
pele//ina  q la  copre  menavano  quat0  de  q5/ti  ani- 
mali picoli  ligadi  co  ligami  amodo  de  caueza. 
Que/ta  gente  quanto  voleno  pigliare  de  que/ti  ani- 
male ligano  vno  de  que/ti  picoli  a vno  /pino  poi 
veneno  li  grandi  p Jocare  co  li  picoli  et  e//i  /tando 
a/con/i  li  amazano  co  Le  freze.  li  no  /t1  ne  candu /- 
/ero  a le  naui  dizidoto  tra  homini  et  femine  et  foreno 
repartiti  de  due  parte  deL  porto  agio  piglia//eno  de 
li  dicti  animalj. 

Deli  a 6.  Jorni  fu  vi/to  vno  gigante  depinto  et 
ve/tito  de  la  medi/ima  /orta  de  alguni  q faceuano 
legnia  haueua  in  mano  vno  archo  et  freze  aco- 
/tando/e  a li  no/t1  p'ma  /e  tocaua  eL  capo  eL  volto 
et  eL  corpo  et  iL  / imile  faceua  ali  no/t1  et  dapoy 
leuaua  li  mani  aL  dello.  Quando  eL  cap0  gnale  Lo 
/epe.  Lo  mando  atore  co  Lo/quifo  et  menolo  in  qella 
Jzola  che  era  neL  porto  doue  haueuano  facta  vna 
ca/a  p li  fabri  et  p meter  li  alcune  co/e  de  le  naue. 
co/tui  era  piu  grande  et  meglio  di/po/ti  de  li  alt1  et 
tanto  trata  bile  et  gratio/o.  /aitando  balaua  et 
quando  balaua  ogni  volta  cazaua  li  piedi  Soto  tera 
vno  palmo.  Stete  molti  giorni  co  nui  tanto  qeL 
bati/a//emo  chiamandolo  Johannj  cos  chiaro 
prenuntiaua  Je/u  pater  no/ter  aue  maria  et  Jouani 


One]  FIRST  VOYAGE  AROUND  THE  WORLD  53 

not  so  tall  as  the  men  but  are  very  much  fatter. 
When  we  saw  them  we  were  greatly  surprised. 
Their  breasts  are  one-half  braza  long,  and  they  are 
painted  and  clothed  like  their  husbands,  except  that 
before  their  privies  [ natura ] they  have  a small  skin 
which  covers  them.  They  led  four  of  those  young 
animals,  fastened  with  thongs  like  a halter.  When 
those  people  wish  to  catch  some  of  those  animals, 
they  tie  one  of  these  young  ones  to  a thornbush. 
Thereupon,  the  large  ones  come  to  play  with  the 
little  ones;  and  those  people  kill  them  with  their 
arrows  from  their  place  of  concealment.  Our  men 
led  eighteen  of  those  people,  counting  men  and 
women,  to  the  ships,  and  they  were  distributed  on 
the  two  sides  of  the  port  so  that  they  might  catch 
some  of  the  said  animals. 

Six  days  after  the  above,  a giant  painted 05  and 
clothed  in  the  same  manner  was  seen  by  some  [of 
our  men]  who  were  cutting  wood.  He  had  a bow 
and  arrows  in  his  hand.  When  our  men  approached 
him,  he  first  touched  his  head,  face,96  and  body,  and 
then  did  the  same  to  our  men,  afterward  lifting  his 
hands  toward  the  sky.  When  the  captain-general 
was  informed  of  it,  he  ordered  him  to  be  brought  in 
the  small  boat.  He  was  taken  to  that  island  in  the 
port  where  our  men  had  built  a house  for  the  smiths 97 
and  for  the  storage  of  some  things  from  the  ships. 
That  man  was  even  taller  and  better  built  than  the 
others  and  as  tractable  and  amiable.  Jumping  up 
and  down,  he  danced,  and  when  he  danced,  at  every 
leap,  his  feet  sank  a palmo  into  the  earth.  He  re- 
mained with  us  for  a considerable  number  of  days, 
so  long  that  we  baptized  him,  calling  him  Johanni. 


54  PRIMO  VIAGGIO  INTORNO  AL  MONDO  [Voi. 

corno  nui  /e  non  co  voce  groci/yima.  poi  eL  cap0 
gnale  li  dono  vna  camiza  vna  cami/ota  de  panno 
brague//e  di  pano  vn  bonet  vn  / pequio  vno  peóne 
/onagli  et  altre  co/e  et  mandolo  da  li  sui  ge  li  andò 
molto  aiegro  et  còtento  eL  giorno  /eguente  co/tui 
porto  vno  de  quelli  animali  grandi  aL  cap°  gnale  p 
il  que  li  dete  molte  co/e  acio  ne  porta//e  de  li  alt1 
ma  piu  noL  vede/emo  pen/a/emo  li  Suoi  lo 
haue//ero  amazato  p hauer  conuer/ato  co  nuy. 

Pa//ati  15  giorni  vede//emo  quat°  de  que/ti  gi- 
ganti /enza  le  / ue  arme  p che  le  aueuano  a/co//e  in 
certi  /pini  poi  li  dui  che  piglia//emo  ne  li  in/egniaro 
ogni  vno  era  depinto  diferentiatamente  JL  cap° 
genneralle  retenne  duy  li  piu  Joueni  et  piu  di/po/ti 
co  grande  a/tutia  p condurli  in  /pagnia  Se  alta  mente 
haue//e  facto  facilmente  hauerebenno  morto  alguni 
de  nui.  La  stutia  q vzo  in  retenerli  fo  que/ta  ge 
dete  molti  cortelli  forfice  / peq1  /onagli  et  chri/talino 
hauendo  que/ti  dui  li  mani  pienne  de  le  detti  co/e  iL 
cap°  gnale  fece  portare  dui  para  de  feri  q /e  meteno 
a li  piedi  mo/trando  de  donnarli  et  elli  p e//e re 
fero  li  piaceuào  molto  ma  non  / apeuano  Como 
portarli  et  li  rincre/ceua  la/sarli  nò  haueuano  oue 
meter  qelle  merce;  et  be/ogniauali  tenerli  co  le  mani 
la  pelle  q haueuào  intorno  li  alt1  duy  voleuano 
ajutarli  ma  iL  cap°  nò  vol/e  vedendo  q li  rincre/ci- 


One]  FIRST  VOYAGE  AROUND  THE  WORLD  55 

He  uttered  [the  words]  “ Jesu”  “ Pater  Noster ,” 
“ Ave  Maria  ” and  “ Jovani”  \i.e.,  John7  as  dis- 
tinctly as  we,  but  with  an  exceedingly  loud  voice. 
Then  the  captain-general  gave  him  a shirt,  a woolen 
ierkin  [ camisota  de  panno ],  cloth  breeches,  a cap,  a 
mirror,  a comb,  bells,  and  other  things,  and  sent  him 
away  like  his  companions.  He  left  us  very  joyous 
and  happy.  The  following  day  he  brought  one  of 
those  large  animals  to  the  captain-general,  in  return 
for  which  many  things  were  given  to  him,  so  that 
he  might  bring  some  more  to  us;  but  we  did  not  see 
him  again.  We  thought  that  his  companions  had 
killed  him  because  he  had  conversed  with  us. 

A fortnight  later  we  saw  four  of  those  giants  with- 
out their  arms  for  they  had  hidden  them  in  certain 
bushes  as  the  two  whom  we  captured  showed  us. 
Each  one  was  painted  differently.  The  captain-gen- 
eral kept  two  of  them  - the  youngest  and  best  pro- 
portioned - by  means  of  a very  cunning  trick,  in 
order  to  take  them  to  Spagnia.98  Had  he  used  any 
other  means  [than  those  he  employed],  they  could 
easily  have  killed  some  of  us.99  The  trick  that  he 
employed  in  keeping  them  was  as  follows.  He  gave 
them  many  knives,  scissors,  mirrors,  bells,  and  glass 
beads;  and  those  two  having  their  hands  filled  with 
the  said  articles,  the  captain-general  had  two  pairs 
of  iron  manacles  brought,  such  as  are  fastened  on 
the  feet.100  He  made  motions  that  he  would  give 
them  to  the  giants,  whereat  they  were  very  pleased 
since  those  manacles  were  of  iron,  but  they  did  not 
know  how  to  carry  them.  They  were  grieved  at 
leaving  them  behind,  but  they  had  no  place  to  put 
those  gifts;  for  they  had  to  hold  the  skin  wrapped 


5 6 PRIMO  VIAGGIO  INTORNO  AL  MONDO  [Voi. 

ua  la/siare  qelli  feri  li  fece  /egnio  li  farebe  ali  piedi 
et  queli  portarebenno  via  e//i  ri/po/ero  cò  la  te/ta  de 
fi  Subito  aduno  mede/imo  tempo  li  fece  metere  a 
tucti  dui  et  quando  linquiauào  co  lo  fero  q trauer/a 
dubitauano  ma  /igurandoli  iL  cap°  pur  / teteno  fermi 
a vedendo/e  poi  de  lingano  Sbufauano  corno  tori 
quiamando  fortemente  setebos  q li  ajuta //e  agli  alt1 
dui  apena  pote/imo  ligarli  li  mani  li  manda//emo  a 
terra  cò  noue  homine  agio  guida//eno  li  no/t1  doue 
/taua  La  moglie  de  vno  de  qelli  haueuano  pr e/i 
perche  fortemète  cò  /egni  la  lamentaua  agio  ella 
intende//emo.  Andando  vno  /e  de/ligo  li  mani  et 
cor  /e  via  cò  tanta  velocita  q li  nri  lo  per/eno  de 
vi/ta  andò  doue  /taua  La  /ua  brigata  et  nò  trouo  vno 
de  li  /oi  q era  rima/to  cò  le  femine  p che  era  andato 
a la  caza  / ubito  lo  andò  atrouare  et  contoli  tuto 
eL  fatto  Lalt°  tanto  /e  /for/aua  p de/ligar/e  q li 
no/t1  lo  ferirono  vn  pocho  /opa  la  te/ta  et  sbufando 
conduce  li  nfi  doue  / tauào  le  loro  donne,  gioan 
cauagio  piloto  capo  de  que/ti  nò  voi  /e  tore  la  donna 
qella  /era  ma  dormite  yui  p che  se  faceua  nocte  li 
alt1  duy  veneno  et  vedendo  co/tui  ferito  se  dubitauào 
et  nò  di/ero  niente  alhora  ma  ne  lalba  parloro  a 


One]  FIRST  VOYAGE  AROUND  THE  WORLD  57 

about  them  with  their  hands.101  The  other  two  giants 
wished  to  help  them,  but  the  captain  refused.  See- 
ing that  they  were  loth  to  leave  those  manacles  be- 
hind, the  captain  made  them  a sign  that  he  would 
put  them  on  their  feet,  and  that  they  could  carry 
them  away.  They  nodded  assent  with  the  head. 
Immediately,  the  captain  had  the  manacles  put  on 
both  of  them  at  the  same  time.  When  our  men  were 
driving  home  the  cross  bolt,  the  giants  began  to  sus- 
pect something,  but  the  captain  assuring  them,  how- 
ever, they  stood  still.  When  they  saw  later  that  they 
were  tricked,  they  raged  like  bulls,  calling  loudly 
for  Setebos  102  to  aid  them.  With  difficulty  could  we 
bind  the  hands  of  the  other  two,  whom  we  sent  ashore 
with  nine  of  our  men,  in  order  that  the  giants  might 
guide  them  to  the  place  where  the  wife  of  one  of  the 
two  whom  we  had  captured  103  was;  for  the  latter 
expressed  his  great  grief  at  leaving  her  by  signs  so 
that  we  understood  [that  he  meant]  her.  While  they 
were  on  their  way,  one  of  the  giants  freed  his  hands, 
and  took  to  his  heels  with  such  swiftness  that  our 
men  lost  sight  of  him.  He  went  to  the  place  where 
his  associates  were,  but  he  did  not  find  [there] 
one  of  his  companions,  who  had  remained  behind 
with  the  women,  and  who  had  gone  hunting.  He 
immediately  went  in  search  of  the  latter,  and  told 
him  all  that  had  happened.104  The  other  giant  en- 
deavored so  hard  to  free  himself  from  his  bonds,  that 
our  men  struck  him,  wounding  him  slightly  on  the 
head,  whereat  he  raging  led  them  to  where  the 
women  were.  Gioan  Cavagio,  the  pilot  and  com- 
mander of  those  men,  refused  to  bring  back  the 
woman  105  that  night,  but  determined  to  sleep  there, 


5 8 PRIMO  VIAGGIO  INTORNO  AL  MONDO  [Voi. 

le  donne  / ubito  fugiteno  via  et  coreuào  piu  li  picoli 
q li  grandi  lassando  tute  le  sue  robe  dui  /e  tra//eno 
da  parte  tira  do  ali  nfi  frece.  lalt°  menaua  via  qelli 
foi  animaleti  p cazare  et  co/i  còba  tendo  vno  de  qclli 
pa//o  la  co//a  co  vna  freza  a vno  deli  nfi  il  qalle 
/ubito  mori  quando  vi/teno  que/to  /ubito  cor/eno 
via  li  nri  haueuano  /quiopeti  et  baie/tre  et  may 
nò  li  poterono  ferire  quando  que/ti  combateuào 
may  / tauano  fermi  ma  /aitando  de  qua  et  della.  li 
no/t‘  /e  pelirono  Lo  morto  et  bra/arono  tute  le  robe  q 
haueuano  la//ata  Certamente  que/ti  giganti 
Coreno  piu  Cauali  et  Sonno  gelo/i//imi  de  loro 
mogliere. 

Quando  que/ta  gente  /e  sente  malie  aL  / tomacho 
in  loco  de  purgar/e  se  meteo  nela  golla  dui  palmi 
et  piu  duna  firza  et  gomitano  coloro  tde  mi/quiade 
co  /angue  pq  mangiano  certi  cardi  Quando  li 
dole  eL  capo  Se  danno  neL  fronte  vna  tagiatura  neL 
trauer/o  et  cu//i  nele  brace  ne  le  gambe  et  in  eia /- 
cuno  locho  deL  corpo  cauando//e  molta  / angue, 
vno  de  qelli  hauiuào  pre  fi  q / taua  nela  nra  naue 
diceua  corno  qeL  /angue  no  voleua  /tare  iui  et  p qello 
li  daua  pa//ione  anno  li  capeli  tagliati  cò  la  quie- 
rega  amodo  de  frati  ma  piu  longui  cò  vno  cordonne 


One] 


FIRST  VOYAGE  AROUND  THE  WORLD 


59 


for  night  was  approaching.  The  other  two  giants 
came,  and  seeing  their  companion  wounded,  hesi- 
tated,106 but  said  nothing  then.  But  with  the  dawn, 
they  spoke  107  to  the  women,  [whereupon]  they  imme- 
diately ran  away  (and  the  smaller  ones  ran  faster 
than  the  taller),  leaving  all  their  possessions  behind 
them.  Two  of  them  turned  aside  to  shoot  their  ar- 
rows at  our  men.  The  other  was  leading  away  those 
small  animals  of  theirs  in  order  to  hunt.108  Thus 
fighting,  one  of  them  pierced  the  thigh  of  one  of 
our  men  with  an  arrow,  and  the  latter  died  imme- 
diately. When  the  giants  saw  that,  they  ran  away 
quickly.  Our  men  had  muskets  and  crossbows,  but 
they  could  never  hit  any  of  the  giants,  [for]  when 
the  latter  fought,  they  never  stood  still,  but  leaped 
hither  and  thither.  Our  men  buried  their  dead  com- 
panion, and  burned  all  the  possessions  left  behind 
by  the  giants.  Of  a truth  those  giants  run  swifter 
than  horses  and  are  exceedingly  jealous  of  their 
wives. 

When  those  people  feel  sick  at  the  stomach,  in- 
stead of  purging  themselves,109  they  thrust  an  arrow 
down  their  throat  for  two  palmos  or  more  110  and 
vomit  [substance  of  a]  green  color  mixed  with  blood, 
for  they  eat  a certain  kind  of  thistle.  When  they 
have  a headache,  they  cut  themselves  across  the  fore- 
head; and  they  do  the  same  on  the  arms  or  on  the 
legs  and  in  any  part  of  the  body,  letting  a quantity 
of  blood.  One  of  those  whom  we  had  captured,  and 
whom  we  kept  in  our  ship,  said  that  the  blood  re- 
fused to  stay  there  [/.<?.,  in  the  place  of  the  pain], 
and  consequently  causes  them  suffering.  They  wear 
their  hair  cut  with  the  tonsure,  like  friars,  but  it  is 


6o 


PRIMO  VIAGGIO  INTORNO  AL  MONDO  [Voi. 


di  bambaso  intorno  lo  capo  neL  qalle  ficano  le  freze 
quando  vano  ala  caza  ligano  eL  Suo  membro  dentro 
deL  corpo  p lo  grandi/simo  fredo.  Quando  more 
vno  de  que/ti  apareno  x ho  dudice  demon j baiando 
molto  aiegri  in  torno  deL  morto  tucti  depinti  ne 
vedeno  vno  /oura  altri  asay  piu  grande  gridando  et 
facendo  piu  grà  fe/ta  cosi  corno  eL  demonio  li  apare 
de  pinto  de  qella  Sorte  /e  depingeno  quiamano  eL 
demonio  magior  /etebos  ali  alt1  cheleulle  anchora 
co/tui  ne  di/ /e  co  /egni  hauere  vi/to  li  demonj  con 
dui  corni  in  te/ta  et  peli  longui  q copriuano  li  piedi 
getare  focho  p La  boca  et  p iL  culo  JL  cap°  gnale 
nomino  que/ti  populi  patagoni  tutti  /e  ve/ tino  de  la 
pelle  de  qello  animale  già  deto  no  anno  case  /e non 
trabacque  de  la  pelle  deL  mede/imo  animale  et  co 
qelli  vano  mo  di  qua  mo  di  la  corno  fanno  li  cingani 
viueno  de  carne  cruda  et  de  vna  radice  dolce  q la 
quiamào  chapae  ogni  vno  de  li  dui  q piglia//emo 
mangiaua  vna  /porta  de  bi/coto  et  beueua  in  vna 
fiata  mezo  /echio  de  hacqua  et  mangiauào  li  /orgi 
/enza  /corti  carli. 

Ste//emo  in  que/to  porto  el  qaL  chiama//emo 
porto  de  sto.  Julianno  cirqua  de  cinque  mesi  doue 
acadetenno  molte  co/e.  A^io  q vra  IlLma.  sa  ne  /apia 
algune  fu  q /ubito  entrati  neL  porto  li  capitani  de  le 
altre  quat0  naue  ordinorono  vno  tradimèto  p ama- 
zare  iL  cap°  genneralle  et  que/ti  erano  eL  vehadore 


One]  FIRST  VOYAGE  AROUND  THE  WORLD  6 I 

left  longer; 111  and  they  have  a cotton  cord  wrapped 
about  the  head,  to  which  they  fasten  their  arrows 
when  they  go  hunting.  They  bind  their  privies  close 
to  their  bodies  because  of  the  exceeding  great  cold.112 
When  one  of  those  people  die,  x or  twelve  demons 
all  painted  appear  to  them  and  dance  very  joyfully 
about  the  corpse.  They  notice  that  one  of  those 
demons  is  much  taller  than  the  others,  and  he  cries 
out  and  rejoices  more.113  They  paint  themselves 
exactly  in  the  same  manner  as  the  demon  appears  to 
them  painted.  They  call  the  larger  demon  Setebos,114 
and  the  others  Cheleulle.  That  giant  also  told  us 
by  signs  that  he  had  seen  the  demons  with  two  horns 
on  their  heads,  and  long  hair  which  hung  to  the 
feet  belching  forth  fire  from  mouth  and  buttocks. 
The  captain-general  called  those  people  Patagoni.115 
They  all  clothe  themselves  in  the  skins  of  that  animal 
above  mentioned;  and  they  have  no  houses  except 
those  made  from  the  skin  of  the  same  animal,  and 
they  wander  hither  and  thither  with  those  houses 
just  as  the  Cingani 116  do.  They  live  on  raw  flesh  and 
on  a sweet  root  which  they  call  chapae.117  Each  of 
the  two  whom  we  captured  ate  a basketful  of  biscuit, 
and  drank  one-half  pailful  of  water  at  a gulp.  They 
also  ate  rats  without  skinning  them. 

In  that  port  which  we  called  the  port  of  Santo 
Julianno,  we  remained  about  five  months.118  Many 
things  happened  there.  In  order  that  your  most 
illustrious  Lordship  may  know  some  of  them,  it  hap- 
pened that  as  soon  as  we  had  entered  the  port,  the 
captains  of  the  other  four  ships  plotted  treason  in 
order  that  they  might  kill  the  captain-general. 
Those  conspirators  consisted  of  the  overseer  of  the 


62  PRIMO  VIAGGIO  INTORNO  AL  MONDO  [Voi. 

de  Larmata  q /e  chiamaua  Johan  de  cartegena  eL 
the/orero  alouise  de  mendo/a  eL  contadore  anthonio 
cocha  et  ga/par  de  cazada  et  /quartato  eL  veador  de 
li  homini  fo  amazato  lo  the/or3  apognialade  e/endo 
de/coperto  Lo  tradimento  de  li  alquantj  giornj 
ga/par  de  ca/ada  p voler  fare  vno  alt°  tradimèto  fo 
/bandito  co  vno  prete  in  que/ta  tera  patagonia.  eL 
Cap°  generale  nò  voi  /e  far  lo  amazare  perche  Lo 
imperator  don  cario  lo  haueua  facto  cap°  Vna 
naue  chiamata  /aneto  Jacobo  p andare  a de/courire 
la  co/ta  Se  per/e  tucti  li  homini  Si  / aluarono  p 
miracolo  nò  bagniando//e  apenna  dui  de  que/ti 
venirono  ali  naui  et  ne  di/cero  el  tuto  p il  que  eL 
cap°  gnale  ge  mando  alguni  homini  co  / acq1  pienny 
de  bi/coto  p dui  me/i  ne  fu  for/a  portarli  eL  viuere 
p che  ogni  giorno  trouauano  qalque  co/a  de  la  naue 
eL  viagio  ad  andare  era  longuo  24  legue  q formo 
cento  millia  la  via  a/pri//ima  et  pienna  de  /pini 
/tauano  4 giorni  in  viagio  le  nocte  dormiuano  in 
machioni  nò  trouauano  hacqua  da  beuere  /e non 
giagio  il  que  ne  era  grandisima  fatiga.  Jn  que/to 
porto  era  a/ay//ime  cape  Longue  q le  chiamano 
missiglioni  haueuano  perle  neL  mezo  ma  picole 
q non  le  poteuano  mangiare  ancho  /e  trouaua 
Jn/en/o  /truzi  volpe  pa//are  et  conigli  piu  picoli 
a//ay  de  li  no/tri  Qui  in  cima  deL  piu  alto  monte 
driza//emo  vna  croce  in  / igno  de  que/ta  terra,  q 
erra  deL  re  de  /pagnia  et  chiama//emo  que/to  monte 
monte  de  x°. 


One] 


FIRST  VOYAGE  AROUND  THE  WORLD  63 


fleet,  one  Johan  de  Cartagena,  the  treasurer,  Alouise 
de  Mendosa,  the  accountant,  Anthonio  Cocha,  and 
Gaspar  de  Cazada.  The  overseer  of  the  men  having 
been  quartered,  the  treasurer  was  killed  by  dagger 
blows,  for  the  treason  was  discovered.  Some  days 
after  that,  Gaspar  de  Casada,  was  banished  with  a 
priest  in  that  land  of  Patagonia.  The  captain-gen- 
eral did  not  wish  to  have  him  killed,  because  the 
emperor,  Don  Carlo,  had  appointed  him  captain.119 
A ship  called  “ Sancto  Jacobo  ” was  wrecked  in  an 
expedition  made  to  explore  the  coast.  All  the  men 
were  saved  as  by  a miracle,  not  even  getting  wet. 
Two  of  them  came  to  the  ships  after  suffering  great 
hardships,  and  reported  the  whole  occurrence  to  us. 
Consequently,  the  captain-general  sent  some  men 
with  bags  full  of  biscuits  [sufficient  to  last]  for  two 
months.  It  was  necessary  for  us  to  carry  them  the 
food,  for  daily  pieces  of  the  ship  [that  was  wrecked] 
were  found.  The  way  thither  was  long,  [being]  24 
leguas,120  or  one  hundred  millas,  and  the  path  was 
very  rough  an S full  of  thorns.  The  men  were  4 days 
on  the  road,  sleeping  at  night  in  the  bushes.  They 
found  no  drinking  water,  but  only  ice,  which  caused 
them  the  greatest  hardship.121  There  were  very 
many  long  shellfish  which  are  called  missiglioni 122 
in  that  port  [of  Santo  Julianno].  They  have  pearls, 
although  small  ones  in  the  middle,  but  could  not  be 
eaten.  Incense,  ostriches,123  foxes,  sparrows,  and 
rabbits  much  smaller  than  ours  were  also  found.  We 
^erected  a cross  on  the  top  of  the  highest  summit  there, 
as  a sign  in  that  land  that  it  belonged  to  the  king 
of  Spagnia;  and  we  called  that  summit  Monte  de 
Christo  [i.e.}  Mount  of  Christ]. 


64  PRIMO  VIAGGIO  INTORNO  AL  MONDO  [Voi. 

Partendone  de  qui  in  51  grado  mancho  vno  ter fo 
al  antartico  troua/emo  vno  fìome  de  hacqua  dolce 
nel  qalle  le  naui  quasi  p/enno  p li  venti  teri  bili 
ma  dio  et  li*  corpi  /aneti  le  ajutarono  Jn  Que/to 
fiume  tarda//emo  circa  duy  me/i  p fornirne  de  hac- 
qua legnia  et  pe/cie  longho  vno  bra/o  et  piu  co 
/quame.  era  molto  bonno  ma  pocho  et  inan/i  /e 
parti//emo  de  qui  eL  cap°  genneralle  et  tuti  nuy  Se 
confe//asemo  et  Comunica/semo  Como  veri  chri /- 
danni. 

Poi  andando  a cinquanta  dui  gradi  aL  mede/imo 
polo  troua//emo  neL  giorno  delle  vndici  millia 
vergine  vno  /treto  eL  capo  deL  qalle  chiamào  capo 
dele  vndici  millia  vergine  p grandi/simo  miracolo 
Que/to  /treto  e longo  cento  et  diece  legue  q /onno 
440  millia  et  largo  piu  et  mancho  de  meza  legua  q 
va  a referire  in  vno  alt°  mare  chiamato  mar  pacificho 
circundato  da  mòtagnie  alti//ime  caricate  de  neue 
nò  li  poteuamo  tro  uare  fondo  /inon  con  lo  proi/e  in 
tera  in  25  et  30  braza  et  /e  non  era  eL  capitanio 
gennerale  nò  trouauamo  Que/to  /trecto  perch  tuti 
pen/auamo  et  diceuamo  corno  era  /erato  tuto  intor- 
no. ma  iL  capitano  gnale  q / apeua  de  douer 
fare  la  /ua  nauigatiòe  p vno  /treto  molto  a/co/o  corno 
vite  nela  the/oraria  deL  re  de  portugaL  in  vna  carta 
fata  p qella  exelenti//imo  huomo  martin  de  boemia 
Mando  due  naui  Sto.  anthonio  et  la  conceptiòe  q 
co//i  le  quiamauano  auedere  q era  neL  capo  de  la 
baia  noi  co  le  altre  due  naue  la  capitania  Se 
chiamaua  trinitade  Laltra  la  victoria  /te//emo  ad 


One]  FIRST  VOYAGE  AROUND  THE  WORLD  65 

Leaving  that  place,  we  found,  in  51  degrees  less 
one-third 124  degree,  toward  the  Antarctic  Pole,  a 
river  of  fresh  water.  There  the  ships  almost  per- 
ished because  of  the  furious  winds;  but  God  and  the 
holy  bodies125  aided  them.  We  stayed  about  two 
months  in  that  river  in  order  to  supply  the  ships  with 
water,  wood,  and  fish,  [the  latter  being]  one  braccio 
in  length  and  more,  and  covered  with  scales.  They 
were  very  good  although  small.126  Before  leaving 
that  river,  the  captain-general  and  all  of  us  confessed 
and  received  communion  as  true  Christians.127 

Then  going  to  fifty-two  degrees  toward  the  same 
pole,128  we  found  a strait  on  the  day  of  the  [feast  of 
the]  129  eleven  thousand  virgins  [/.*.,  October  21], 
whose  head  is  called  Capo  de  le  Undici  Millia  Ver- 
gine [*.*.,  cape  of  the  Eleven  Thousand  Virgins] 
because  of  that  very  great  miracle.  That  strait  is 
one  hundred  and  ten  leguas  or  440  millas  long,  and 
it  is  one-half  legua  broad,  more  or  less.130  It  leads 
to  another  sea  called  the  Pacific  Sea,  and  is  sur- 
rounded by  very  lofty  mountains  laden  with  snow. 
There  it  was  impossible  to  find  bottom  [for  anchor- 
ing],  but  [it  was  necessary  to  fasten]  the  moorings 131 
on  land  25  or  30  brazas  away.  Had  it  not  been  for 
the  captain-general,  we  would  not  have  found  that 
strait,  for  we  all  thought  and  said  that  it  was  closed 
on  all  sides.  But  the  captain-general  who  knew 
where  to  sail  to  find  a well-hidden  strait,  which  he 
saw  depicted  on  a map  in  the  treasury  of  the  king 
of  Portugal,  which  was  made  by  that  excellent  man, 
Martin  de  Boemia,  sent  two  ships,  the  “ Santo  An- 
thonio  ” and  the  “ Conceptione  ” (for  thus  they  were 
called),  to  discover  what  was  inside  the  cape  de  la 


66  PRIMO  VIAGGIO  INTORNO  AL  MONDO  [Voi. 

a/pectarle  dent°  ne  la  baya  La  nocte  ne  souravenne 
vna  grande  fortuna  q duro  fino  al  alt°  mezo  Jorno  p 
il  que  ne  fu  forza  leuare  lanchore  et  la/siare  andare 
de  qua  et  dela  per  la  baia  a le  altre  due  naui  li 
era  trauer/ia  et  nò  poteuào  caualcare  vno  capo  q 
faceua  la  baya  qua/i  in  fine  p voler  venir  a noi  fi  que 
li  era  for/a  adare  in  /eco  pur  aco/tando/e  aL  fine  de 
La  baya  pen/ando  de  e//e re  per/i  viteno  vna  boca 
picola  q no  [pa/aua:  crossed  out  in  original  MS.] 
pariua  boca  ma  vno  Cantone  et  corno  abandonadi  /e 
cazaronno  dentro  fi  que  perforza  di/co  per/eno  el 
/treto  et  vedendo  q nò  era  cantone  ma  vno  f treto  de 
tera  andarono  piu  inanzi  et  trouoro  no  vna  baya. 
poi  andando  piu  oltra  trouorono  vno  alt°  /tretto  et 
vnalta  baya  piu  grande  q le  due  p’me  molto  aiegri 
subito  voltoro  Jndrieto  p dirlo  aL  capitanio  gnale 
noi  pen/auamo  fo//eno  per/e  prima  p La  fortuna 
grande.  Lalta  perche  eranno  pa//ati  dui  giorni  et  nò 
aparauào  et  ancho  per  certi  fumi  q faceuano  duy  deli 
fui  mandati  in  tera  p aui/arne  et  co/i  /tando  /u/pe/i 
vedemo  venire  due  naui  co  le  velie  pienne  et  co  le  bà 
dere  /piegate  ver/o  de  noi.  e//e ndo  co/i  vicine  su- 
bito /caricorono  molte  bom  barde  et  gridi  poy  tuti 
in/ieme  rengratiando  ydio  et  la  vergine  maria  anda 
/emo  acercare  piu  inanzi. 


One] 


FIRST  VOYAGE  AROUND  THE  WORLD  67 


Baia  [Le.,  of  the  Bay].132  We,  with  the  other  two 
ships,  [namely],  the  flagship,  called  “Trinitade,” 
and  the  other  the  “ Victoria,”  stayed  inside  the  bay 
to  await  them.133  A great  storm  struck  us  that  night, 
which  lasted  until  the  middle  of  next  day,  which 
necessitated  our  lifting  anchor,  and  letting  ourselves 
drift  hither  and  thither  about  the  bay.  The  other 
two  ships  suffered  a headwind  and  could  not  double 
a cape  134  formed  by  the  bay  almost  at  its  end,  as  they 
were  trying  to  return  to  join  us;  so  that  they  thought 
that  they  would  have  to  run  aground.  But  on  ap- 
proaching the  end  of  the  bay,  and  thinking  that  they 
were  lost,  they  saw  a small  opening  which  did  not 
[exceed:  crossed  out  in  original  MS .]  appear  to  be 
an  opening,  but  a sharp  turn  [ cantone\ .135  Like  des- 
perate men  they  hauled  into  it,  and  thus  they  dis- 
covered the  strait  by  chance.  Seeing  that  it  was  not 
a sharp  turn,  but  a strait  with  land,  they  proceeded 
farther,  and  found  a bay.136  And  then  farther  on 
they  found  another  strait  and  another  bay  larger  than 
the  first  two.137  Very  joyful  they  immediately  turned 
back  to  inform  the  captain-general.  We  thought 
that  they  had  been  wrecked,  first,  by  reason  of  the 
violent  storm,  and  second,  because  two  days  had 
passed  and  they  had  not  appeared,  and  also  because 
of  certain  [signals  with]  smoke  made  by  two  of  their 
men  who  had  been  sent  ashore  to  advise  us.138  And 
so,  while  in  suspense,  we  saw  the  two  ships  with  sails 
full  and  banners  flying  to  the  wind,  coming  toward 
us.  When  they  neared  us  in  this  manner,  they  sud- 
denly discharged  a number  of  mortars,  and  burst 
into  cheers.139  Then  all  together  thanking  God  and 
the  Virgin  Mary,  we  went  to  seek  [the  strait]  far- 
ther on. 


68 


PRIMO  VIAGGIO  INTORNO  AL  MONDO  [Voi. 


Essendo  entrati  in  que/to  / treto  troua//emo  due 
bocque  vna  aL  Siroco  laltra  aL  garbino  iL  capitanio 
gnale  mando  la  naue  /aneto  anthonio  insieme  co  la 
concitione  p vedere  /e  qella  boca  q era  t/o  /irocho 
haueua  exito  neL  mare  pacifico  la  naue  /aneto 
anthonio  noL  voi  /e  a/pectare  la  conceptiòe  p q 
voleua  fugire  p retornare  in  Spagnia  corno  fece 
iL  piloto  de  que/ta  naue  Se  chiamaua  /tefan  gomes 
Loqalle  hodiaua  molto  lo  Cap°  gennerale  pq  inanzi 
Se  face//e  que/ta  armata  co/tui  era  andato  da  Lo 
imperato?  p far/e  dare  algune  carauele  p di/courire 
terra  ma  p la  venuta  deL  Cap°  gennerale  /ua 
mage/ta  nò  le  li  dete  p que/to  /e  acordo  co  certi 
/ pagniolli  et  nella  nocte  /eguente  pigliarono  lo  cap° 
de  la  /ua  naue  el  qalle  era  germano  deL  cap°  gnale  et 
haueua  nome  aluaro  de  me/chita  Lo  ferirono  et 
Lo  me//eno  in  feri  et  co/i  lo  condu//ero  in  spagnia 
in  que/to  naue.  era  lalt°  gigante  q haueuamo  prezo 
ma  quanto  entro  neL  caldo  morse.  La  Conceptiòe 
p nò  potere  /eguire  que/ta  La  a/pectaua  andando 
fugi  p lo  mede/imo  [porto:  crossed  out  in  originai 
diqua  et  dela  sto.  ant°  a la  nocte  torno  indrieto  et  /e 
MS .]  /trecto  nuy  eramo  andati  a de/courire  lalta 
bocha  ver/o  eL  garbin  trouando  pur  ogni  hora  eL 
mede/imo  [porto:  crossed  out  in  originai  MS .] 
/treto  ariua//emo  a vno  fiume  qeL  chiama//emo  eL 
fiume  delle  /ardine  pche  apre//o  de  que/to  ne  eranno 
molte  et  co/i  quiuy  tarda//emo  quatro  Jorni  p 
a/pectare  le  due  naue  in  que/ti  giorni  màda/emo 


One]  FIRST  VOYAGE  AROUND  THE  WORLD  69 

After  entering  that  strait,  we  found  two  openings, 
one  to  the  southeast,  and  the  other  to  the  southwest.140 
The  captain-general  sent  the  ship  “ Sancto  An- 
thonio  ” together  with  the  “ Concitione  ” to  ascer- 
tain whether  that  opening  which  was  toward  the 
southeast  had  an  exit  into  the  Pacific  Sea.  The  ship 
“ Sancto  Anthonio  ” would  not  await  the  “ Concep- 
tione,”  because  it  intended  to  flee  and  return  to 
Spagnia  - which  it  did.  The  pilot  of  that  ship  was 
one  Stefan  Gomes,141  and  he  hated  the  captain-gen- 
eral exceedingly,  because  before  that  fleet  was  fitted 
out,  the  emperor  had  ordered  that  he  be  given  some 
caravels  with  which  to  discover  lands,  but  his  Maj- 
esty did  not  give  them  to  him  because  of  the  coming 
of  the  captain-general.  On  that  account  he  con- 
spired with  certain  Spaniards,  and  next  night  they 
captured  the  captain  of  their  ship,  a cousin  142  of  the 
captain-general,  one  Alvaro  de  Meschita,  whom  they 
wounded  and  put  in  irons,  and  in  this  condition  took 
to  Spagnia.  The  other  giant  whom  we  had  captured 
was  in  that  ship,  but  he  died  when  the  heat  came  on. 
The  “ Conceptione,”  as  it  could  not  follow  that  ship, 
waited  for  it,  sailing  about  hither  and  thither.  The 
“ Sancto  Anthonio  ” turned  back  at  night  and  fled 
along  the  same  [port:  crossed  out  in  original  MS.~\ 
strait.143  We  had  gone  to  explore  the  other  opening 
toward  the  southwest.  Finding,  however,  the  same 
[port:  crossed  out  in  original  MS.~\  strait  continu- 
ously, we  came  upon  a river  /which  we  called  the 
river  of  Sardine  [ i.e .,  Sardines],  because  there  were 
many  sardines  near  it.144  So  we  stayed  there  for  four 
days  in  order  to  await  the  two  ships.  During  that 
period  we  sent  a well-equipped  boat  to  explore  the 


7°  PRIMO  VIAGGIO  INTORNO  AL  MONDO  [Voi. 

vno  batello  ben  fornito  p de/coprire  eL  capo  de  lalt° 
mare  venne  in  termi  ne  de  tre  Jorni  et  di//ero  corno 
haueuano  [haueuano:  doublet  in  originai  MS.'] 
veduto  eL  capo  et  eL  mare  ampio  eL  capitanio  gen- 
nerale  lagrimo  p allegreza  et  nomino  qeL  capo  Capo 
dezeado  perche  laueuano  Ja  grà  tempo  di/iderato. 
Torna/emo  indrieto  p sercar  le  due  naue  et  nò 
troua//emo  / ino  la  conceptiòe  et  domandandoli  doue 
era  lalta.  ri/po/e  Johan  /eranno  q era  cap°  et  piloto 
de  que/ta  et  ancho  de  qella  q /e  per/e  q nò  / apeua  et 
q may  nò  Laueua  veduta  dapoy  que  ella  entro  ne  la 
boca  la  Cerca//emo  p tuto  lo  /treto  fin  in  qella  boca 
doue  ella  fugite.  il  cap°  gennerale  mando  indrieto 
la  naue  victoria  fina  aL  principio  deL  /treto  auedere 
/e  ella  era  iui  et  non  trouandola  met e//e  vna  bandera 
in  cima  de  alguno  mòticello  co  vna  letera  in  vna  pi- 
gniatella  ficada  in  tera  apre//o  la  bandera  acio 
vedendola  troua//eno  la  Ira  et  /apa//eno  lo  viagio  q 
faceuamo  p che  cu//i  era  dato  le  ordine  fra  noi 
Quando  /e  /mariuamo  le  naue  vna  de  lalta.  /e  mi//e 
due  bandere  co  le  Ire  luna  avno  mòticello  nela  prima 
baya  lalta  in  vna  Jzoleta  nella  terza  baya  doue  eranno 
molti  Loui  marini  et  vcceli  grandi.  JL  cap°  gnale 
le/peto  co  lalta  naue  apre//o  eL  fiume  Jsleo  et  fece 
metere  vna  croce  in  vna  Jzoleta  zirca  de  que/to 
fiume  eL  qalle  era  fra  alte  montagnie  caricate  de 
neue  et  de/cendeneL  mare  apre//o  Lo  fiume  de  le 
/ardine.  Se  nò  trouauamo  que/to  /treto  eL  cap°. 
gnale  haueua  deliberato  andare  fino  a /etanta  cinqS 
gradi  aL  polo  artàticho  [sic]  doue  in  taL  altura  aL 


One]  FIRST  VOYAGE  AROUND  THE  WORLD  71 

cape  of  the  other  sea.  The  men  returned  within 
three  days,  and  reported  that  they  had  seen  the  cape 
and  the  open  sea.  The  captain-general  wept  for  joy, 
and  called  that  cape,  Cape  Dezeado  [i.*.,  Desire],145 
for  we  had  been  desiring  it  for  a long  time.  We 
turned  back  to  look  for  the  two  ships,146  but  we  found 
only  the  “ Conceptione.”  Upon  asking  them  where 
the  other  one  was,  Johan  Seranno,147  who  was  cap- 
tain and  pilot  of  the  former  ship  (and  also  of  that 
ship  that  had  been  wrecked)  replied  that  he  did  not 
know,  and  that  he  had  never  seen  it  after  it  had  en- 
tered the  opening.  We  sought  it  in  all  parts  of  the 
strait,  as  far  as  that  opening  whence  it  had  fled,  and 
the  captain-general  sent  the  ship  “ Victoria  ” back 
to  the  entrance  of  the  strait  to  ascertain  whether  the 
ship  was  there.  Orders  were  given  them,  if  they 
did  not  find  it,  to  plant  a banner  on  the  summit  of 
some  small  hill  with  a letter  in  an  earthen  pot  buried 
in  the  earth  near  the  banner,  so  that  if  the  banner 
were  seen  the  letter  might  be  found,  and  the  ship 
might  learn  the  course  that  we  were  sailing.  For 
this  was  the  arrangement  made  between  us  in  case 
that  we  went  astray  one  from  the  other.148  Two  ban- 
ners were  planted  with  their  letters  - one  on  a little 
eminence  in  the  first  bay,  and  the  other  in  an  islet  in 
the  third  bay149  where  there  were  many  sea-wolves 
and  large  birds.  The  captain-general  waited  for  the 
ship  with  his  other  ship  near  he  river  of  Isleo,150  and 
he  had  a cross  set  up  in  an  islet  near  that  river,  which 
flowed  between  high  mountains  covered  with 
snow  and  emptied  into  the  sea  near  the  river  of 
Sardine.  Had  we  not  discovered  that  strait,  the 
captain-general  had  determined  to  go  as  far  as  sev- 


72  PRIMO  VIAGGIO  INTORNO  AL  MONDO  [Voi. 

tempo  de  la  e/tate  no  ge  e nocte  et  /e  glie  ne  he  poche 
et  co//i  neL  inuerno  Jorno.  agio  q vra  IlLma.  sa  iL 
creda  quando  eramo  in  que/to  / trecto  le  nocte 
eranno  /olamète  de  tre  hore  et  era  neL  me/e  doctobr 
La  terra  de  que/to  /trecto  ama  mancha  era  voltata 
aL  / iroco  et  era  ba//a  chiama//emo  aque/to  /treto  eL 
/treto  patagoni  cho  T Lo  qaL  /e  troua  ogni  meza 
lega  Seguri//imi  porti  hacque  exelenti//ime  Legnia 
/ inon  di  cedro  pe/chie  /ardine  mi//iglioni  et  appio 
erba  dolce  ma  gene  anche  de  amare  na/ce  atorno 
le  fontane  del  qalle  mangia//imo  a//ay  Jorni  p nò 
hauer  alt°  credo  nò  /ia  aL  mondo  el  piu  bello  et 
meglior  /treto  corno  eque/to.  Jn  que/to  mar  oc- 
ceanno  Se  vede  vna  molto  delecteuoL  caza  de  pe/ci 
formo  tre  /orte  de  pe//i  Longui  vno  brazo  et  piu  q 
/e  chiamano  doradi,  albacore  et  bonniti,  li  qalli 
/e quitano  pe/ci  q volanno  chiamattj  colondrini 
Longui  vno  palmo  et  piu  et  formo  obtini  aL  man- 
giare. Quando  qelle  tre  /orte  trouào  alguni  de  que/ti 
volanti  Subito  li  volanti  / altanno  fora  de  laequa  et 
volano  fin  q anno  le  alle  bagniate  piu  de  vno  trar  de 
baie/tra  in  tanto  q que/ti  volano  li  alt1  li  corenno 
indrieto  /octa  hacqua  a La  /ua  ombra  nò  /onno  cu//i 
pre/to  ca/cati  ne  laequa  q que/ti  /ubito  li  piglianno 
et  mangiano  co/a  in  vero  beli//ima  de  vedere. 


One]  FIRST  VOYAGE  AROUND  THE  WORLD  73 

enty-five  degrees  toward  the  Antarctic  Pole.  There 
in  that  latitude,  during  the  summer  season,  there  is 
no  night,  or  if  there  is  any  night  it  is  but  short,  and 
so  in  the  winter  with  the  day.  In  order  that  your 
most  illustrious  Lordship  may  believe  it,  when  we 
were  in  that  strait,  the  nights  were  only  three  hours 
long,  and  it  was  then  the  month  of  October.151  The 
land  on  the  left-hand  side  of  that  strait  turned 
toward  the  southeast152  and  was  low.  We  called 
that  strait  the  strait  of  Patagonia.  One  finds  the 
safest  of  ports  every  half  legua  in  it,153  water,  the 
finest  of  wood  (but  not  of  cedar),  fish,  sardines,  and 
missiglioni,  while  smallage,154  a sweet  herb  (although 
there  is  also  some  that  is  bitter)  grows  around  the 
springs.  We  ate  of  it  for  many  days  as  we  had  noth- 
ing else.  I believe  that  there  is  not  a more  beautiful 
or  better  strait  in  the  world  than  that  one.155  In 
that  Ocean  Sea  one  sees  a very  amusing  fish  hunt. 
The  fish  [that  hunt]  are  of  three  sorts,  and  are  one 
braza  and  more  in  length,  and  are  called  dorado, 
albicore,  and  bonito.156  Those  fish  follow  the  flying 
fish  called  colondrini,157  which  are  one  palmo  and 
more 158  in  length  and  very  good  to  eat.  When  the 
above  three  kinds  [of  fish]  find  any  of  those  flying 
fish,  the  latter  immediately  leap  from  the  water  and 
fly  as  long  as  their  wings  are  wet  - more  than  a cross- 
bow’s flight.  While  they  are  flying,  the  others  run 
along  back  of  them  under  the  water  following  the 
shadow  of  the  flying  fish.  The  latter  have  no  sooner 
fallen  into  the  water  than  the  others  immediately 
seize  and  eat  them.  It  is  in  fine  a very  amusing  thing 
to  watch. 


PRIMO  VIAGGIO  INTORNO  AL  MONDO 


Vocabuli  de  li 
AL  capo 
aL  ochio. 

AL  nazo 
Alle  cillie 
ALe  palpebre 
Ali  bussi  deL  nazo 
ALa  boca 
Ali  Labri 
Ali  denti 
ALa  linga 
AL  mento 
A li  pelli 
AL  volto 
Ala  golo 
ALa  copa 
ALe  /palle 
AL  gomedo 
ALa  man 
ALa  palma  de 
Laman 
AL  dito 
Ale  orechie 
Soto  eL  brogo 
Ala  mamela 
AL  peto 
AL  corpo 
AL  menbro 
Ali  te/ticuli 
Ala  natura  de  le 
donne 

AL  vzar  co  e//e 
ALe  co//e 
AL  genochio 


giganti  pataghoni 
her. 
other, 
or 

occhecheL 

SechechieL 

oresche 

xiam 

Schiahame 

phor. 

SchiaL 

Sechen 

archiz 

cogecheL 

ohumez 

Schialeschin 

pelles. 

CoteL 

chene 

Caimeghin 

Cori 

Sane 

Salischin 

othen 

ochij 

gecheL 

/achet 

Sacancas 

Jsse 
Jo  hoi 
chiane 
tepin 


One]  first  VOYAGE  AROUND  THE  WORLD 


75 


Words  of 
For  Head 
for  Eye 
for  Nose 
for  Eyebrows 
for  Eyelids 
for  Nostrils 
for  Mouth 
for  Lips 
for  Teeth 
for  Tongue 
for  Chin 
for  Hair 
for  Face 
for  Throat 
for  Occiput 
for  Shoulders 
for  Elbow 
for  Hand 
for  Palm  of  the  hand 
for  Finger 
for  Ears 
Armpit 
for  Teat 
for  Bosom  « 
for  Body 
for  Penis 
for  Testicles 
for  Vagina160 
for  Communication 
with  women 
for  Thighs 
for  Knee 


Patagonian  giants 
her 
other 
or 

occhechel 

sechechiel 

oresche 

xiam 

schiahame 

phor 

schial 

sechen 

archiz 

cogechel 

ohumez 

schialeschin  159 

pelles 

cotel 

chene 

caimeghin 

cori 

sane 

salischin 

othen 

ochij 

gechel 

sachet 

sacancas 

isse 

jo  hoi 

chiane 

tepin 


7^  PRIMO  VIAGGIO  INTORNO  AL  MONDO 


AL  chulo 

Schiaguen 

Ale  culate 

hoij 

AL  brazo 

maz 

AL  polso 

holion 

A le  gambe 

coss 

AL  piede 

thee 

AL  calcagno 

te  re 

ALa  chauequie  deL 

pie 

perchi 

Ala  /ola  deL  pie 

caot/cheni 

Ale  onguie 

Colim 

AL  core 

thoL 

AL  gratare 

gechare 

Al  homo  /guerco 

Calischen 

AL  giuane 

Calemi 

AL  hacqua 

holi 

AL  fuoco 

ghialeme 

AL  fumo 

giaiche 

Al  no 

ehen 

AL  si 

Rey 

AL  oro 

pelpeli 

ALe  petre  lazure 

Secheg 

AL  solle 

Calexcheni 

Alle  /telle 

/ettere. 

AL  mare 

Aro 

AL  vento 

oni 

ALa  fortuna 

ohone 

AL  pe/se 

hoi 

AL  mangiare 

mechiere 

ALa  /cutella 

elo 

ALa  pigniata 

aschanie 

AL  demandare 

ghelhe 

Vien  qui 

hai  si 

AL  gardar 

chonne 

[Voi 


One] 


FIRST  VOYAGE  AROUND  THE  WORLD 


77 


for  Rump 

schiaguen 

for  Buttocks 

hoij 

for  Arm 

maz 

for  Pulse 

holion 

for  Legs 

coss 

for  Foot 

thee 

for  Heel 

tere 

for  Ankle 

perchi 

for  Sole  of  the  foot 

caotscheni 

for  Fingernails 

colim 

for  Heart 

thol 

for  to  Scratch 

gechare 

for  Cross-eyed  man 

calischen 

for  Young  man 

calemi 

for  Water 

holi 

for  Fire 

ghialeme 

for  Smoke 

giaiche 

for  No 

ehen 

for  Yes 

rey 

for  Gold 

pelpeli 

for  Lapis  lazuli 

secheg 

for  Sun 

calexcheni 

for  Stars 

settere 

for  Sea 

aro 

for  Wind 

oni 

for  Storm 

ohone 

for  Fish 

hoi 

for  to  Eat 

mechiere 

for  Bowl 

elo 

for  Pot 

aschanie 

for  to  Ask 

ghelhe 

Come  here 

hai  si 

for  to  Look 

chonne 

7 8 PRIMO  VIAGGIO  INTORNO  AL  MONDO  [Voi. 


AL  andar 

Rey 

AL  Combater 

oamaghce 

Ale  freze 

Sethe 

AL  Cane 

holL 

AL  lupo 

Ani 

AL  andare  longi 

Schien 

ALa  guida 

anti 

ALa  neue 

theu 

AL  courire 

hiani 

AL  Seruzo  ucelo 

hoihoi 

A li  sui  oui 

Jani 

Ala  poluere  derba 

che  mangiào 

Capac. 

AL  odorare 

OS 

AL  papagaio 

cheche 

ALa  gabiota  ucelo 

Cleo 

AL  misiglioni 

Siameni. 

AL  panno  ro/so 

Terechae. 

AL  bonet 

AicheL 

Al  colore  neg°. 

AineL 

AL  ro/so 

taiche 

AL  gialo 

peperi 

AL  coginare 

yrocoles 

ALa  cintura 

Catechin 

AL  ocha 

cache 

AL  diauolo  grande 

Setebos 

Ali  picoli 

cheleule. 

Tucti  que/ti  vocabuli  /e  prenuntiano  in  gorgha 
pche  cu//i  li  prenutiauào  Loro. 

Me  di//e  que/ti  vocabuli  queL  gigante  q haue- 
uamo  nella  naue  per  q domandandome  Capac  gioe 


One]  FIRST  VOYAGE  AROUND  THE  WORLD 


79 


for  to  Walk 

rey 

for  to  Fight 

oamaghce 

for  Arrows 

sethe 

for  Dog 

holl 

for  Wolf 

ani 

for  to  Go  a long 

distance 

schien 

for  Guide 

anti 

for  Snow 

theu 

for  to  Cover 

hiani 

for  Ostrich,  a bird 

hoihoi 

for  its  Eggs 

jani 

for  the  powder  of  the 

herb  which  they  eat 

capac 

for  to  Smell 

os 

for  Parrot 

cheche 

for  Birdcage 

eleo 

for  Misiglioni 

siameni 

for  Red  Cloth 

terechae 

for  Cap 

aichel 

for  Black 

ainel 

for  Red 

taiche 

for  Yellow' 

peperi 

for  to  Cook 

yrocoles 

for  Belt 

catechin 

for  Goose 

cache 

for  their  big  Devil 

Setebos 

for  their  small  Devils 

Cheleule 

All  the  above  words  are  pronounced  in  the  throat, 
for  such  is  their  method  of  pronunciation.161 

That  giant  whom  we  had  in  our  ship  told  me  those 
words;  for  when  he,  upon  asking  me  for  capac ,162 


8o  PRIMO  VIAGGIO  INTORNO  AL  MONDO  [Voi. 

pane  che  chusi  chiamano  quela  radice  q vzanno  Loro 
p panne  et  oli  gioe  hacqua  Quando  eL  me  vite 
/criuer  que/ti  nomi  domandandoli  poi  de  li  alt1  cò 
la  penna  in  mano  me  Jntendeua  vna  volta  feci  la 
croce  et  la  basai  mo/trandoglila  Subito  grido 
/etebos  et  fecemi  /egno  Se  piu  face//e  la  croce 
me  intrarebe  neL  corpo  et  farebe  crepare  Quando 
que/to  gigante  /taua  male  domando  la  croce  abu- 
sandola et  ba/andola  molto  Se  volse  far  Xpiano 
inanzi  la  /ua  morte  eL  chiama/emo  paulo 
Que/ta  gente  Quando  voleno  far  fuoco  fregano  vno 
legnio  pontino  cò  vno  alt0  in  fine  q fanno  Lo  fuocho 
in  vna  certa  medola  darbore  q fra  que/ti  dui  legni. 

Mercore  a 28  de  nouembre  1520  Ne  di/buca/emo 
da  que/to  / trecto  ingolfandone  neL  mare  pacifico 
/te//emo  tre  mesi  et  vinti  Jorni  sen/a  pigliare  re- 
frigerio de  co/a  alguna  mangiauamo  bi/coto  non  piu 
bi/coto  ma  poluere  de  qello  cò  vermi  apugnate  p 
che  e//i  haueuano  màgiato  iL  buono  puzaua  grà 
damete  de  orina  de  Sorzi  et  beueuamo  hacqua 
Jalla  già  putrifata  per  molti  giorni  et  mangiauamo 
certe  pelle  de  boue  q erano  /opa  Lantena  mangiore 
agio  q Lantena  nò  rompe//e  la  / arzia  duri//ime  p 
iL  Solle  piogia  et  vento  Le  la/ciauamo  p quat°  ho 
cinque  giorni  neL  mare  et  poi  le  meteua  vno  pocho 
/opa  le  braze  et  cosi  le  mangiauamo  et  ancora  a//ay 
volte  /egature  de  a/e  li  sorgi  /e  vendeuano  mezo 
ducato  lo  vno  et  /e  pur  ne  haue//emo  potuto  hauer 
ma  /oura  tute  le  alt1  /quiagu  re  Que/ta  era  la 


One]  FIRST  VOYAGE  AROUND  THE  WORLD  83 

that  is  to  say,  bread,  as  they  call  that  root  which  they 
use  as  bread,  and  o/t,  that  is  to  say,  water,  saw  me 
write  those  words  quickly,  and  afterward  when  I, 
with  pen  in  hand,  asked  him  for  other  words,  he 
understood  me.  Once  I made  the  sign  of  the  cross, 
and,  showing  it  to  him,  kissed  it.  He  immediately 
cried  out  “ Setebos,”  and  made  me  a sign  that  if  I 
made  the  sign  of  the  cross  again,  Setebos  would  enter 
into  my  body  and  cause  it  to  burst.  When  that  giant 
was  sick,  he  asked  for  the  cross,  and  embracing  it  and 
kissing  it  many  times,  desired  to  become  a Christian 
before  his  death.  We  called  him  Paulo.  When 
those  people  wish  to  make  a fire,  they  rub  a sharp- 
ened piece  of  wood  against  another  piece  until  the 
fire  catches  in  the  pith  of  a certain  tree,  which  is 
placed  between  those  two  sticks.163 

Wednesday,  November  28,  1520,  we  debouched 
from  that  strait,  engulfing  ourselves  in  the  Pacific 
Sea.164  We  were  three  months  and  twenty  days  with- 
out getting  any  kind  of  fresh  food.  We  ate  biscuit, 
which  was  no  longer  biscuit,  but  powder  of  biscuits 
swarming  with  worms,  for  they  had  eaten  the  good. 
It  stank  strongly  of  the  urine  of  rats.165  We  drank 
yellow  water  that  had  been  putrid  for  many  days. 
We  also  ate  some  ox  hides  that  covered  the  top  of 
the  mainyard  to  prevent  the  yard  from  chafing  the 
shrouds,  and  which  had  become  exceedingly  hard 
because  of  the  sun,  rain,  and  wind.166  We  left  them 
in  the  sea  for  four  or  five  days,  and  then  placed  them 
for  a few  moments  on  top  of  the  embers,  and  so  ate 
them;  and  often  we  ate  sawdust  from  boards.  Rats 
were  sold  for  one-half  ducado  apiece,  and  even  then 
we  could  not  get  them.167  But  above  all  the  other 


84  PRIMO  VIAGGIO  INTORNO  AL  MONDO  [Voi. 

pegiore.  Cre/siuano  le  gengiue  ad  alguni  /opa  li 
denti  Cosi  de  Soto  Como  de  /oura  q p modo  alguno 
nò  poteuamo  màgiare  et  co//i  moriuano  p que/ta 
infirmita  morirono  19.  homini  et  iL  gigàte  co  vno 
Jndio  de  La  terra  deL  verzin  vinti  cinque  ho 
trenta  homini  /e  infirmorono  q neli  brazi  neli  gambe 
o in  alt°  loco  / icque  poq1  re/ta  rono  /ani  p La 
grada  de  dio  yo  nò  hebi  algunna  infirmitade.  Jn 
Que/ti  tre  me/i  et  vinti  giorni  anda/emo  circa  de 
quatro  millia  legue  in  vn  golfo  p que/to  mar  pacifico 
in  vero  he  benne  pacifico  p q in  q3/to  tempo  nò 
haue/semo  fortuna  Sen/a  vedere  tera  alcuna  sino  due 
y/olete  de/habitate  nelle  qaL  nò  troua//emo  alt° 
/e non  vcelli  et  arbori  la  chiama//emo  y/olle  infortu- 
nate Sono  longi  luna  da  lalta  ducente  legue  nò 
trouauamo  fondo  apre//o  de  loro  /e  nò  vedeuamo 
molti  ti  buroni  La  p'ma  Jzolla  / ta  in  quindi/i  gradi 
de  latitudine  aL  hau/tralle,  et  lalta  in  noue  ogni 
Jorno  faceuamo  cinquanta  /e santa  et  /etanta  Legue  a 
La  catena  ho  apopa  et  /e  ydio  et  / ala  /ua  madre 
bennedeta  nò  ne  daua  cosi  bò  tempo  moriuamo  tucti 
de  fame  in  que/to  mare  grandi//imo  Credo 
certaméte  nò  fi  fara  may  piu  taL  viagio. 

Quando  fu//imi  v/citi  da  que/to  /trecto  Se  haue/- 
/emo  nauigato  Sempre  aL  ponete  hauere//emo  dato 
vna  volta  aL  mondo  /enza  trouare  terra  niuna  Se  nò 
el  capo  deli  xjos  vergine  che  he  capo  de  que/to 
/trecto  aL  mare  occeanno  leuante  ponete  co  Lo  capo 
de/eado  del  mare  pacifico  liqalli  dui  capi  /tanno  in 
cinquàta  duy  gradi  di  latitudine  puntualmente  aL 
polo  antarticho. 


One]  FIRST  VOYAGE  AROUND  THE  WORLD  85 

misfortunes  the  following  was  the  worst.  The  gums 
of  both  the  lower  and  upper  teeth  of  some  of  our 
men  swelled,  so  that  they  could  not  eat  under  any 
circumstances  and  therefore  Idied.168  Nineteen  men 
died  from  that  sickness,  and  the  giant  together  with 
an  Indian  from  the  country  of  Verzin.  Twenty-five 
or  thirty  men  fell  sick  [during  that  time],  in  the 
arms,  legs,  or  in  another  place,  so  that  but  few  re- 
mained well.  However,  I,  by  the  grace  of  God, 
suffered  no  sickness.  We  sailed  about  four  thou- 
sand leguas  during  those  three  months  and  twenty 
days  through  an  open  stretch  in  that  Pacific  Sea.169 
In  truth  it  is  very  pacific,170  for  during  that  time  we 
did  not  suffer  any  storm.  We  saw  no  land  except 
two  desert  islets,  where  we  found  nothing  but  birds 
and  trees,  for  which  we  called  them  the  Ysolle  In- 
fortunate [1.*.,  the  Unfortunate  Isles].  They  are  two 
hundred  leguas  apart.  We  found  no  anchorage, 
[but]  near  them  saw  many  sharks.171  The  first  islet 
lies  in  fifteen  degrees  of  south  latitude,  and  the  other 
in  nine.  Daily  we  made  runs  of  fifty,  sixty,  or  sev- 
enty leguas  at  the  catena  or  at  the  stern.172  Had  not 
God  and  His  blessed  mother  given  us  so  good 
weather  we  would  all  have  died  of  hunger  in  that 
exceeding  vast  sea.  Of  a verity  I believe  no  such 
voyage  will  ever  be  made  [again]. 

When  we  left  that  strait,  if  we  had  sailed  con- 
tinuously westward  we  would  have  circumnavigated 
the  world  without  finding  other  land  than  the  cape  of 
the  xi  thousand  Virgins.173  The  latter  is  a cape  of 
that  strait  at  the  Ocean  Sea,  straight  east  and  west 
with  Cape  Deseado  of  the  Pacific  Sea.  Both  of  those 
capes  lie  in  a latitude  of  exactly  fifty-two  degrees 
toward  the  Antarctic  Pole. 


86  PRIMO  VIAGGIO  INTORNO  AL  MONDO  [Voi. 

JL  polo  antartico  no  ne  cosi  / tellato  corno  Lo 
artico  /e  vede  molto  /telle  picolle  congregate  in- 
terne q fanno  in  guiza  de  due  nebulle  poco  /eparate 
luna  de  lalta  et  vno  poco  ofu/che  in  mezo  de  leqalle 
/tanno  due  /telle  molto  grandi  ne  molto  relucenti  et 
poco  /e  moueno.  Que/te  due  /telle  / onno  iL  polo 
antarticho  La  Calamita  no/tra  Zauariando  vno 
sempre  tiraua  aL  suo  polo  artico  niente  de  meno  non 
haueua  tanta  forza  corno  de  la  banda  Sua.  Et  pero 
Quando  eramo  in  Que/to  golfo  iL  Cap°  generalle 
domando  a tucti  li  piloti  andando  /empre  a la  vela  p 
qaL  Camino  nauigando  pontasemo  nele  carte  ri/po- 
/ero  tucti  p la  Sua  via  puntaLmete  datta  li  ri/po/i 
q pontauano  falso  cosi  corno  era  et  che  conueniua 
agiutare  la  guchia  deL  nauegare  p che  nò  receueua 
tanta  forza  da  la  parte  / ua.  Quando  eramo  in  mezo 
di  que/to  golpho  Vedessemo  vna  croce  de  cinque 
/telle  lucidi//ime  drito  aL  ponente,  et  Suono 
iu/ti//ime  luna  co  lalta. 

Jn  que/ti  giorni  mauiga//emo  fra  iL  ponente  et 
iL  mae/tralle  et  a La  quarta  deL  mae/tralle  in  ver/o 
ponente  et  aL  mae/tralle  fin  q ajunge//emo  a la  linea 
equinoti  alle  longi  da  la  linea  de  la  ripartitiòe  Cento 
et  vinti  dui  gradi  la  linea  de  la  ripartitiòe  e trenta 
gradi  longi  daL  meridionale  el  meridionale  e tre 
gradi  al  leuante  longi  de  capo  verde  Jn  que/to 
Camino  pa/a//emo  poco  longi  da  due  Jzolle 
richisie  vna  in  vinti  gradi  de  latitudine  al  polo 
antarticho  q Se  chiama  Cipangu  Lalta  in  quindici 


One]  FIRST  VOYAGE  AROUND  THE  WORLD  89 

The  Antarctic  Pole  is  not  so  starry  as  the  Arctic. 
Many  small  stars  clustered  together  are  seen,  which 
have  the  appearance  of  two  clouds  of  mist.  There 
is  but  little  distance  between  them,  and  they  are 
somewhat  dim.  In  the  midst  of  them  are  two  large 
and  not  very  luminous  stars,  which  move  only  slight- 
ly. Those  two  stars  are  the  Antarctic  Pole.  Our 
loadstone,  although  it  moved  hither  and  thither,  al- 
ways pointed  toward  its  own  Arctic  Pole,  although 
it  did  not  have  so  much  strength  as  on  its  own  side. 
And  on  that  account  when  we  were  in  that  open 
expanse,  the  captain-general,  asking  all  the  pilots 
whether  they  were  always  sailing  forward  in  the 
course  which  we  had  laid  down  on  the  maps,  all  re- 
plied: “ By  your  course  exactly  as  laid  down.”  He 
answered  them  that  they  were  pointing  wrongly - 
which  was  a fact  - and  that  it  would  be  fitting  to 
adjust  the  needle  of  navigation,  for  it  was  not  re- 
ceiving so  much  force  from  its  side.  When  we  were 
in  the  midst  of  that  open  expanse,  we  saw  a cross 
with  five  extremely  bright  stars  straight  toward  the 
west,  those  stars  being  exactly  placed  with  regard 
to  one  another.174 

During  those  days 175  we  sailed  west  northwest, 
northwest  by  west,  and  northwest,  until  we  reached 
the  equinoctial  line  at  the  distance  of  one  hundred 
and  twenty-two  degrees  from  the  line  of  demarcation. 
The  line  of  demarcation  is  thirty  degrees  from  the 
meridian,  and  the  meridian  is  three  degrees  eastward 
from  Capo  Verde.178  We  passed  while  on  that 
course,  a short  distance  from  two  exceedingly  rich 
islands,  one  in  twenty  degrees  of  the  latitude  of  the 
Antarctic  Pole,  by  name  Cipangu,  and  the  other  in 


9°  PRIMO  VIAGGIO  INTORNO  AL  MONDO  [Voi. 

gradi  chiamata  Subdit  pradit  pa//ata  la  linea  equi- 
notialle  nauiga//emo  tra  ponente  et  mai/tralle  et  a la 
carta  deL  ponente  ver/o  eL  mae/tralle  poi  duzente 
legue  aL  ponente  mudando  eL  viag°.  a La  Quarta  in 
ver/o  garbin  fin  in  tredici  gradi  aL  polo  articho  p 
apropinquar/e  piu  a La  tera  deL  capo  de  gaticara 
iL  qaL  capo  cò  perdon  de  li  Co/mo  grafi  p q nò  Lo 
vi/teno  nò  fi  troua  doue  loro  iL  pen/auào  ma  aL 
/etentrione  in  dodeci  gradj  poco  piu  o mancho. 

Circa  de  setanta  legue  a la  detta  via  in  dodeci 
gradi  di  latitudine  et  146  de  longitudine  Mercore  a 
6 de  mar/o  di/copre//emo  vna  y/ola  aL  mai/tralle 
picola  et  due  alte  aL  garbino  vna  era  piu  alta  et 
piu  granda  de  Laltre  due  iL  cap°  generale  voleua 
firmar/e  nella  grande  p pigliare  qalque  refrigerio 
ma  nò  puote  perche  la  gente  de  que/ta  Jzolla  entra- 
uano  nele  naui  et  robauano  q1  vna  co/a  q1  laltr1  tal- 
mente q non  poteuamo  gardar/i.  Voleuano  calare  le 
vele  acio  anda/emo  in  tera  ne  roborono  lo  /quifo  q 
e/taua  ligato  a La  popa  de  la  naue  capa  cò  grandiss3 
pre/teza  p il  que  corozato  eL  cap°  generalle  andò 
in  tera  con  Quaranta  huomini  armati  et  bruzarono 
da  quaranta  o cinquanta  caze  cò  molti  barquiti  et 
amazorono  /ette  huomini  et  rehebe  lo  /quifo 
Subito  ne  parti  /emo  /equendo  Lo  mede/imo  ca- 
mino. Jnanzi  q di/monta/emo  in  tera  alguni  no  ft 
infermi  ne  pregorono  /e  amazauamo  huomo  o donna 
li  porta/emo  Ly  interiori  p che  Subito  / arebenno 
/ ani. 


One]  FIRST  VOYAGE  AROUND  THE  WORLD  91 

fifteen  degrees,  by  name  Sumbdit  Pradit.177  After 
we  had  passed  the  equinoctial  line  we  sailed  west 
northwest,  and  west  by  north,  and  then  for  two  hun- 
dred leguas  toward  the  west,  changing  our  course 
to  west  by  south  until  we  reached  thirteen  degrees 
toward  the  Arctic  Pole  in  order  that  we  might  ap- 
proach nearer  to  the  land  of  cape  Gaticara.  That 
cape  (with  the  pardon  of  cosmographers,  for  they 
have  not  seen  it) , is  not  found  where  it  is  imagined 
to  be,  but  to  the  north  in  twelve  degrees  or  there- 
abouts.178 

About  seventy 179  leguas  on  the  above  course,  and 
lying  in  twelve  degrees  of  latitude  and  146  in  longi- 
tude, we  discovered  on  Wednesday,  March  6,  a small 
island  to  the  northwest,  and  two  others  toward  the 
southwest,  one  of  which  was  higher  and  larger  than 
the  other  two.  The  captain-general  wished  to  stop 
at  the  large  island  and  get  some  fresh  food,  but  he 
was  unable  to  do  so  because  the  inhabitants  of  that 
island  entered  the  ships  and  stole  whatever  they 
could  lay  their  hands  on,  so  that  we  could  not  pro- 
tect ourselves.  The  men  were  about  to  strike  the 
sails  so  that  we  could  go  ashore,  but  the  natives  very 
deftly  stole  from  us  the  small  boat180  that  was  fas- 
tened to  the  poop  of  the  flagship.  Thereupon,  the 
captain-general  in  wrath  went  ashore  with  forty 
armed  men,  who  burned  some  forty  or  fifty  houses 
together  with  many  boats,  and  killed  seven  men.181 
He  recovered  the  small  boat,  and  we  departed  imme- 
diately pursuing  the  same  course.  Before  we  landed, 
some  of  our  sick  men  begged  us  if  we  should  kill  any 
man  or  woman  to  bring  the  entrails  to  them,  as  they 
would  recover  immediately.182 


9 2 PRIMO  VIAGGIO  INTORNO  AL  MONDO  [Voi. 

Quando  feriuamo  alguni  de  que/ti  co  li  veretuni 
q li  pa//auano  li  fianq1  da  luna  banda  alaltra  tirauano 
il  veretone  mo  diqua  mo  diLa  gardandoLo  poi  Lo 
tirauano  fuora  marauigliando/e  molto  et  cu//i 
moriuano  et  alt1  q erano  feriti  neL  peto  faceuano 
eL  Simille  ne  mo//eno  agra  compa/ione  Co/toro 
vedendoe  partire  ne  /eguitorono  co  piu  de  Cento  bar- 
elliti piu  de  vna  legua  Se  aco/tauano  ale  naui  mo /- 
trandone  pe/ce  co  / imulatiòe  de  darnello  ma 
traheuano  / axi  et  poi  fugiuano  andando  le  naue  co 
velie  piene  pa/a  vano  fra  loro  et  li  batelli  con  qelli  fui 
barcheti  molto  de/tri//imi  vede/emo  algune  femine 
in  li  barqueti  gridare  et  /capigliar/e  credo  p amore 
de  li  Suoi  morti. 

Ognuno  de  que/ti  vive  /ec ondo  la  Sua  volontà 
non  anno  /ignori  vano  nudi  et  alguni  barbati  con 
li  capeli  negri  fino  a lo  cinta  ingropati  portano 
capeleti  de  palma  corno  li  albanezi  /onno  grandi 
corno  nui  et  ben  di/po/ti  no  adorào  niente 
/onno  aliua/tri  ma  na/cono  bianq1  anno  li  denti 
ro//i  et  negri  p che  la  reputano  beli//ima  co/a  le 
femine  vano  nude  /e non  q dinanzi  a la  /ua  natura 
portano  vna  /cor/a  /treta  /otille  come  la  carta  q na/ce 
fra  larbore  et  la  /corza  de  la  palma  /onno  belle  deli- 
cate et  bianque  piu  que  li  huomini  co  li  capilli  /par/i 


One]  FIRST  VOYAGE  AROUND  THE  WORLD  93 

When  we  wounded  any  of  those  people  with  our 
crossbow-shafts,  which  passed  completely  through 
their  loins  from  one  side  to  the  other,  they,  looking 
at  it,  pulled  on  the  shaft  now  on  this  and  now  on 
that  side,183  and  then  drew  it  out,  with  great  astonish- 
ment, and  so  died.  Others  who  were  wounded  in 
the  breast  did  the  same,  which  moved  us  to  great 
compassion.  Those  people  seeing  us  departing  fol- 
lowed us  with  more  than  one  hundred  184  boats  for 
more  than  one  legua.  .They  approached  the  ships 
showing  us  fish,  feigning  that  they  would  give  them 
to  us;  but  then  threw  stones  at  us  and  fled.  And  al- 
though the  ships  were  under  full  sail,  they  passed 
between  them  and  the  small  boats  [fastened  astern], 
very  adroitly  in  those  small  boats  of  theirs.  We  saw 
some  women  in  their  boats  who  were  crying  out  and 
tearing  their  hair,  for  love,  I believe,  of  those  whom 
we  had  killed.185 

Each  one  of  those  people  lives  according  to  his 
own  will,  for  they  have  no  seignior.186  They  go 
naked,  and  some  are  bearded  and  have  black  hair 
that  reaches  to  the  waist.  They  wear  small  palm- 
leaf  hats,  as  do  the  Albanians.  They  are  as  tall  as 
we,  and  well  built.  They  have  no  worship.  They 
are  tawny,  but  are  born  white.  Their  teeth  are  red 
and  black,  for  they  think  that  is  most  beautiful. 
The  women  go  naked  except  that  they  wear  a narrow 
strip  of  bark  as  thin  as  paper,  which  grows  between 
the  tree  and  the  bark  of  the  palm,  before  their 
privies.  They  are  goodlooking  and  delicately 
formed,  and  lighter  complexioned  than  the  men;  and 
wear  their  hair  which  is  exceedingly  black,  loose 
and  hanging  quite  down  to  the  ground.  The  worn- 


94  PRIMO  VIAGGIO  INTORNO  AL  MONDO  [Voi 

et  longui  negri/’/imi  fino  in  tera  Que/te  nò  lauo- 
rano  ma  /tanno  in  ca/a  te//endo  / tore  casse  de  palma 
et  altre  co/e  nece//arie  aca/a  / ua  mangiano  cochi 
batate  vcceli  figui  longui  vno  palmo  canne  dolci  et 
pe/ci  volatori  co  altre  co/e  /e  ongieno  eL  corpo  et 
li  capili  cò  oleo  de  cocho  et  de  giongioli  le  /ue 
ca/e  tute  /onno  facte  di  legnio  coperte  de  taule  cò 
foglie  defigaro  de  /opa  longue  due  braza  con  /olari 
et  cò  fene/tre  li  camare  et  li  lecti  tucti  forniti  di  / tore 
beli//ime  de  palma  dormeno  /oura  paglia  di 
palma  molto  mole  et  menuta  nò  anno  arme  Senon 
certe  a/te  cò  vno  o//o  pontino  de  pe/ce  ne  La  cima 
Que/ta  gente  e pouera  ma  ingenio/a  et  molto  ladra 
p que/to  chiama//emo  que/te  tre  J/ole  le  y/ole 
de  li  ladroni  eL  /uo  /pa/o  e andare  cò  Le  donne 
p mare  cò  qelle  /ue  barquete  Sono  corno  le  fuce- 
lere  ma  piu  /trecti  alguni  negri  bianq1  et  alt1  ro//i 
anno  da  lalta  parte  dela  velia  vno  legno  gro//o 
pontino  nele  cime  cò  pali  atrauer/adi  qeL  /u/tentano 
neL  acqua  p andare  piu  /eguri  aLa  vela  la  vela  e 
di  foglie  de  palma  cosite  in/ieme  et  facta  amodo  de 
latina  p timone  anno  certe  pale  corno  da  for  no  cò 
vno  legnio  in  cima  fanno  de  la  popa  proua  et  de 
la  proua  popa  et  /onno  Como  delfini  /aitar  a laequa 
de  onda  in  onda  Que/ti  ladroni  pen/auano  ali 


One] 


FIRST  VOYAGE  AROUND  THE  WORLD 


95 


en  do  not  work  in  the  fields  but  stay  in  the  house, 
weaving  mats,187  baskets  [ casse : literally  boxes],  and 
other  things  needed  in  their  houses,  from  palm 
leaves.  They  eat  cocoanuts,  camotes  \batate\™ 
birds,  figs  one  palmo  in  length  [*.*.,  bananas],  sugar- 
cane, and  flying  fish,  besides  other  things.  They189 
anoint  the  body  and  the  hair  with  cocoanut  and 
beneseed  oil.  Their  houses  are  all  built  of  wood 
covered  with  planks  and  thatched  with  leaves  of 
the  fig-tree  [/.<?.,  banana-tree]  two  brazas  long;  and 
they  have  floors  and  windows.  The  rooms  and  the 
beds  are  all  furnished  with  the  most  beautiful  palm- 
leaf  mats.190  They  sleep  on  palm  straw  which  is 
very  soft  and  fine.  They  use  no  weapons,  except  a 
kind  of  a spear  pointed  with  a fishbone  at  the  end. 
Those  people  are  poor,  but  ingenious  and  very  thiev- 
ish, on  account  of  which  we  called  those  three  islands 
the  islands  of  Ladroni  [/.*.,  of  thieves].191  Their 
amusement,  men  and  women,  is  to  plough  the  seas 
with  those  small  boats  of  theirs.192  Those  boats  re- 
semble fucelere ,193  but  are  narrower,  and  some  are 
black,  [some]  white,  and  others  red.  At  the  side 
opposite  the  sail,  they  have  a large  piece  of  wood 
pointed  at  the  top,  with  poles  laid  across  it  and  rest- 
ing on  the  water,  in  order  that  the  boats  may  sail 
more  safely.  The  sail  is  made  from  palmleaves  sewn 
together  and  is  shaped  like  a lateen  sail.  For  rud- 
ders they  use  a certain  blade  resembling  a hearth 
shovel  which  have  a piece  of  wood  at  the  end.  They 
can  change  stern  and  bow  at  will  [literally:  they 
make  the  stern,  bow,  and  the  bow,  stern],194  and  those 
boats  resemble  the  dolphins  which  leap  in  the  water 
from  wave  to  wave.  Those  Ladroni  [*.*.,  robbers] 


96  PRIMO  VIAGGIO  INTORNO  AL  MONDO  [Voi. 

/eg ni  q faceuào  nò  fu/ero  alt1  homini  aL  mondo 
/e non  loro. 

Sabato  a /edize  de  mar/o  1521  de//emo  neLa  au- 
rora soura  vna  tera  alta  lògi  trecento  legue  delle 
y/olle  de  li  latroni  laqaL  e y/ola  et  /e  chiama  Zamal 
eL  cap0  gnale  nel  giorno  /eguente  voi  /e  di/mon- 
tare in  vnalta  y/ola  de/habitata  p e//e re  piu  /eg uro 
q era  di  dietro  de  que/ta  p pigliare  hacqua  et  qalque 
diporto  fece  fare  due  tende  in  terra  p li  infermi  et 
feceli  amazare  vna  porcha  Luni  a 18.  de  mar/o 
vede//emo  dapoi  di/nare  venire  t/o  de  nui  vna 
barca  co  noue  homini  p ilque  lo  cap0  generale  co- 
mando q niuno  Si  moue//e  ne  dice//e  parolla  alguna 
/enza  /ua  li/entia  Quando  ariuorono  que/ti  in 
terra  /ubito  Lo  fuo  principalle  andò  aL  cap°  gnale 
mo/trando/e  aiegro  p la  nra  venuta  re/tarono  cinq3 
de  que/ti  piu  ornati  co  nuy  li  alt1  andorono  a leuare 
alguni  alt1  q pe/cauano  et  cu//i  venirono  tucti 
vedendo  Lo  cap°  gnale  que  que/ti  erano  homini  co 
ragionne  li  fece  dare  da  mangiare  et  li  donno  bonneti 
ro//i  spequi  petini  /onagli  Auorio  boca//ini  et  alte 
co/e  Quando  vi/tenno  la  corte/ia  deL  cap°  li  pre- 
/entorono  pe/ci  vno  va/o  de  vino  de  palma  q Lo 
chiamano  Vraca  figui  piu  longui  dun  palmo  et  altri 
piu  picoli  piu  / aporiti  et  dui  cochi  alhora  nò 
haueuano  alt0  ne  fecoro  /egni  co  La  mano  q in  fino 
aquatro  giorni  portarebenno  vmay  q e ri/o  cochi  et 
molta  altra  victuuaglia. 


'“//ón 


•irtfr, 


One]  FIRST  VOYAGE  AROUND  THE  WORLD  99 

thought,  according  to  the  signs  which  they  made, 
that  there  were  no  other  people  in  the  world  but 
themselves.185 

At  dawn  on  Saturday,  March  sixteen,106  1521,  we 
came  upon  a high  land  at  a distance  of  three  hundred 
leguas  from  the  islands  of  Latroni  - an  island  named 
Zamal  [1.*.,  Samar].  The  following  day,  the  cap- 
tain-general  desired  to  land  on  another  island  which 
was  uninhabited  and  lay  to  the  right  of  the  above- 
mentioned  island,  in  order  to  be  more  secure,  and 
to  get  water  and  have  some  rest.  He  had  two  tents 
set  up  on  the  shore  for  the  sick  and  had  a sow  killed 
for  them.  On  Monday  afternoon,  March  18,  we 
saw  a boat  coming  toward  us  with  nine  men  in  it. 
Therefore,  the  captain-general  ordered  that  no  one 
should  move  or  say  a word  without  his  permission. 
When  those  men  reached  the  shore,  their  chief  went 
immediately  to  the  captain-general,  giving  signs  of 
joy  because  of  our  arrival.  Five  of  the  most  ornately 
adorned  of  them  remained  with  us,  while  the  rest 
went  to  get  some  others  who  were  fishing,  and  so 
they  all  came.  The  captain-general  seeing  that  they 
were  reasonable  men,  ordered  food  to  be  set  before 
them,  and  gave  them  red  caps,  mirrors,  combs,  bells, 
ivory,  bocasine,197  and  other  things.  When  they  saw 
the  captain’s  courtesy,  they  presented  fish,  a jar  of 
palm  wine,  which  they  call  uraca  [ i.e .,  arrack],  figs 
more  than  one  palmo  long  [i.e.,  bananas],108  and 
others  which  were  smaller  and  more  delicate,  and 
two  cocoanuts.  They  had  nothing  else  then,  but 
made  us  signs  with  their  hands  that  they  would  bring 
umay  or  rice,199  and  cocoanuts  and  many  other 
articles  of  food  within  four  days. 


IOO 


PRIMO  VIAGGIO  INTORNO  AL  MONDO  [Voi. 


Li  coq1  formo  fructi  deLa  palma  co/i  corno  nui 
hauemo  iL  panne  iL  vino  lo  oleo  et  lacetto  co/i  anno 
que/ti  populi  ogni  co/a  da  que/ti  arbori  anno  eL 
vino  in  que/to  modo  forano  La  dieta  palma  in  cima 
neL  core/ino  de  to  palmito  dalqalle  /tilla  vna  lichore 
corno  e mo/to  biancho  dolce  ma  vn  pocho  bru/queto 
in  canne  grò //e  come  La  gamba  et  piu  latacano 
alarbor  la  /era  p la  marina  et  la  marina  p la  /era 
Que/ta  palma  fa  vno  fructo  iL  qalle  he  lo  cocho 
Que/to  cocho  e grande  corno  iL  capo  et  piu  et  meno 
La  / ua  p'ma  /cor/a  e tde  et  gro//a  piu  de  dui  diti 
nelaqalle  trouano  Certi  fìlittj  q fanno  le  corde  q 
liganno  le  /ue  barque  foto  di  que/ta  ne  he  vna  dura 
et  molto  piu  gro//a  di  quella  de  la  noce  que/ta  la 
bru/ano  et  fano  poluere  bonna  p loro  foto  di  que/to 
e vna  medola  biancha  gro//a  come  vn  dito  LaqaL 
mangiano  fre/ca  co  La  carne  et  pe//i  corno  nui  lo 
panne  et  de  qeL  / apore  q he  la  mandola  qui  la  /eca//e 
/e  farebe  panne  in  mezo  di  que/ta  medola  e vna 
hacqua  quiara  dolce  et  molto  cordialle  et  quando 
que/ta  hacqua  /ta  vn  pocho  acolta  /e  congella  et 
diuenta  corno  vno  pomo  Quando  voleno  fare  oglio 
piglianno  que/to  cocho  et  la//ano  putrefare  qella 
medola  co  laequa  et  poi  la  fanno  buglire  et  vene  oleo 
corno  butiro  Quando  voleno  far  aceto  la/anno 
putrefare  laequa  /olamente  poi  lameteno  aL  /olle  et 
e aceto  corno  de  vino  biancho  fi  po  fare  ancho 


One] 


FIRST  VOYAGE  AROUND  THE  WORLD 


IOI 


Cocoanuts  are  the  fruit  of  the  palmtree.200  Just 
as  we  have  bread,  wine,  oil,  and  milk,  so  those  peo- 
ple get  everything  from  that  tree.  They  get  wine 
in  the  following  manner.  They  bore  a hole  into  the 
heart  of  the  said  palm  at  the  top  called  palmito  [/.*., 
stalk],  from  which  distils  a liquor201  which  resem- 
bles white  must.  That  liquor  is  sweet  but  somewhat 
tart,  and  [is  gathered]  in  canes  [of  bamboo]  as  thick 
as  the  leg  and  thicker.  They  fasten  the  bamboo  to 
the  tree  at  evening  for  the  morning,  and  in  the  morn- 
ing for  the  evening.  That  palm  bears  a fruit,  name- 
ly, the  cocoanut,  which  is  as  large  as  the  head  or 
thereabouts.  Its  outside  husk  is  green  and  thicker 
than  two  fingers.  Certain  filaments  are  found  in 
that  husk,  whence  is  made  cord  for  binding  together 
their  boats.  Under  that  husk  there  is  a hard  shell, 
much  thicker  than  the  shell  of  the  walnut,  which 
they  burn  and  make  therefrom  a powder  that  is  use- 
ful to  them.202  Under  that  shell  there  is  a white 
marrowy  substance  one  finger  in  thickness,  which 
they  eat  fresh  with  meat  and  fish  as  we  do  bread; 
and  it  has  a taste  resembling  the  almond.  It  could 
be  dried  and  made  into  bread.  There  is  a clear, 
sweet  water  in  the  middle  of  that  marrowy  substance 
which  is  very  refreshing.  When  that  water  stands 
for  a while  after  having  been  collected,  it  congeals 
and  becomes  like  an  apple.  When  the  natives  wish 
to  make  oil,  they  take  that  cocoanut,  and  allow  the 
marrowy  substance  and  the  water  to  putrefy.  Then 
they  boil  it  and  it  becomes  oil  like  butter.  When 
they  wish  to  make  vinegar,  they  allow  only  the 
water  to  putrefy,  and  then  place  it  in  the  sun,  and  a 
vinegar  results  like  [that  made  from]  white  wine. 


102 


PRIMO  VIAGGIO  INTORNO  AL  MONDO  [Voi. 


latte  corno  nui  faceuamo  gratauamo  q3/ta  medola 
poi  la  mi/quiauamo  co  laequa  /ua  mede/ima  /tru- 
candola  in  vno  panno  et  co/i  era  late  corno  di  capra. 
Que/te  palme  /onno  corno  palme  deli  datali  ma  non 
co/i  nodo/e  /e  non  li/ce.  Vna  famiglia  de  x per- 
enne co  dui  de  que/te  /e  manteneno  fruando  octo 
giorni  luna  et  octo  giorni  La  alta  p Lo  vino  p che  /e 
altramenti  face//eno  Se  /echarebenno  et  durano 
cento  anny. 

Grande  familliaritade  pigliarono  co  nui  Que/ti 
populi  ne  di/cero  molte  co/e  corno  le  chiamauano 
et  li  nomi  de  algune  y/ole  q /e  vedeuano  de  q*  La 
/ua  /e  chiama  Zuluan  laqalle  non  etropo  grande 
piglia/cemo  grà  piacere  co  que/ti  perche  eranno 
a/ay  piaceuoli  et  conuer/abili  iL  cap°  gnale  p 
farli  piu  honnore  li  meno  ala  /ua  naue  et  li  mo/tro 
tuta  la  /ua  mercadan/ia  garofoli  cannella  peuere 
gengero  no/ce  mo/cade  Matia  oro  et  tute  le  co/e  q 
eranno  nella  naue  fece  de/caricare  algune  bombarde 
hebero  grà  paura  et  voi/ero  /aitar  fuora  de  la  naue 
ne  fecero  /egni  que  li  doue  nuj  andauamo  na/ce//e- 
uano  co/e  Ja  dete  Quando  fi  voi/ero  partire 
pigliarono  li/entia  con  molta  gratia  et  gentileza 
dicendo  q tornarebeno  /egondo  la  /ua  pme//a  La 
y/ola  doue  eramo  /e  chiama  humunu  ma  noy  p 
trouarli  due  fondana  de  hacqua  chiari//ima  la 
chiame//emo  lacquada  dali  buoni  /e  gnialli  p che 
fu  iL  p’mo  /eg nio  de  oro  q troua//emo  in  que/ta 


One]  FIRST  VOYAGE  AROUND  THE  WORLD  103 

Milk  can  also  be  made  from  it  for  we  made  some. 
We  scraped  that  marrowy  substance  and  then  mixed 
the  scrapings  with  its  own  water  which  we  strained 
through  a cloth,  and  so  obtained  milk  like  goat’s 
milk.  Those  palms  resemble  date-palms,  but  al- 
though not  smooth  they  are  less  knotty  than  the  latter. 
A family  of  x persons  can  be  supported  on  two  trees, 
by  utilizing  them  week  about  for  the  wine;  for  if 
they  did  otherwise,  the  trees  would  dry  up.  They 
last  a century.203 

Those  people  became  very  familiar  with  us.  They 
told  us  many  things,  their  names  and  those  of  some 
of  the  islands  that  could  be  seen  from  that  place. 
Their  own  island  was  called  Zuluan  and  it  is  not 
very  large.204  We  took  great  pleasure  with  them, 
for  they  were  very  pleasant  and  conversable.  In 
order  to  show  them  greater  honor,  the  captain-gen- 
eral 205  took  them  to  his  ship  and  showed  them  all 
his  merchandise  - cloyes,  cinnamon,  pepper,  ginger, 
nutmeg,  mace,  gold,  and  all  the  things  in  the  ship. 
He  had  some  mortars  fired  for  them,  whereat  they 
exhibited  great  fear,  and  tried  to  jump  out  of  the 
ship.206  They  made  signs  to  us  that  the  abovesaid 
articles  grew  in  that  place  where  we  were  going. 
When  they  were  about  to  retire  they  took  their  leave 
very  gracefully  and  neatly,  saying  that  they  would 
return  according  to  their  promise.  The  island 
where  we  were  is  called  Humunu;  but  inasmuch  as 
we  found  two  springs  there  of  the  clearest  water, 
we  called  it  Acquada  da  li  buoni  Segnialli  [/.*.,  “ the 
Watering-place  of  good  Signs  ”],  for  there  were  the 
first  signs  of  gold  which  we  found  in  those  districts.207 


I 04  PRIMO  VIAGGIO  INTORNO  AL  MONDO  [Voi. 

parte.  Qiui  fi  troua  grà  cantitade  de  coralli  biancho 
et  arbori  grandi  q fanno  fructi  pocho  menori  de  La 
mandola  et  forino  Como  li  pignioli  et  ancho  molte 
palme  algune  bonne  et  algune  altre  catiue  in 
Que/to  Locho  fonno  molte  y/ole  p ilque  Lo 
chiama//emo  larcipelago  de  s.  lazaro  de/courendo 
lo  nella  f ua  dominicha  iL  quale  / ta  in  x gradi  de 
latitudine  aL  polo  articho  et  Cento  e /e santa  vno  di 
longitudine  della  linea  deLa  repartitiòe. 

Vennere  a 22  de  marzo  venirono  in  mezo  di  qelli 
homini  Secondo  ne  haueuano  pmtffo  in  due  bareque 
co  cochi  naran/i  dolci  vno  va/o  de  vino  de  palma  et 
vno  gaio  p dimo/trare  que  in  que/te  parte  eranno  ga- 
iine se  mo/trarono  molto  aiegri  ver/o  de  noi  com- 
pra//emo  tute  qelle  /ue  co/e  iL  /uo  sor  era  vechio  et 
de  pinto  portaua  due  Schione  de  oro  a le  oreq'e  li 
altri  molte  maniglie  de  oro  ali  brazi  co  fazoli  in  torno 
Lo  capo  Ste/emo  quiui  octo  [giorni]  neliqalli  eL  nro 
cap0  andaua  ogni  di  in  terra  aui/itare  ly  infirmi  et 
ogni  matina  li  daua  co  le  /ue  mani  acqua  deL  cocho  q 
molto  li  confortaua  di  dietro  de  que/ta  y/ola  /tanno 
homini  q anno  tanto  grandi  li  picheti  de  Lorechie  q 
portanno  le  braci  ficati  in  loro  Que/ti  popoli  fonno 
caphri  gioe  gentili  vanno  nudi  co  tella  de  /cor/a  dar- 
bore  intorno  le  /ue  vergonie  se  nò  alguni  principali 
co  telle  de  banbazo  lauorate  neli  capi  co  ft  da  aguchia 
sonno  oliua fi1  graffi  de  pinti  et  ft  ongeno  co  olio  de 
cocho  et  de  giongioli  p lo  /olle  et  p iL  vento  anno 


One]  FIRST  VOYAGE  AROUND  THE  WORLD  105 

We  found  a great  quantity  of  white  coral  there,  and 
large  trees  with  fruit  a trifle  smaller  than  the  almond 
and  resembling  pine  seeds.  There  are  also  many 
palms,  some  of  them  good  and  others  bad.  There  are 
many  islands  in  that  district,  and  therefore  we  called 
them  the  archipelago  of  San  Lazaro,  as  they  were 
discovered  on  the  Sabbath  of  St.  Lazurus.208  They 
lie  in  x degrees  of  latitude  toward  the  Arctic  Pole, 
and  in  a longitude  of  one  hundred  and  sixty-one  de- 
grees from  the  line  of  demarcation. 

At  noon  on  Friday,  March  22,  those  men  came 
as  they  had  promised  us  in  two  boats  with  cocoanuts, 
sweet  oranges,  a jar  of  palm-wine,  and  a cock,209  in 
order  to  show  us  that  there  were  fowls  in  that  dis- 
trict. They  exhibited  great  signs  of  pleasure  at  see- 
ing us.210  We  purchased  all  those  articles  from  them. 
Their  seignior  was  an  old  man  who  was  painted  [ i.e ., 
tattooed].  He  wore  two  gold  earrings  [ schione ] in 
his  ears,211  and  the  others  many  gold  armlets  on  their 
arms  and  kerchiefs  about  their  heads.  We  stayed 
there  one  week,  and  during  that  time  our  captain 
went  ashore  daily  to  visit  the  sick,  and 212  every  morn- 
ing gave  them  cocoanut  water  from  his  own  hand, 
which  comforted  them  greatly.  There  are  people 
living  near  that  island  213  who  have  holes  in  their 
ears  so  large  that  they  can  pass  their  arms  through 
them.  Those  people  are  caphri,214  that  is  to  say, 
heathen.  They  go  naked,  with  a cloth  woven  from 
the  bark  of  a tree  about  their  privies,  except  some 
of  the  chiefs  who  wear  cotton  cloth  embroidered 
with  silk  at  the  ends  by  means  of  a needle.  They  are 
dark,  fat,  and  painted.  They  anoint  themselves  with 
cocoanut  and  with  beneseed  oil,  as  a protection 


1 06  PRIMO  VIAGGIO  INTORNO  AL  MONDO  [Voi. 

li  capili  negri//imi  fina  a La  cinta  et  anno  dague 
cortelli  lan/e  fornite  de  oro  targoni  facine  arponi  et 
rete  da  pe/care  come  Rizali  le  /ue  barche  formo 
corno  le  no/te 

NeL  luni  / aneto  a vinticinq3  de  mar/o  giorno  de 
La  nra  donna  pa//ato  mezo  di  e//endo  de  hora  in  ora 
p leuar/i  anday  abordo  de  la  naue  p pe/care  et 
metendo  li  piedi  /opra  vna  antena  p de/cedere  nela 
mesa  degarni  tiòe  me  slizegarono  p che  era  pioue/to 
et  co/i  ca/tai  neL  mare  q ninguno  me  vi/te  et  e//e ndo 
qua/i  /umer/o  me  venne  ne  La  mano  Sini/tra  La 
/cota  de  La  velia  magiore  q era  a/co/a  ne  laequa 
me  teni  forte  et  Comen/ai  agridare  tanto  q fui  aju- 
tato  co  Lo  batelo  nò  credo  Ja  per  mey  meriti  ma 
p la  mi/ericordia  di  qella  fonte  de  pietà  fo//e  ajutato. 
neL  mede/imo  Jorno  piglia//emo  tra  iL  ponente 
et  garbi  infra  quat°  y/olle  gioe  Cenalo  hiunanghan 
Jbusson  et  abarien 

Joue  a vinti  octo  de  marzo  p hauere  vi/to  la  nocte 
pa//ata  fuocho  in  vna  y/ola  ne  la  matina  /urgi//emo 
apre//o  de  que/ta  vede/emo  vna  barcha  picola  q la 
chiamano  boloto  co  octo  homini  de  dent°  appincar/e 
nela  naue  Ca  pitanea  Vno  / chiauo  deL  cap°  gnale 
q era  de  zamatra  già  chiamata  traprobana  li  parlo 
ilqalle  /ubito  inte/eno  venero  neL  bordo  de  la  naue 
nò  volendo  intrare  dent°,  ma  /tauano  vno  pocho 
di/co/ti  vedendo  eL  cap°  q nò  voleuano  fidar/i  de 
nui  li  buto  vn  bonnet  roffo  et  altre  co/e  ligate  /upa 
vn  pezo  de  taula  La  piglioronno  molto  aiegri  et 


One]  FIRST  VOYAGE  AROUND  THE  WORLD  I 09 

against  sun  and  wind.  They  have  very  black  hair 
that  falls  to  the  waist,  and  use  daggers,  knives,  and 
spears 215  ornamented  with  gold,  large  shields, 
fascines,216  javelins,  and  fishing  nets  that  resemble 
rizali; 217  and  their  boats  are  like  ours. 

On  the  afternoon  of  holy  Monday,  the  day  of  our 
Lady,  March  twenty-five,  while  we  were  on  the  point 
of  weighing  anchor,  I went  to  the  side  of  the  ship 
to  fish,  and  putting  my  feet  upon  a yard  leading  down 
into  the  storeroom,  they  slipped,  for  it  was  rainy,  and 
consequently  I fell  into  the  sea,  so  that  no  one  saw 
me.  When  I was  all  but  under,  my  left  hand  hap- 
pened to  catch  hold  of  the  clew-garnet  of  the  main- 
sail, which  was  dangling  [ ascosa ] in  the  water.  I 
held  on  tightly,  and  began  to  cry  out  so  lustily  that 
I was  rescued  by  the  small  boat.  I was  aided,  not, 
I believe,  indeed,  through  my  merits,  but  through 
the  mercy  of  that  font  of  charity  [*.*.,  of  the  Virgin]. 
That  same  day  we  shaped  our  course  toward  the 
west  southwest  between  four  small  islands,  namely, 
Cenalo,  Hiunanghan,218  Ibusson,  and  Abarien. 

On  Thursday  morning,  March  twenty-eight,  as 
we  had  seen  a fire  on  an  island  the  night  before,  we 
anchored  near  it.219  We  saw  a small  boat  which  the 
natives  call  boloto  with  eight  men  in  it,  approaching 
the  flagship.  A slave  belonging  to  the  captain-gen- 
eral, who  was  a native  of  Zamatra  [/.*.,  Sumatra], 
which  was  formerly  called  Traprobana,  spoke  to 
them.  They  immediately  understood  him,  came 
alongside  the  ship,  unwilling  to  enter  but  taking  a 
position  at  some  little  distance.220  The  captain  seeing 
that  they  would  not  trust  us,  threw  them  out  a red 
cap  and  other  things  tied  to  a bit  of  wood.  They 


I IO 


PRIMO  VIAGGIO  INTORNO  AL  MONDO  [Voi. 


Subito  Se  partirono  p aui/are  el  fuo  re  deli  circa  due 
hore  vede//emo  vegnire  due  balanghai  forino  barche 
grande  et  cu //e  le  chiamano  pienni  de  huomini  neL 
magiof  era  Lo  suo  re  Sedendo  foto  vno  coperto  de 
f tore  Quando  eL  giun/e  ap//o  La  capitania  iL 

Schiauo  li  parlo  iL  re  lo  int e/e  p che  in  que/te  parte 
li  re  /anno  piu  linguagij  q li  alt1  comando  q alguni 
foi  intra//eno  nele  naue  luy  /empre  /tete  neL 
fuo  balanghai  poco  longi  de  La  naue  fin  che  li  /uoi 
tornoronno  et  /ubito  tornati  /e  parti.  iL  Cap0  gnalle 
fece  grande  honnore  aqelli  q venirono  nela  naue  et 
donnoli  algune  co/e  per  ilche  il  re  inanzi  la  /ua 
partita  voi  /e  donnare  aL  cap°  vna  bara  de  oro  grande 
et  vna  / porta  piena  de  gengero  ma  luj  rengratiandoL 
molto  nò  voice  acceptarle  neL  tardi  anda/emo  co 
le  naue  apre//o  la  habitatiòe  deL  re. 

JL  giorno  /eguente  q era  eL  venerdì  /aneto  eL 
cap°  gnale  mando  lo  /quia  ua  q era  lo  interprete  nro 
in  tera  in  vno  batello  adire  aL  re  /e  haueua  alguna 
co/a  da  mangiare  la  face//e  portar  in  naue  q re/ta- 
riano  bene  /ati/fati  da  noi  et  corno  amici  et  nò  Como 
nimici  era  venuti  a la/ua  y/ola  eL  re  venne  co  /e y 
vero  octo  homini  neL  mede/imo  batello  et  entro  nela 
naue  abrazando/i  col  cap°  gnale  et  donoli  tre  vazi  di 
porcelanna  coperti  de  foglie  pienne  de  rizo  crudo  et 
due  orade  molto  grande  co  altre  co/e  eL  cap°  dete 
al  re  vna  ve/te  de  panno  ro//o  et  giallo  fato  a La 
torche/ca  et  vno  bonnet  ro//o  fino  ali  alt1  Sui  aq1 


One] 


FIRST  VOYAGE  AROUND  THE  WORLD 


I I I 


received  them  very  gladly,  and  went  away  quickly 
to  advise  their  king.  About  two  hours  later  we  saw 
two  balanghai  coming.  They  are  large  boats  and 
are  so  called  [by  those  people].  They  were  full  of 
men,  and  their  king  was  in  the  larger  of  them,  being 
seated  under  an  awning  of  mats.  When  the  king 
came  near  the  flagship,  the  slave  spoke  to  him.  The 
king  understood  him,  for  in  those  districts  the  kings 
know  more  languages  than  the  other  people.  He 
ordered  some  of  his  men  to  enter  the  ships,  but  he 
always  remained  in  his  balanghai,  at  some  little  dis- 
tance from  the  ship  until  his  own  men  returned;  and 
as  soon  as  they  returned  he  departed.  The  captain- 
general  showed  great  honor  to  the  men  who  entered 
the  ship,  and  gave  them  some  presents,  for  which 
the  king  wished  before  his  departure  to  give  the  cap- 
tain a large  bar 221  of  gold  and  a basketful  of  ginger. 
The  latter,  however,  thanked  the  king  heartily  but 
would  not  accept  it.  In  the  afternoon  we  went  in  the 
ships  [and  anchored]  near  the  dwellings  of  the  king. 

Next  day,  holy  Friday,  the  captain-general  sent 
his  slave,  who  acted  as  our  interpreter,  ashore  in  a 
small  boat  to  ask  the  king  if  he  had  any  food  to  have 
it  carried  to  the  ships  ; 222  and  to  say  that  they 
would  be  well  satisfied  with  us,  for  he  [and  his  men] 
had  come  to  the  island  as  friends  and  not  as  enemies. 
The  king  came  with  six  or  eight  men  223  in  the  same 
boat  and  entered  the  ship.  He  embraced  the  cap- 
tain-general to  whom  he  gave  three  porcelain  jars 
covered  with  leaves  and  full  of  raw  rice,  two  very 
large  orade ,224  and  other  things.  The  captain-gen- 
eral gave  the  king  a garment  of  red  and  yellow  cloth 
made  in  the  Turkish  fashion,  and  a fine  red  cap; 
and  to  the  others  (the  king’s  men),  to  some  knives 
and  to  others  mirrors.  Then  the  captain-general 


1 I 2 PRIMO  VIAGGIO  INTORNO  AL  MONDO  [Voi. 
coltelli  et  aq*  / pecq*  poy  le  fece  dare  la  Colatiòe  et 
P il  chiauo  li  fece  dire  q voleua  e//e  re  cun  lui  ca/i 
ca/i  cioè  fratello  ri/po/e  q coffi  voleua  effeve  t/o 
de  lui  dapoy  lo  cap°  ge  mo/tro  panno  de  diver/i  colori 
tela  corali  et  molta  alt3  mercantia  et  tuta  lartigliaria 
facendola  de/cargare  alguni  molto  fi  /pauentorno 
poi  fece  armare  vno  homo  co  vno  homo  darme  et  li 
meffe  atorno  tre  co  f pade  et  pugniale  q li  dauano  p 
tuto  iL  corpo  p laqaL  co/a  eL  re  re/to  ca/i  fora  di/e 
li  di//e  p il  Schiauo  q vno  de  que/ti  armati  valeua 
p cento  de  li  suoi  re/po/e  q era  cu//i  et  q in  ogni  naue 
ne  menaua  duzento  q fé  armauano  de  qella  /orte  li 
mo/tro  Corazine  / pade  et  rodelle  et  fece  fare  a vno 
vna  leuata  poi  Lo  condu//e  /upa  la  tolda  dela  naue  q 
he  in  cima  de  la  popa  et  fece  portare  la  /ua  carta  de 
nauigare  et  La  bu//ola  et  li  di //e  p linterprete  corno 
trouo  Lo  / treto  p vegnire  alui  et  Quante  lune  /onno 
/tati  fe nza  vedere  terra  Se  marauiglio  in  vltimo 
li  di/ce  q voleua  fe  li  piac e//e  mandare  /eco  dui 
homini  acio  li  mo/tra//e  algune  de  le  / ue  co/e  re- 
/po/e  q era  contento  yo  ge  anday  co  vno  alt0 

Quando  fui  in  tera  il  re  leuo  le  mani  aL  dello  et 


One]  FIRST  VOYAGE  AROUND  THE  WORLD  I I 3 

had  a collation  spread  for  them,  and  had  the  king 
told  through  the  slave  that  he  desired  to  be  casi 
casi  225  with  him,  that  is  to  say,  brother.  The  king 
replied  that  he  also  wished  to  enter  the  same  rela- 
tions with  the  captain-general.  Then  the  captain 
showed  him  cloth  of  various  colors,  linen,  coral 
[ornaments],  and  many  other  articles  of  merchan- 
dise, and  all  the  artillery,  some  of  which  he  had  dis- 
charged for  him,  whereat  the  natives  were  greatly 
frightened.  Then  the  captain-general  had  a man 
armed  as  a soldier,226  and  placed  him  in  the  midst 
of  three  men  armed  with  swords  and  daggers,  who 
struck  him  on  all  parts  of  the  body.  Thereby  was 
the  king  rendered  almost  speechless.  The  captain- 
general  told  him  through  the  slave  that  one  of  those 
armed  men  was  worth  one  hundred  of  his  own  men. 
The  king  answered  that  that  was  a fact.  The  cap- 
tain-general said  that  he  had  two  hundred  men  in 
each  ship  who  were  armed  in  that  manner.227  He 
showed  the  king  cuirasses,  swords,  and  bucklers,  and 
had  a review  made  for  him.228  Then  he  led  the  king 
to  the  deck  of  the  ship,  that  is  located  above  at  the 
stern;  and  had  his  sea-chart  and  compass  brought.229 
He  told  the  king  through  the  interpreter  how  he 
had  found  the  strait  in  order  to  voyage  thither,  and 
how  many  moons  he  had  been  without  seeing  land, 
whereat  the  king  was  astonished.  Lastly,  he  told 
the  king  that  he  would  like,  if  it  were  pleasing  to 
him,  to  send  two  of  his  men  with  him  so  that  he 
might  show  them  some  of  his  things.  The  king  re- 
plied that  he  was  agreeable,  and  I went  in  company 
with  one  of  the  other  men.230 

When  I reached  shore,  the  king  raised  his  hands 


I 14  PRIMO  VIAGGIO  INTORNO  AL  MONDO  [Voi. 


poi  /e  volta  conta  nuy  dui  face//emo  lo  / imille 
ver/o  de  lui  co/i  tuti  li  alt1  fecero  il  re  me  piglio  p 
La  mano  vno  /uo  principale  piglio  lalt°  compag0 
et  cu//i  ne  menorò  foto  vno  coperto  de  cane  doue  era 
vno  balanghai  longo  octanta  palmi  deli  mey  Simille 
a vna  fu/ta  ne  sede//emo  /opa  la  popa  de  que/to 
/empre  parlando  con  /eg ni  li  suoi  ne  /tauano  in  piedi 
atorno  atorno  co  /pade  dague  Lanze  et  targoni 
fece  portare  vno  piato  de  carne  de  porco  co  vno  vazo 
grande  pienno  de  vino  beueuamo  adogni  boconne 
vna  ta//a  de  vino  lo  vino  q li  auan/aua  qalque 
volta  ben  q fo/ceno  poche  /e  meteua  in  vno  vazo  da 
p fi  la  / ua  ta/a  /empre  /taua  coperta  ninguno  alt0 
li  beueua  Se  nò  il  re  et  yo  Jnanzi  q lo  re  piglia//e 
la  ta//a  p bere  alzaua  li  mani  giunte  al  gielo  et  t/o 
de  nui  et  Quando  voleua  bere  extendeua  lo  pugnio 
dela  mano  sini  /tra  ver/o  dime  prima  pen/aua  me 
voi e//e  dare  vn  pognio  et  poi  beueua  faceua  co/i  yo 
ver/o  il  re  Que/ti  fogni  fanno  tuti  luno  ver/o  de 
Laltro  quando  beueno  co  que/te  cerimonie  et  alt* 
fogni  de  ami/itia  merenda  forno  mangiay  neL 
vennere  / aneto  carne  p nò  potere  fare  alt°  Jnanzi 
q veni //e  lora  de  cenare  donay  molte  co/e  al  re  q 
haueua  portati  /cri/ /e  a/ai  co//e  corno  le  chiamanào 
Quanto  Lo  re  et  li  alt1  me  vi/tenno  fcriuere  et  li 
diceua  qelle  / ue  parolle  tutti  re/torono  atoniti  in 
que/to  mezo  venne  lora  de  cenare  porto ronno  duy 
piati  grandi  de  porcelanna  vno  pienno  de  rizo  et 
lalt°  de  carne  de  porcho  co  /uo  brodo  cena//emo 


One]  FIRST  VOYAGE  AROUND  THE  WORLD  I I 5 

toward  the  sky  and  then  turned  toward  us  two.  We 
did  the  same  toward  him  231  as  did  all  the  others. 
The  king  took  me  by  the  hand;  one  of  his  chiefs 
took  my  companion:  and  thus  they  led  us  under  a 
bamboo  covering,  where  there  was  a balanghai,232 
as  long  as  eighty  of  my  palm  lengths,  and  resembling 
a fusta.  We  sat  down  upon  the  stern  of  that 
balanghai,  constantly  conversing  with  signs.  The 
king’s  men  stood  about  us  in  a circle  with  swords, 
daggers,  spears,  and  bucklers.233  The  king  had  a 
plate  of  pork  brought  in  and  a large  jar  filled  with 
wine.  At  every  mouthful,  we  drank  a cup  of  wine. 
The  wine  that  was  left  [in  the  cup]  at  any  time,  al- 
though that  happened  but  rarely,  was  put  into  a jar 
by  itself.  The  king’s  cup  was  always  kept  covered 
and  no  one  else  drank  from  it  but  he  and  I.  Before 
the  king  took  the  cup  to  drink,  he  raised  his  clasped 
hands  toward  the  sky,  and  then  toward  me;  and 
when  he  was  about  to  drink,  he  extended  the  fist  of 
his  left  hand  toward  me  (at  first  I thought  that  he 
was  about  to  strike  me)  and  then  drank.  I did  the 
same  toward  the  king.  They  all  make  those  signs 
one  toward  another  when  they  drink.  We  ate  with 
such  ceremonies  and  with  other  signs  of  friendship. 
I ate  meat  on  holy  Friday,  for  I could  not  help  my- 
self. Before  the  supper  hour  I gave  the  king  many 
things  which  I had  brought.  I wrote  down  the 
names  of  many  things  in  their  language.  When  the 
king  and  the  others  saw  me  writing,  and  when  I told 
them  their  words,  they  were  all  astonished.234  While 
engaged  in  that  the  supper  hour  was  announced. 
Two  large  porcelain  dishes  were  brought  in,  one 
full  of  rice  and  the  other  of  pork  with  its  gravy. 


I I 6 PRIMO  VIAGGIO  INTORNO  AL  MONDO  [Voi. 

co  li  mede/imj  /egni  et  cerimonie  poi  anda//emo  aL 
palatio  deL  re  eLqalle  era  facto  corno  vna  teza  da 
fienno  coperto  de  foglie  de  figaro  et  de  palma  era 
edificato  /oura  legni  grò / fi  alti  de  terra  qeL  /e  con- 
uiene  andare  co  /calle  ne  fece  /edere  / opa  vna  / torà 
de  canne  tenendo  le  gambe  atracte  corno  li  Sarti  deli 
ameza  ora  fo  portato  vno  piato  de  pe/ce  bru/tolato 
in  pezi  et  gengero  p alora  colto  et  vino  eL  figliolo 
magiore  deL  re  chera  iL  principe  vene  doue 
eramo  il  re  li  di//e  q /ede//e  apre//o  noi  et  co//i 
/edete  fu  portato  dui  piati  vno  de  pe/ce  co  lo  / ue 
brodo  et  lalt0  de  rizo  acio  q mangia//emo  col  prin- 
cipe il  nro  compag0  p tanto  bere  et  mangiare 
diuento  briaco  Vzano  p lume  goma  de  arbore  q 
la  quiamào  anime  voltata  in  foglie  de  palma  o de 
figaro  el  re  ne  fece  /egno  qeL  voleua  andare 
adormire  la//o  co  nui  lo  principe  co  qalle  dormi- 
/emo  /opa  vna  / torà  de  canne  co  co//ini  de  foglie 
venuto  lo  giorno  eL  re  venne  et  me  piglio  p La  mano 
co//i  anda//emo  doue  aveuamo  cenato  p fare 
colatiòe  ma  iL  batelle  ne  venne  aleuare  Jnanzi  la 
partita  eL  re  molto  aiegro  ne  ba/o  le  mani  et  noi  le 
/ue  venne  co  nui  vno  fuo  fratello  re  dunalta  y/ola 
co  tre  homini  Lo  cap°  gnale  lo  retenete  adi/nare 
co  nui  et  donoli  molte  co/e. 

Nella  y/ola  de  que/to  re  que  condu//i  ale  naui  /e 
troua  pezi  de  oro  grandi  corno  noce  et  oui  criuelando 
la  terra  tutti  li  va/o  de  que/to  re  / onno  de  oro  et 


One]  FIRST  VOYAGE  AROUND  THE  WORLD  I I 7 

We  ate  with  the  same  signs  and  ceremonies,  after 
which  we  went  to  the  palace  of  the  king  which 
was  built  like  a hayloft  and  was  thatched  with  fig 
[t.e.y  banana]  and  palm  leaves.  It  was  built  up  high 
from  the  ground  on  huge  posts  of  wood  and  it  was 
necessary  to  ascend  to  it  by  means  of  ladders.235  The 
king  made  us  sit  down  there  on  a bamboo  mat  with 
our  feet  drawn  up  like  tailors.  After  a half-hour  a 
platter  of  roast  fish  cut  in  pieces  was  brought  in, 
and  ginger  freshly  gathered,  and  wine.  The  king’s 
eldest  son,  who  was  the  prince,  came  over  to  us, 
whereupon  the  king  told  him  to  sit  down  near  us, 
and  he  accordingly  did  so.  Then  two  platters  were 
brought  in  (one  with  fish  and  its  sauce,  and  the  other 
with  rice),  so  that  we  might  eat  with  the  prince. 
My  companion  became  intoxicated  as  a consequence 
of  so  much  drinking  and  eating.  They  used  the  gum 
of  a tree  called  anime  wrapped  in  palm  or  fig  [*.*., 
banana]  leaves  for  lights.  The  king  made  us  a sign 
that  he  was  going  to  go  to  sleep.  He  left  the  prince 
with  us,  and  we  slept  with  the  latter  on  a bamboo 
mat  with  pillows  made  of  leaves.  When  day  dawned 
the  king  came  and  took  me  by  the  hand,  and  in  that 
manner  we  went  to  where  we  had  had  supper,  in 
order  to  partake  of  refreshments,  but  the  boat  came 
to  get  us.  Before  we  left,  the  king  kissed  our  hands 
with  great  joy,  and  we  his.  One  of  his  brothers, 
the  king  of  another  island,  and  three  men  came  with 
us.  The  captain-general  kept  him  to  dine  with  us, 
and  gave  him  many  things.236 

Pieces  of  gold,  of  the  size  of  walnuts  and  eggs 
are  found  by  sifting  the  earth  in  the  island  of  that 
king  who  came  to  our  ships.  All  the  dishes  of  that 


I I 8 PRIMO  VIAGGIO  INTORNO  AL  MONDO  [Voi. 

anche  alguna  parte  de  dela  ca/a  /uà  co/i  ne  referite 
Lo  mede/imo  re  /e  gondo  lo  /ue  co/tume  era  molto 
in  ordine  et  Lo  piu  bello  huomo  que  vede//emo  fra 
que/ti  populi  haueua  li  capili  negri//imi  fin  alle 
/palle  co  vno  velo  de  /età  /opa  Lo  capo  et  due  /quione 
grande  de  horo  tacatte  ale  orechie  portaua  vno 
panno  de  bombazo  tuto  Lauorato  de  /età  q copriua 
dala  cinta  fino  aL  ginoquio  aL  lato  vna  daga  co  Lo 
manicho  al  canto  longo  tuto  de  oro  iL  fodro  era  de 
legnio  lauorato  in  ogni  dente  haueua  tre  machie 
doro  q pareuano  fo//eno  ligati  cò  oro  oleua  de 
/torac  et  beligioui  era  oliua/tro  et  tuto  depinto. 
Que/ta  /ua  y/ola  /e  chiama  butuan  et  calagan. 
Quando  que/ti  re  /e  voleuano  vedere  ve  neno  tuti 
due  aLa  caza  in  que/ta  y/ola  doue  eramo  eL  re  p'mo 
/e  qxama  raia  colambu  iL  /egundo  raia  siaui. 

Domenicha  vltimo  de  mar/o  giorno  de  pa/ca  nela 
matina  p tempo  eL  cap°  gnale  mando  il  prete  cò 
alcanti  aparechiare  p douere  dire  me//a  cò  lo  inter- 
prete a dire  al  re  q nò  voleuamo  di/cendere  in  terra 
p di/inar  /echo  ma  p aidire  me//a  p ilque  Lo  re  ne 
mando  dui  porq*  morti  Quando  fu  hora  de  me//a 
anda//emo  in  terra  for/e  cinquanta  huomini  nò  ar- 
mati la  p/o  na  ma  cò  le  altre  nre  arme  et  meglio  ve/- 
tite  q pote//emo  Jnanzi  que  arua//emo  aLa  riua  cò 
li  bateli  forenno  /caricati  sej  pezi  de  bombarde  in 
/egnio  de  pace  /alta//emo  in  terra  li  dui  re 


One]  FIRST  VOYAGE  AROUND  THE  WORLD  I I 9 

king  are  of  gold  and  also  some  portion  of  his  house, 
as  we  were  told  by  that  king  himself.  According 
to  their  customs  he  was  very  grandly  decked  out 
[molto  in  ordine ],237  and  the  finest  looking  man  that 
we  saw  among  those  people.  His  hair  was  exceed- 
ingly black,  and  hung  to  his  shoulders.  He  had  a 
covering  of  silk  on  his  head,  and  wore  two  large 
golden  earrings  fastened  in  his  ears.  He  wore  a 
cotton  cloth  all  embroidered  with  silk,  which  cov- 
ered him  from  the  waist  to  the  knees.  At  his  side 
hung  a dagger,  the  haft  of  which  was  somewhat 
long  and  all  of  gold,  and  its  scabbard  of  carved 
wood.  He  had  three  spots  of  gold  on  every  tooth, 
and  his  teeth  appeared  as  if  bound  with  gold.238 
He  was  perfumed  with  storax  and  benzoin.  He  was 
tawny  and  painted  [/.*.,  tattooed]  all  over.  That 
island  of  his  was  called  Butuan  and  Calagan.239 
When  those  kings  wished  to  see  one  another,  they 
both  went  to  hunt  in  that  island  where  we  were.  The 
name  of  the  first  king  is  Raia  Colambu,  and  the 
second  Raia  Siaui.240 

Early  on  the  morning  of  Sunday,  the  last  of 
March,  and  Easter-day,  the  captain-general  sent  the 
priest  with  some  men  to  prepare  Ithe  place  where 
mass  was  to  be  said; 241  together  with  the  interpreter 
to  tell  the  king  that  we  were  not  going  to  land  in 
order  to  dine  with  him,  but  to  say  mass.  Therefore 
the  king  sent  us  two  swine  that  he  had  had  killed. 
When  the  hour  for  mass  arrived,  we  landed  with 
about  fifty  men,  without  our  body  armor,  but  carry- 
ing our  other  arms,  and  dressed  in  our  best  clothes.242 
Before  we  reached  the  shore  with  our  boats,  six 
pieces  were  discharged  as  a sign  of  peace.  We 


I 20 


PRIMO  VIAGGIO  INTORNO  AL  MONDO  [Voi. 


abra//arono  lo  cap°  gnale  et  Lo  me//eno  in  mezo  de 
loro  anda//emo  in  ordinanza  fino  aL  locho  con/a- 
crato  non  molto  longi  de  la  riua  Jnanzi  /e 
comen/a//e  la  me//a  iL  cap0  bagno  tuto  eL  corpo 
de  li  dui  re  con  hacqua  mo/ta  da  Se  ofer/e  ala 
me//a  li  re  andorono  aba//iare  la  croce  corno  nuy 
ma  nò  ofer/eno  Quando  /e  leuaua  lo  corpo  de  nro 
sor.  /tauano  in  genoquioni  et  adorauanlo  co  le  mane 
gionte  le  naue  tirarono  tuta  La  artigliaria  in  vno 
tempo  quando  /e  leuo  Lo  corpo  de  x°  dando  ge  Lo 
/egnio  de  la  tera  co  li  /chiopetj  finita  la  me//a 
alquanti  deli  no/t1  /e  comunicorono  Lo  cap° 
generale  fece  fare  vno  ballo  co  le  / pade  deque  le  re 
hebenno  grà  piacere  poi  fece  portare  vna  croce  co 
li  quiodi  et  la  coronna  alaqaL  / ubito  fecero  reueren- 
tia  li  di//e  per  Lo  interprete  corno  que/to  era 
iL  vessilo  datoli  daLo  inperatof  fuo  / ignore  agio  in 
ogni  parte  doue  anda//e  met e//e  que/to  /uo  /egnialle 
et  che  voleua  meterlo  iui  p /ua  vtilita  p che  /e  vene/- 
/eno  algune  naue  dele  nre  /aperianno  co  que/ta  croce 
noj  e//e re  /tati  in  que/to  locho  et  nò  farebenno  de/- 
piacere  aloro  ne  ale  co/e  [co/e:  doublet  in  originai 
MS.']  et  /e  piglia//eno  alguno  de  li  /oi  /ubito  mo /- 
trandoli  que/to  /egnialle  le  la//erianno  andare  et  q 
conueniua  meter  que/ta  croce  in  cima  deL  piu  alto 
monte  que  fo//e  agio  vedendola  ogni  matina  La 
adora//eno  et  /eq3/to  faceuano  ne  troui  ne  fulmini 
ni  tempe/ta  li  nocerebe  in  co/a  alguna  lo 
ringratiorno  molto  et  q farebenno  ogni  co/a  volen- 


One] 


FIRST  VOYAGE  AROUND  THE  WORLD 


I 2 I 


landed;  the  two  kings  embraced  the  captain-general, 
and  placed  him  between  them.  We  went  in  march- 
ing order  to  the  place  consecrated,  which  was  not 
far  from  the  shore.  Before  the  commencement  of 
mass,  the  captain  sprinkled  the  entire  bodies  of  the 
two  kings  with  musk  water.248  The  mass  was  offered 
up.  The  kings  went  forward  to  kiss  the  cross  as  we 
did,  but  they  did  not  offer  the  sacrifice.244  When 
the  body  of  our  Lord  was  elevated,  they  remained 
on  their  knees  and  worshiped  Him  with  clasped 
hands.  The  ships  fired  all  their  artillery  at  once 
when  the  body  of  Christ  was  elevated,  the  signal 
having  been  given  from  the  shore  with  muskets. 
After  the  conclusion  of  mass,  some  of  our  men  took 
communion.245  The  captain-general  arranged  a 
fencing  tournament,246  at  which  the  kings  were  great- 
ly pleased.  Then  he  had  a cross  carried  in  and  the 
nails  and  a crown,  to  which  immediate  reverence 
was  made.247  He  told  the  kings  through  the  inter- 
preter that  they  were  the  standards  given  to  him  by 
the  emperor  his  sovereign,  so  that  wherever  he  might 
go  he  might  set  up  those  his  tokens.  [He  said]  that 
he  wished  to  set  it  up  in  that  place  for  their  benefit, 
for  whenever  any  of  our  ships  came,248  they  would 
know  that  we  had  been  there  by  that  cross,  and  would 
do  nothing  to  displease  them  or  harm  their  property 
[property:  doublet  in  original  MS.].  If  any  of  their 
men  were  captured,  they  would  be  set  free  imme- 
diately on  that  sign  being  shown.  It  was  necessary 
to  set  that  cross  on  the  summit  of  the  highest  moun- 
tain, so  that  on  seeing  it  every  morning,  they  might 
adore  it;  and  if  they  did  that,  neither  thunder,  light- 
ning, nor  storms  would  harm  them  in  the  least.  They 


I 22 


PRIMO  VIAGGIO  INTORNO  AL  MONDO  [Voi. 


tieri  ancho  li  fece  dire  /e  eranno  morj  ho  gentili  o 
inque  credeuào  ri/po/ero  q no  adorauào  alt°  /inon 
al/auano  le  mani  giunti  et  la  faza  al  dello  et  q 
chiamauào  Lo  / ua  dio  Abba  p laqaL  co/a  lo  cap° 
hebe  grande  alegre//a  vedendo  que/to  eL  pTno 
re  leuo  le  mani  aL  dello  et  di//e  q voria  /e  fo//e 
po/ /ibille  farli  veder  iL  fuo  amore  ver/o  de  lui 
Lo  interprete  ge  di//e  p qaL  cagiòe  haueua  quiui 
co/i  pocho  da  mangiare  re/po/e  q no  habitaua  in 
q3/to  Locho  /e  nò  quàdo  veniua  a La  caza  et  a vedere 
Lo  fuo  fratello  ma  / taua  in  vna  alta  y/ola  doue 
haueua  tuta  la  /ua  famiglia  li  fece  dire  /e  haueua 
Jnimici  Lo  die e//e  p ciò  andarebe  co  que/te  naue 
ade/trugerli  et  faria  lo  hobedirianno  Lo  rengratio 
et  di//e  q haueua  benne  due  y/olle  nemiche  maque 
alhora  nò  era  tempo  de  andarui  Lo  Cap°  li  di//e 
/e  dio  face//e  q vnalta  fiatta  ritorna/ce  in  que/te 
parte  conduria  tanta  gente  q farebe  p for/a  e/e  rii 
/ugette  et  que  voleua  andare  adi/nare  et  dapoy 
tornarebe  p far  pore  la  croce  in  cima  deL  monte 
ri/po/ero  eranno  Contenti  facendole  vn  bata  glione 
co  /caricare  li  /quiopeti  et  abra/ando/i  lo  cap0  co  li 
due  re  piglia//emo  li/entia. 

Dopo  di/nare  torna//emo  tucti  in  gioponne  et  an- 
da/semo  in/ieme  co  li  duy  Re  neL  mezo  di  in  cima 


One]  FIRST  VOYAGE  AROUND  THE  WORLD  123 

thanked  him  heartily  and  [said]  that  they  would 
do  everything  willingly.  The  captain-general  also 
had  them  asked  whether  they  were  Moros  or  heathen, 
or  what  was  their  belief.  They  replied  that  they 
worshiped  nothing,  but  that  they  raised  their 
clasped  hands  and  their  face  to  the  sky;  and  that 
they  called  their  god  “ Abba.”  249  Thereat  the  cap- 
tain was  very  glad,  and  seeing  that,  the  first  king 
raised  his  hands  to  the  sky,  and  said  that  he  wished 
that  it  were  possible  for  him  to  make  the  captain 
see  his  love  for  him.  The  interpreter  asked  the 
king  why  there  was  so  little  to  eat  there.  The  lat- 
ter replied  that  he  did  not  live  in  that  place  except 
when  he  went  hunting  and  to  see  his  brother,  but 
that  he  lived  in  another  island  where  all  his  family 
were.  The  captain-general  had  him  asked  to  de- 
clare whether  he  had  any  enemies,  so  that  he  might 
go  with  his  ships  to  destroy  them  and  to  render  them 
obedient  to  him.250  The  king  thanked  him  and  said 
that  he  did  indeed  have  two  islands  hostile  to  him, 
but  that  it  was  not  then  the  season  to  go  there.  The 
captain  told  him  that  if  God  would  again  allow 
him  to  return  to  those  districts,  he  would  bring  so 
many  men  that  he  would  make  the  king’s  enemies 
subject  to  him  by  force.  He  said  that  he  was  about 
to  go  to  dinner,  and  that  he  would  return  afterward 
to  have  the  cross  set  up  on  the  summit  of  the  moun- 
tain. They  replied  that  they  were  satisfied,  and  then 
forming  in  battalion  and  firing  the  muskets,  and 
the  captain  having  embraced  the  two  kings,  we  took 
our  leave. 

After  dinner  we  all  returned  clad  in  our  doublets, 
and  that  afternoon 261  went  together  with  the  two 


I 24  PRIMO  VIAGGIO  INTORNO  AL  MONDO  [Voi. 

deL  piu  alto  monte  q fo//e  Quando  ariua//emo 
in  cima  Lo  cap°  genneralle  li  di//e  corno  li  era  caro 
hauere  f udato  p loro  p che  e/endo  iui  la  croce  nò 
poteua  [ inon  grandamète  Jouarli  et  domandoli 
qaL  porto  era  migliore  p victuuaglie  dice//ero 
q ne  erano  tre  gioe  Ceylon  Zubu  et  calaghann  ma 
che  Zubu  era  piu  grande  et  de  meglior  trafico 
et  /e  profer/enno  di  dami  piloti  q ne  in/egnia- 
rebenno  iL  viag°  Lo  cap°  gnale  li  rengratio 
et  delibero  de  andarli  p q cu//i  voleua  la  sua  infelice 
/orte.  po/ta  la  cruce  ognuno  dice  vno  pater  no/ter 
et  vna  aue  maria  adorandola  co/i  li  re  fecenno  poy 
de/cende//emo  p li  fui  campi  Lauorattj  et  anda /- 
/emo  doue  era  lo  balanghai  li  re  feceno  portare 
alquanti  cochi  agio  /e  rinfre/ca//imo  Lo  cap0  li 
domando  li  piloti  p che  la  matina  /equente  voleua 
partir/i  et  q li  tratarebe  corno  /e  mede/imo  La/an- 
doli  vno  de  li  nrj  p o/tagio  ri/po/ero  q ogni  ora 
li  vole//e  eranno  aL  fuo  comàdo  ma  nela  nocte  iL 
p'mo  re  /e  mudo  dopigniòe  La  matina  quando 
eramo  p partir/i  eL  re  mando  adire  aL  cap0  gene- 
ralle  q per  amore  fuo  a/pecta//e  duj  giornj  fin  q 
face//e  coglire  el  rizo  et  alt1  fui  menuti  pregandolo 
manda //e  alguni  homini  p ajutareli  agio  piu  pre/to 
/e  /paza//e  et  q luy  mede/imo  voleua  e//e re  lo  nro 
piloto,  lo  Cap°  mandoli  alguni  homini  ma  li  Re 


One]  FIRST  VOYAGE  AROUND  THE  WORLD  I 25 

kings  to  the  summit  of  the  highest  mountain  there. 
When  we  reached  the  summit,  the  captain-general 
told  them  that  he  esteemed  highly  having  sweated 
for  them,  for  since  the  cross  was  there,  it  could  not 
but  be  of  great  use  to  them.  On  asking  them  which 
port  was  the  best  to  get  food,  they  replied  that  there 
were  three,  namely,  Ceylon,  Zubu,  and  Calaghann, 
but  that  Zubu  was  the  largest  and  the  one  with  most 
trade.  They  offered  of  their  own  accord  to  give  us 
pilots  to  show  us  the  way.  The  captain-general 
thanked  them,  and  determined  to  go  there,  for  so 
did  his  unhappy  fate  will.  After  the  cross  was 
erected  in  position,  each  of  us  repeated  a Pater 
Noster  and  an  Ave  Maria , and  adored  the  cross; 
and  the  kings  did  the  same.  Then  we  descended 
through  their  cultivated  fields,  and  went  to  the  place 
where  the  balanghai  was.252  The  kings  had  some 
cocoanuts  brought  in  so  that  we  might  refresh  our- 
selves. The  captain  asked  the  kings  for  the  pilots 
for  he  intended  to  depart  the  following  morning, 
and  [said]  that  he  would  treat  them  as  if  they  were 
the  kings  themselves,  and  would  leave  one  of  us  as 
hostage.  The  kings  replied  that  every  hour  he 
wished  the  pilots  were  at  his  command,  but  that 
night  the  first  king  changed  his  mind,  and  in  the 
morning  when  we  were  about  to  depart,  sent  word 
to  the  captain-general,  asking  him  for  love  of  him 
to  wait  two  days  until  he  should  have  his  rice  har- 
vested, and  other  trifles  attended  to.  He  asked  the 
captain-general  to  send  him  some  men  to  help  him, 
so  that  it  might  be  done  sooner;  and  said  that  he  in- 
tended to  act  as  our  pilot  himself.  The  captain  sent 
him  some  men,  but  the  kings  ate  and  drank  so  much 


I2Ó  PRIMO  VIAGGIO  INTORNO  AL  MONDO  [Voi. 

tanto  mangiorono  et  beueteno  q dormiteno  tuto  il 
giorno  alguni  p e/cu/arli  dicero  q haueuano  vno 
pocho  de  malie  p qeL  giorno  li  no/t1  nò  fecero  niente 
ma  neli  alt1  dui  /eguenti  lauorono. 

Vno  de  que/ti  populi  ne  porte  force  vna  /cudela 
de  rizo  co  octo  o dieze  fìgue  ligaty  in/ieme  p bara- 
tarli  in  vno  cortello  q valeua  iL  piu  tre  catrini  eL 
cap°  vedendo  que  que/to  nò  voleua  alt°  Senon  vno 
cortello  lo  chiamo  p vedere  piu  co/e  mi//e  mano 
a la  bor/a  et  li  voice  dare  p qelle  co/e  vno  realL 
lui  noL  vol/i  lui  mo/tro  vno  ducato  mancho  lo 
accepto  al  fine  li  voice  dare  vno  dopionne  de  duy 
ducati  nò  voice  mai  alt°  q vn  corte  lo  et  cu//i  li  lo 
fece  dare  Andando  vno  de  li  nri  in  terra  p tore 
acqua  vno  de  que/ti  li  voice  dare  vno  coronna  pontina 
de  oro  ma/igio  grade  corno  vna  colona  p /e y filce  de 
cri/talino  ma  iL  cap°  non  voice  q la  bara  ta//e  agio 
que  in  que/to  principio  /ape//ero  q pritiauamo  piu 
la  nra  mercantia  q Lo  /uo  oro. 

Que/ti  populi  formo  gentili  vanno  nudi  et  de 
pinti  portano  vno  pezo  de  tella  de  arbore  intorno 
le  / ue  vergonie  Sonno  grandi//imi  beuitori  le 
/ue  femi  ne  vanno  ve/tite  de  tella  de  arbore  de  la 
cinta  in  giu  co  li  capili  negri  fina  in  terra  anno 
forate  le  orechie  et  pienne  de  oro.  Que/ta  gente 
/empre  ma/ticanno  vno  fruto  q Lo  quiamano  Areca 
e corno  vno  pero  lo  taglianno  in  quat0  parti  et  poi 
lo  volueno  nele  foglie  deL  /uo  arburo  q le  nominano 


One]  FIRST  VOYAGE  AROUND  THE  WORLD  I 27 

that  they  slept  all  the  day.  Some  said  to  excuse 
them  that  they  were  slightly  sick.  Our  men  did 
nothing  on  that  day,  but  they  worked  the  next  two 
days.253 

One  of  those  people  brought  us  about  a porringer 
full  of  rice  and  also  eight  or  ten  figs  [/.*.,  bananas] 
fastened  together  to  barter  them  for  a knife  which 
at  the  most  was  worth  three  catrini.254  The  captain 
seeing  that  that  native  cared  for  nothing  but  a knife, 
called  him  to  look  at  other  things.  He  put  his  hand 
in  his  purse  and  wished  to  give  him  one  real  for 
those  things,  but  the  native  refused  it.  The  captain 
showed  him  a ducado  but  he  would  not  accept  that 
either.  Finally  the  captain  tried  to  give  him  a 
doppione  255  worth  two  ducados,  but  he  would  take 
nothing  but  a knife;  and  accordingly  the  captain  had 
one  given  to  him.  When  one  of  our  men  went  ashore 
for  water,  one  of  those  people  wanted  to  give  him  a 
pointed  crown  of  massy  gold,  of  the  size  of  a 
colona  256  for  six  strings  of  glass  beads,  but  the  cap- 
tain refused  to  let  him  barter,  so  that  the  natives 
should  learn  at  the  very  beginning  that  we  prized 
our  merchandise  more  than  their  gold.257 

Those  people  are  heathens,258  and  go  naked  and 
painted.  They  wear  a piece  of  cloth  woven  from  a 
tree  about  their  privies.259  They  are  very  heavy 
drinkers.260  Their  women  are  clad  in  tree  cloth 
from  their  waist  down,  and  their  hair  is  black  and 
reaches  to  the  ground.  They  have  holes  pierced  in 
their  ears  which  are  filled  with  gold.  Those  peo- 
ple are  constantly  chewing  a fruit  which  they  call 
areca , and  which  resembles  a pear.  They  cut  that 
fruit  into  four  parts,  and  then  wrap  it  in  the  leaves 


128  PRIMO  VIAGGIO  INTORNO  AL  MONDO  [Voi. 

betre  formo  corno  foglie  di  moraro  co  vno  poco  de 
calcina  et  quando  le  anno  bé  ma/ticate  le  f putano 
fora  fanno  diuentare  la  boca  roci/’/ima  Tucti 
li  populi  de  que/ta  parte  deL  mondo  le  vzanno  p che 
rinf re/cali  molto  eL  core  Se  re/ta//eno  de  vzarle 
morirebenno  in  que/ta  izolla  formo  cany  gati 
porci  gaiine  capre  rizo  gengero  cochi  fìgui  naranzi 
limoni  miglio  panizo  forgo  cera  et  molto  oro  / ta 
de  Latitudine  in  noue  gradi  et  dui  ter/i  aL  artico  et 
cento  et  /e/anta  dui  de  longitudine  della  linea  de  La 
ripartitiòe  et  vinti  cinque  legue  longi  de  la  acquada 
et  /e  chiama  Mazaua 

Ste/semo  sette  giorni  quiui  poi  piglia//emo  la 
via  deL  mai/trale  pa//ando  fa  cinq3  y/olle  cioè  Cey- 
lon bohol  canighan  baybai  et  gatighan  in  que/ta 
y/ola  de  gatigan  formo  barba/tili  grandi  corno 
aquille  p q era  tardi  ne  amaga//emo  vno  era 
corno  vna  gaiina  aL  mangiare  ge  /onno  colombi  tor- 
tore papagali  et  certi  vcelli  negri  grandi  corno  gaiine 
co  la  coda  Ioga  fanno  oui  grandi  corno  de  ocqua 
li  meteno  foto  la  /abia  p lo  grà  caldo  li  crea 
Quando  /onno  na/ciuti  alzano  la  arena  et  vieneno 
fora  que/ti  oui  /onno  bony  de  mangiare.  De 
mazaua  agatighan  /onno  vinti  leghe  partendone 
da  gatighan  aL  ponente  iL  re  de  mazaua  non  ne 
puote  /eguir  p che  lo  e/pecta//emo  circa  tre  y/olle 
cioè  polo  ticobon  et  pozon  quando  eL  gion/e  molte 


One]  FIRST  VOYAGE  AROUND  THE  WORLD  I 29 

of  their  tree  which  they  call  betre  [t.e.,  betel].  Those 
leaves  resemble  the  leaves  of  the  mulberry.  They 
mix  it  with  a little  lime,  and  when  they  have  chewed 
it  thoroughly,  they  spit  it  out.261  It  makes  the  mouth 
exceedingly  red.  All  the  people  in  those  parts  of 
the  world  use  it,  for  it  is  very  cooling  to  the  heart, 
and  if  they  ceased  to  use  it  they  would  die.  There 
[ are  dogs,  cats,  swine,  fowls,  goats,  rice,  ginger,  cocoa- 
nuts,  figs  [t.e.,  bananas],  oranges,  lemons,  millet, 
panicum,  sorgo,262  wax,  and  a quantity  of  gold  in 
that  island.  It  lies  in  a latitude  of  nine  and  two- 
thirds  degrees  toward  the  Arctic  Pole,  and  in  a longi- 
tude of  one  hundred  and  sixty-two  degrees  from  the 
line  of  demarcation.  It  is  twenty-five  from  the 
Acquada,  and  is  called  Mazaua.263 

We  remained  there  seven  days,  after  which  we 
laid  our  course  toward  the  northwest,  passing 
among  264  five  islands,  namely,  Ceylon,  Bohol,  Cani- 
ghan,  Baybai,  and  Gatighan.265  In  the  last-named 
island  of  Gatigan,  there  are  bats  as  large  as  eagles. 
As  it  was  late  we  killed  one  of  them,266  which  re- 
sembled chicken  in  taste.  There  are  doves,  turtle- 
doves,267 parrots,  and  certain  black  birds  as  large  as 
domestic  chickens,  which  have  a long  tail.  The  last 
mentioned  birds  lay  eggs  as  large  as  the  goose,  and 
bury  them  under  the  sand,  through  the  great  heat 
of  which  they  hatch  out.  When  the  chicks  are  born, 
they  push  up  the  sand,  and  come  out.  Those  eggs 
are  good  to  eat.  There  is  a distance  of  twenty  leguas 
from  Mazaua  to  Gatighan.  We  set  out  westward 
from  Gatighan,  but  the  king  of  Mazaua  could  not 
follow  us  [closely],  and  consequently,  we  awaited 
him  near  three  islands,  namely,  Polo,  Ticobon,  and 


13°  PRIMO  VIAGGIO  INTORNO  AL  MONDO  [Voi. 

/e  marauiglio  deL  nro  nauigare  Lo  cap°  gnale  lo  fece 
mò  tare  nela  /ua  naue  co  alguni  /oi  principali 

dilque  hebero  piacere  et  coffi  anda//emo  in  zubu 

\ 

da  gatighan  azufru  formo  quindice  legue. 

Domeniga  a sete  de  apTle  amezo  di  intra//emo 
neL  porto  de  Zubu  pa//ando  per  molti  vilagij 
vedeuamo  molte  caze  facte  /opra  li  arbori  Apropin- 
quàdone  ala  cita  Lo  cap°  gnale  comando  le  naui 
sinbandera//eno  furono  Calate  le  velie  et  po/te 
amodo  de  bataglia  et  / carico  tuta  lartigliaria  p ilque 
que/ti  populi  hebero  grandi//ima  paura  Lo  cap° 
mando  vno  fuo  alieuo  co  lo  interprete  inba//iatore 
aL  re  de  Zubo.  Quando  ariuorono  nela  cita  tro- 
uorono  Jnfiniti  huomini  in/ieme  co  Lo  re  tuti  pauro/i 
p le  bombarde  linterprete  li  di//e  que/to  e/e  re 
nro  co/tume  intrando  in  / imili  luogui  in  /eg nio  de 
pace  et  ami/itia  et  p honnorare  lo  re  deL  luogo 
/caricauamo  tuctele  bombarde  eL  re  et  tucti  li 
/ uoi  /e  a/egurorono  et  fece  dire  ali  no/t1  p lo  fuo 
gouuernatore  q voleuamo  linterprete  ri/po/e 
corno  eL  fuo  f igniore  era  cap°  deL  magiore  re  et 
principe  fo//e  neL  mondo  et  q andaua  adi/courir 
malucho  ma  p la  /ua  bonna  fama  Como  haueua 
Jntezo  daL  re  de  mazaua  era  venuto  /olamente  p 
vizitarlo  et  pigliare  victuuaglia  co  la  /ua  mercha- 
dantia  li  di//e  q in  bonna  hora  fo//e  venuto  ma  q 
haueua  que/ta  vzan/a  tutte  le  naui  q intrauano  neL 
porto  fuo  pagauào  tributu  et  q nò  eranno  quat0  g che 


One]  FIRST  VOYAGE  AROUND  THE  WORLD  133 

Pozon.268  When  he  caught  up  with  us  he  was  great- 
ly astonished  at  the  rapidity  with  which  we  sailed. 
The  captain-general  had  him  come  into  his  ship 
with  several  of  his  chiefs  at  which  they  were  pleased. 
Thus  did  we  go  to  Zubu  from  Gatighan,  the  dis- 
tance to  Zubu  being  fifteen  leguas.269 

At  noon  on  Sunday,  April  seven,  we  entered  the 
port  of  Zubu,  passing  by  many  villages,  where  we 
saw  many  houses  built  upon  logs.  On  approaching 
the  city,  the  captain-general  ordered  the  ships  to 
fling  their  banners.  The  sails  were  lowered  and  ar- 
ranged as  if  for  battle,  and  all  the  artillery  was  fired, 
an  action  which  caused  great  fear  to  those  people. 
The  captain  sent  a foster-son  of  his  as  ambassador  to 
the  king  of  Zubo  with  the  interpreter.  When  they 
reached  the  city,  they  found  a vast  crowd  of  peo- 
ple together  with  the  king,  all  of  whom  had  been 
frightened  by  the  mortars.  The  interpreter  told 
them  270  that  that  was  our  custom  when  entering  into 
such  places,  as  a sign  of  peace  and  friendship,  and 
that  we  had  discharged  all  our  mortars  to  honor  the 
king  of  the  village.  The  king  and  all  of  his  men 
were  reassured,  and  the  king  had  us  asked  by  his 
governor  what  we  wanted.  The  interpreter  replied 
that  his  master  was  a captain  of  the  greatest  king 
and  prince  in  the  world,  and  that  he  was  going  to 
discover  Malucho; 271  but  that  he  had  come  solely  to 
visit  the  king  because  of  the  good  report  which  he 
had  heard  of  him  from  the  king  of  Mazaua,  and  to 
buy  food  with  his  merchandise.  The  king  told  him 
that  he  was  welcome  [ literally  : he  had  come  at  a 
good  time],  but  that  it  was  their  custom  for  all  ships 
that  entered  their  ports  to  pay  tribute,  and  that  it 


1 34  PRIMO  VIAGGIO  INTORNO  AL  MONDO  [Voi. 

vno  Juncho  de  Ciama  cargato  doro  et  de  /chiaui  li 
haueua  dato  tributo  et  p /egnio  di  que/to  li  mo/tro 
vno  mer  chadante  de  giama  que  era  re/tato  p mer- 
chadantare  oro  et  /quiaui  Lo  interprete  li  di//e 
corno  eL  fuo  /igniore  p e//e re  cap°  de  tanto  grà  re 
non  pagaua  tributo  ad  alguno  /igniore  deL  mondo  et 
/e  voleua  pace  pace  ha  uerebe  et  /e  non  guerra  guera 
Alhoro  eL  moro  merchadante  di//e  aL  re  Cata  raia 
chita  gioe  garba  ben  /igniore  que/ti  /onno  de  qelli  q 
anno  conqui/tato  Calicut  malaca  et  tuta  lindia  ma- 
giore  Si  bene  fi  li  fa  ben  /e  a /e  male  male  et  pegio 
corno  anno  facto  a calicut  et  amalaca  linterprete 
Jnte/o  lo  tuto  et  di//egli  qeL  re  de  fuo  f igniore  era 
piu  potente  de  gente  et  de  nauj  q Lo  re  de  portogaio 
et  era  re  de  /pagnia  et  Jmperator  de  tuttj  li  xpiani  et 
/e  nò  voleua  e//erli  amicho  li  mandaria  vnalta  fiata 
tanta  gente  qeL  de/trueriào  iL  moro  naro  ogni  co/a 
aL  re  alhora  li  di//e  /e  con/igliarebe  co  li  fui  et  nel 
di  /eguente  li  ri/ponderebe  poy  fece  portare  vna 
colatiòe  de  molte  viuàde  tute  de  carne  po/te  in  piati 
de  porcelane  co  molti  vazi  di  vino  data  La  Cola- 
tiòe li  no /t*  retornoronno  et  ne  di//ero  lo  tuto  iL 
re  de  mazaua  q era  lo  p^o  dopo  que/to  re  et  /igniore 
de  alcante  y/olle  andò  in  tera  p dire  al  re  la  grande 
cortezia  deL  nfo  cap0  genneralle. 


One]  FIRST  VOYAGE  AROUND  THE  WORLD  135 

was  but  four  days  since  a junk  from  Ciama  [z.e., 
Siam]  laden  with  gold  and  slaves  had  paid  him 
tribute.  As  proof  of  his  statement  the  king  pointed 
out  to  the  interpreter  a merchant  from  Ciama,  who 
had  remained  to  trade  the  gold  and  slaves.  The  in- 
terpreter told  the  king  that,  since  his  master  was 
the  captain  of  so  great  a king,  he  did  not  pay  tribute 
to  any  seignior  in  the  world,  and  that  if  the  king 
wished  peace  he  would  have  peace,  but  if  war  in- 
stead, war.  Thereupon,  the  Moro  merchant  said  to 
the  king  Cata  raia  chita  that  is  to  say,272  “ Look  well, 
sire.”  “ These  men  are  the  same  who  have  con- 
quered Calicut,  Malaca,  and  all  India  Magiore  \i.e.y 
India  Major].273  If  they  are  treated  well,  they  will 
give  good  treatment,  but  if  they  are  treated  evil,  evil 
and  worse  treatment,  as  they  have  done  to  Calicut 
and  Malaca.”  The  interpreter  understood  it  all  and 
told  the  king  that  his  master’s  king  was  more  power- 
ful in  men  and  ships  than  the  king  of  Portogaio,  that 
he  was  the  king  of  Spagnia  and  emperor  of  all  the 
Christians,  and  that  if  the  king  did  not  care  to  be 
his  friend  274  he  would  next  time  send  so  many  men 
that  they  would  destroy  him.  The  Moro  related 
everything  to  the  king,275  who  said  thereupon  that 
he  would  deliberate  with  his  men,  and  would  answer 
the  captain  on  the  following  day.  Then  he  had  re- 
freshments of  many  dishes,  all  made  from  meat  and 
contained  in  porcelain  platters,  besides  many  jars 
of  wine  brought  in.  After  our  men  had  refreshed 
themselves,  they  returned  and  told  us  everything. 
The  king  of  Mazaua,276  who  was  the  most  influential 
after  that  king  and  the  seignior  of  a number  of 
islands,  went  ashore  to  speak  to  the  king  of  the  great 
courtesy  of  our  captain-general. 


I36  PRIMO  VIAGGIO  INTORNO  AL  MONDO  [Voi. 

Luni  maóna  iL  nro  / criuào  in/ieme  co  linterprete 
andorono  in  zubu  vene  iL  re  con  li  fui  principali 
in  piaza  et  fece  /edere  li  no/t1  apre//o  lui  li  di/e 
/e  piu  duno  cap°  era  in  q3/ta  compania  et  /e L voleua 
lui  paga//e  tributo  aL  imperatore  / uo  Sor.  ri/po/e  de 
nò  ma  voleua  / olamente  merchadanta/e  co  lui  et  non 
con  alt1  di  //e  q era  contento  et  /e  Lo  cap°  nro  voleua 
e//e re  /uo  amicho  li  manda//e  von  pocho  de  / angue 
deL  /uo  brado  drito  et  co ffi  farebe  luy  p /eg nio  de 
piu  vera  ami/itia  re/po/e  q Lo  faria  poy  Lo  re 
li  di/ /e  corno  tucti  li  cap1  q veniuào  quiui  se  dauano 
pnti  luno  cò  lalt°  et  /e  Lo  nro  cap°  olui  doueua  co- 
men/are  linterprete  li  di//e  poy  q lui  voleua  man» 
tegnire  que/to  co/tume  comincia//e  et  cu//i  comen/o. 

Marti  maóna  iL  re  de  mazaua  con  lo  moro  venne 
ale  naui  /aiuto  lo  capitano  gnale  da  parte  diL  re 
et  di/celli  corno  iLre  de  Zubu  faceua  adunare  piu 
victuuaglia  poteua  p darnela  et  corno  mandarebe 
dopo  di/nare  vno  /uo  nepote  con  dui  otre  de  fui 
principali  p fare  la  pace.  lo  cap°  gnale  fece 
armare  vno  de  le  /ue  pprie  arme  et  feceli  dire  corno 
tuti  nuy  combateuamo  de  qella  /orta;  iL  moro  molto 
fi  f pauento  iL  cap°  li  di //e  nò  fi  /pauenta//e 

perche  le  nre  ar  me  eranno  piaceuoli  ali  amici  et 


One]  FIRST  VOYAGE  AROUND  THE  WORLD  I 37 

Monday  morning,  our  notary,  together  with  the 
interpreter,  went  to  Zubu.  The  king,  accompanied 
by  his  chiefs,  came  to  the  open  square  where  he  had 
our  men  sit  down  near  him.  He  asked  the  notary 
whether  there  were  more  than  one  captain  in  that 
company,  and  whether  that  captain  wished  him  to 
pay  tribute  to  the  emperor  his  master.  The  notary 
replied  in  the  negative,  but  that  the  captain  wished 
only  to  trade  with  him  and  with  no  others.  The  king 
said  that  he  was  satisfied,  and  that  if  the  captain 
wished  to  become  his  friend,  he  should  send  him  a 
drop  of  blood  from  his  right  arm,  and  he  himself 
would  do  the  same  [to  him]  as  a sign  of  the  most 
sincere  friendship.277  The  notary  answered  that  the 
captain  would  do  it.  Thereupon,  the  king  told  him 
that  all  the  captains  who  came  to  that  place,  were 
wont  to  give  presents  one  to  the  other  [/.*.,  mutual 
presents  between  the  king  and  the  captain],  and 
asked  whether  our  captain  or  he  ought  to  com- 
mence.278 The  interpreter  told  the  king  that  since  he 
desired  to  maintain  the  custom,  he  should  commence, 
and  so  he  did.279 

Tuesday  morning  the  king  of  Mazaua  came  to  the 
ships  with  the  Moro.  He  saluted  the  captain-gen- 
eral in  behalf  of  the  king  [of  Zubu],  and  said  that 
the  king  of  Zubu  was  collecting  as  much  food  as 
possible  to  give  to  him,  and  that  after  dinner  he 
would  send  one  of  his  nephews  and  two  others  of 
his  chief  men  to  make  peace.  The  captain-general 
had  one  of  his  men  armed  with  his  own  arms,  and 
had  the  Moro  told  that  we  all  fought  in  that  manner. 
The  Moro  was  greatly  frightened,  but  the  captain 
told  him  not  to  be  frightened  for  our  arms  were  soft 


I38  PRIMO  VIAGGIO  INTORNO  AL  MONDO  [Voi. 

a/pere  ali  nemici  et  co/i  corno  li  fazoli  a/ciugano 
yl  /udore  co/i  le  nre  arme  ateranno  et  de/trugeno  tuti 
li  aduer/arj  et  maleuoli  de  La  nra  fede  fece  que/to 
acio  el  moro  q pareua  e//e re  piu  a/tuto  de  li  alt1  lo 
dice//e  aL  re. 

Dopo  di/nare  vene  ale  naui  Lo  nipote  deL  re  q 
era  principe  coL  re  de  mazaua  iL  moro  iL  gouuer- 
natore  et  iL  barizello  magiore  co  octo  principali  p 
fare  La  pace  con  noi  Lo  cap°  gnale  /edendo  in  vna 
cadedra  de  veluta  ro//a  li  prin  cipali  in  /e die  de 
corame  et  li  alt1  in  tera  /oura  /tore  li  di//e  p Lo  inter- 
prete /e  Lo  / uo  co/tume  era  de  parlare  in  /ecreto 
houero  in  publico  et  Se  que/to  principe  col  re  de 
mazaua  haueuào  potere  de  fare  la  pace  ri/po/ero 
q parla  vano  in  publico  et  q co/toro  haueuào  iL 
potere  de  far  la  pace  Lo  cap0  di//e  molte  co/e 
/oura  la  pace  et  qeL  pregaua  ydio  la  confirma //e  in 
cielo  di/cero  que  may  nò  haueuào  aldite  cotalle 
parolle  et  que  pigliauào  grà  piacere  a vdir  le  Ve- 
dendo Lo  cap°  q que/to  volenti  eri  a/coltauào  et  re- 
/ pondeuào  li  comincio  dire  co/e  per  indurli  ala  fede: 
Domando  qaL  dopo  la  morte  deL  re  /uccede//e  aLa 
sa.  ri/po/e  q Lo  re  nò  haueua  figlioli  ma  figliole  et  q 
que/to  /uo  nipote  haueua  p moglie  la  magiore  perciò 
era  Lo  principe  et  quando  li  padri  et  madri  eranno 
vequi  non  /i  honorauào  piu  mali  figlioli  li  coman- 
dauào  lo  cap0  li  di/ /e  corno  ydio  fece  Lo  dello  La 
terra  Lo  mare  et  tucte  le  alte  co/e  et  corno  inpo //e  /e 


One]  FIRST  VOYAGE  AROUND  THE  WORLD  139 

toward  our  friends  and  harsh  toward  our  enemies; 
and  as  handkerchiefs  wipe  off  the  sweat  so  did  our 
arms  overthrow  and  destroy  all  our  adversaries,  and 
those  who  hate  our  faith.280  The  captain  did  that 
so  that  the  Moro  who  seemed  more  intelligent  than 
the  others,  might  tell  it  to  the  king. 

After  dinner  the  king’s  nephew,  who  was  the 
prince,  came  to  the  ships  with  the  king  of  Mazaua, 
the  Moro,  the  governor,  the  chief  constable,  and 
eight  chiefs,  to  make  peace  with  us.  The  captain- 
general  was  seated  in  a red  velvet  chair,  the  principal 
men  281  on  leather  chairs,  and  the  others  on  mats  upon 
the  floor.  "The  captain-general  asked  them  through 
the  interpreter  whether  it  were  their  custom  to  speak 
in  secret  or  in  public,  and  whether  that  prince  and 
the  king  of  Mazaua  had  authority  to  make  peace.282 
They  answered  that  they  spoke  in  public,  and  that 
they  were  empowered  to  make  peace.  The  captain- 
general  said  many  things  concerning  peace,  and  that 
he  prayed  God  to  confirm  it  in  heaven.  They  said 
that  they  had  never  heard  any  one  speak  such  words, 
but  that  they  took  great  pleasure  in  hearing  them. 
The  captain  seeing  that  they  listened  and  answered 
willingly,  began  to  advance  arguments  to  induce 
them  to  accept  the  faith.  Asking  them  who  would 
succeed  to  the  seigniory  after  the  death  of  the  king, 
he  was  answered  that  the  king  had  no  sons  but  only 
daughters,  the  eldest  of  whom  was  the  wife  of  that 
nephew  of  his,  who  therefore  was  the  prince.  [They 
said  that]  when  the  fathers  and  mothers  grew  old, 
they  received  no  further  honor,  but  their  children 
commanded  them.  The  captain  told  them  that  God 
made  the  sky,  the  earth,  the  sea,  and  everything  else, 


1 4°  PRIMO  VIAGGIO  INTORNO  AL  MONDO  [Voi. 

doue//eno  honnorare  li  padri  et  madri  et  q‘  altramète 
faceua  era  condempnato  neL  fuoco  eterno  et  corno 
tuti  de/cendeuào  de  adam  et  eua  no fi'  primi  parenti 
et  corno  haueuamo  Lanima  in  mortalle  et  molte  altre 
co/e  pertinenti  ala  fede  tuti  aiegri  li  /uplicorono 
voi e//e  la/arli  dui  homini  ho  aL  meno  vno  acio  li 
amay/tra//e  ne  La  fede  et  che  li  farebeo  grande 
honnore  gli  re/po/e  q alhora  nò  poteua  la/ciarli 
alguno  ma  /e  vole  uào  e//e re  xpiano  Lo  prete  nfo 
li  baptezarebe  et  q vnalt3  fiata  menaria  preti  et  frati 
queli  in/egniarebèo  la  fede  nra  ri/po/ero  que 
pTna  voleuào  parlare  al  re  et  poy  diuentarebenno 
xpiani  lagrima//emo  tuti  p la  grande  alegreza 
Lo  cap°  li  di/ce  q non  ce  facero  xpiani  p paura  ne  p 
compiacerne  ma  vo  lontariamète  et  acoloro  q voleuào 
viuere  /econdo  la  /ua  lege  nò  li  farebe  facto  di/piacer 
alguno  mali  xpiani  /e rianno  meglio  vi/ti  et  caregiati 
q li  alt1  Tuti  gridaronno  aduna  voce  q nò  /e 
faceuào  xpiani  p paura  ne  p compiacerne  ma  p /ua 
/ pontanea  volontate  Alhora  li  di  //e  q fi  deuen- 
tauào  xpiani  gli  La//arebe  vna  armatura  p che  cu//i 
li  era  / tato  inpo/to  deL  fuo  re  et  corno  nò  poteuào 
vzare  co  le  /ue  donne  e/endo  gentilli  /enza  grandi /- 
/ imo  pecato  et  corno  li  a/eguraua  q e//endo  x'ani  non 
li  aparerebe  piu  eL  domonio  /inon  neL  ponto  ex- 
tremo  de  la  /ua  morte  diceno  q nò  / apeuano  re/pon- 
derli  p le  /ue  belle  parolle  ma  /e  rimeteuano  nele  /ue 


One]  FIRST  VOYAGE  AROUND  THE  WORLD  M1 

and  that  He  had  commanded  us  to  honor  our  fathers 
and  mothers,  and  that  whoever  did  otherwise  was 
condemned  to  eternal  fire  ; that  we  are  all  descended 
from  Adam  and  Eva,  our  first  parents;  that  we  have 
an  immortal  spirit;  283  and  many  other  things  per- 
taining to  the  faith.  All  joyfully  entreated  the  cap- 
tain to  leave  them  two  men,  or  at  least  one,284  to  in- 
struct them  in  the  faith,  and  [said]  that  they  would 
show  them  great  honor.  The  captain  replied  to  them 
that  he  could  not  leave  them  any  men  then,  but  that 
if  they  wished  to  become  Christians,  our  priest  would 
baptize  them,  and  that  he  would  next  time  bring 
priests  and  friars  who  woujd  instruct  them  in  our 
faith.  They  answered  that  they  would  first  speak 
to  their  king,  and  that  then  theyWould  become  Chris- 
tians, [whereat]  we  all  wept  with  great  joy.  The 
captain-general  told  them  that  they  should  not  be- 
come Christians  for  fear  or  to  please  us,  but  of  their 
own  free  wills;  285  and  that  he  would  not  cause  any 
displeasure  to  those  who  wished  to  live  according  to 
their  own  law,  but  that  the  Christians  would  be  better 
regarded  and  treated  than  the  others.  All  cried  out 
with  one  voice  that  they  were  not  becoming  Chris- 
tians through  fear  or  to  please  us,  but  of  their  own 
free  will.  Then  the  captain  told  them  that  if  they 
became  Christians,  he  would  leave  a suit  of  armor,286 
for  so  had  his  king  commanded  him;  that  we  could 
not  have  intercourse  with  their  women  without  com- 
mitting a very  great  sin,  since  they  were  pagans;  and 
that  he  assured  them  that  if  they  became  Christians, 
the  devil  would  no  longer  appear  to  them  except  in 
the  last  moment  at  their  death.287  They  said  that 
they  could  not  answer  the  beautiful  words  of  the 


I42  PRIMO  VIAGGIO  INTORNO  AL  MONDO  [Voi. 

manj  et  face//e  de  loro  corno  de  /oy  fideli//imi  f frui- 
tori Lo  cap°  piangendo  li  abrazo  et  agiungendo  vna 
mano  del  principe  et  vna  deL  re  fra  le  / ue  li  di//e  p 
la  fede  portaua  a dio  et  alimperator  /uo  /igniore  et 
p Lo  habito  q haueua  li  prometeua  q li  daua  la  pace 
ppe  tua  col  re  de/pagnia  re/po/ero  que  lo  /imille 
prometeuào  Conelu/a  la  pace  Lo  cap°  fece  dare 
vna  colatiòe  poy  lo  principe  et  re  pre/entarono 
aL  cap0  da  parte  deL  /uo  re  alquanti  ce/toni  de  rizo 
porci  capre  et  gaiine  et  li  di/cero  li  perdona/ce  p 
ciò  taL  co/e  erano  pocque  avno  /imille  alui  Lo 
cap0  dono  aL  principe  vno  panno  biancho  di  tella 
/otili//ima  vno  bonnet  rozo  aL  quante  felce  de  chri /- 
talino  et  vno  biquier  dorato  de  vetro,  li  vetri  formo 
molto  apreciati  in  que/te  parte.  AL  re  di  mazaua 
nò  li  deto  alguno  pnte  p che  già  li  aueua  dato  vna 
ve/ te  de  cambaya  con  altre  co/e  et  ali  altri  aq1  vna 
co/a  aq‘  vnalt0.  Mando  poy  aL  re  de  zubu  p mi  et 
vnalt°  vna  ve/ te  de  /età  gialla  et  morella  aguisa 
Turche/ca  vno  bonnet  ro/o  fino  alquante  filce  de 
cri/talino  po/to  ogni  co/a  in  vno  piato  dargento  et 
dui  biqui  eri  dorati  in  mano  Quando  focemo  nela 
cita  troua//emo  Lo  re  in  /uo  palatio  co  molti  homini 
q /e  deua  in  tera  /oura  vna  / torà  di  palma  haueua 
/ola  mente  vno  panno  de  tella  de  bombazo  dinanzi  ale 
/ue  tgonie  vno  velo  intorno  lo  capo  Lauorato 
aguchia  vna  Colana  aL  colo  de  grà  precio  due 
/ quione  grande  de  oro  tachate  ale  orecquie  co  petre 
precio/e  atorno  era  graffo  et  picolo  et  depinto  co 


One]  FIRST  VOYAGE  AROUND  THE  WORLD  1 43 

captain,  but  that  they  placed  themselves  in  his  hands, 
and  that  he  should  treat  them  as  his  most  faithful 
servants.  The  captain  embraced  them  weeping,  and 
clasping  one  of  the  prince’s  hands  and  one  of  the 
king’s  between  his  own,  said  to  them  that,  by  his  faith 
in  God  and  to  his  sovereign,  the  emperor,  and  by 
the  habit  which  he  wore,288  he  promised  them  that 
he  would  give  them  perpetual  peace  with  the  king 
of  Spagnia.  They  answered  that  they  promised  the 
same.  After  the  conclusion  of  the  peace,  the  cap- 
tain had  refreshments  served  to  them.  Then  the 
prince  and  the  king  [of  Mazaua]  presented  some 
baskets  of  rice,  swine,  goats,  and  fowls  to  the  cap- 
tain-general on  behalf  of  their  king,  and  asked  him 
to  pardon  them,  for  such  things  were  but  little  [to 
give]  to  one  such  as  he.  The  captain  gave  the  prince 
a white  cloth  of  the  finest  linen,  a red  cap,  some 
strings  of  glass  beads,  and  a gilded  glass  drinking 
cup.  Those  glasses  are  greatly  appreciated  in  those 
districts.  He  did  not  give  any  present  to  the  king 
of  Mazaua,  for  he  had  already  given  him  a robe  of 
Cambaya,  besides  other  articles.289  To  the  others 
he  gave  now  one  thing  and  now  another.  Then  he 
sent  to  the  king  of  Zubu  through  me  and  one  other 
a yellow  and  violet  silk  robe,  made  in  Turkish  style, 
a fine  red  cap,  some  strings  of  glass  beads,  all  in  a 
silver  dish,  and  two  gilt  drinking  cups  in  our 
hands.290  When  we  reached  the  city  we  found  the 
king  in  his  palace  surrounded  by  many  people.  He 
was  seated  on  a palm  mat  on  the  ground,  with  only 
a cotton  cloth  before  his  privies,  and  a scarf  em- 
broidered with  the  needle  about  his  head,  a neck- 
lace of  great  value  hanging  from  his  neck,  and  two 
large  gold  earrings  fastened  in  his  ears  set  round 


1 44  PRIMO  VIAGGIO  INTORNO  AL  MONDO  [Voi. 

10  fuocho  a diuer/e  maniere  mangiaua  in  tera  /dura 
vnalta  /torà  oui  de  bissascutelaza  po/ti  in  dui  vazi 
de  porcelan  et  haueua  dinanzi  quat°  vazi  piennj  de 
vino  de  palma  /erati  con  erbe  odiri  fere  et  ficati  catro 
cannuti  con  ogni  vno  co  que/ti  beueua.  Facta  la 
debita  reuerentia  linterprete  li  di//e  corno  lo  fuo 
/igniore  lo  rengratiaua  molto  deL  fuo  pnte  et  que  li 
mandaua  que/to  nò  p il  fuo  ma  p lo  trin/icho  amore 

11  portaua  li  ve/te//emo  la  ve/ te  gli  pone//emo  iL 
bonnet  in  capo  et  li  de//emo  le  altre  co/e  et  poy 
ba/andoli  vetri  et  ponendoli  /oura  lo  capo  le  li  pre- 
/entai  et  facendo  lui  eL  / imilli  li  accepto  poi  iL  re 
ne  fece  màgiare  de  qelli  oui  et  bere  con  qelli  canuti  li 
alt1  fui  in  que/to  mezo  gli  di//ero  lo  parlamt0  deL 
cap°  /opa  la  pace  et  lo  exortamento  p farli  xpiani 
iL  Re  ne  voice  te  ner  /echo  acene  li  dice//emo  non 
poteuamo  aloro  re/tare  pigliata  la  li/entia  iL  prin- 
cipe ne  meno  /eco  a ca/a  / ua  doue  /onauano  catro 
fanciulle  vna  de  tamburo  amodo  nro  ma  era  po/ta 
in  tera  Vnalt3  daua  vno  legnio  facto  alcanto  groffo 
neL  capo  con  tella  de  palma  in  due  borquia  pichate 
mo  in  la  vna  mo  in  lalta  Lalta  in  vna  borquia  grande 
col  mede/imo  modo.  La  vltima  co  due  brochiete  in 
mào  dando  luna  ne  lalta  faceua  vno  / uaue  formo  tanto 
atempo  /onauào  que  pareua  haue//eno  grà  ra- 
gion deL  canto  Que/te  eranno  a/ay  belle  et  bian  que 


One]  FIRST  VOYAGE  AROUND  THE  WORLD  1 45 

with  precious  gems.  He  was  fat  and  short,  and 
tattooed  with  fire 291  in  various  designs.  From 
another  mat  on  the  ground  he  was  eating  turtle  eggs 
which  were  in  two  porcelain  dishes,  and  he  had  four 
jars  full  of  palm  wine  in  front  of  him  covered  with 
sweet-smelling  herbs  and  arranged  with  four  small 
reeds  in  each  jar  by  means  of  which  he  drank.292 
Having  duly  made  reverence  to  him,  the  interpreter 
told  the  king  that  his  master  thanked  him  very  warm- 
ly for  his  present,  and  that  he  sent  this  present  not 
in  return  for  his  present  but  for  the  intrinsic  love 
which  he  bore  him.293  We  dressed  him  in  the  robe, 
placed  the  cap  on  his  head,  and  gave  him  the  other 
things  ; then  kissing  the  beads  and  putting  them  upon 
his  head,  I presented  them  to  him.  He  doing  the 
same  [i-e.,  kissing  them]  accepted  them.  Then  the 
king  had  us  eat  some  of  those  eggs  and  drink  through 
those  slender  reeds.  The  others,  his  men,  told  him 
in  that  place,  the  words  of  the  captain  concerning 
peace  and  his  exhortation  to  them  to  become  Chris- 
tians. The  king  wished  to  have  us  stay  to  supper 
with  him,  but  we  told  him  that  we  could  not.  stay 
then.  Having  taken  our  leave  of  him,  the  prince 
took  us  with  him  to  his  house,  where  four  young  girls 
were  playing  [instruments]  - one,  on  a drum  like 
ours,  but  resting  on  the  ground;  the  second  was  strik- 
ing two  suspended  gongs  alternately  with  a stick 
wrapped  somewhat  thickly  at  the  end  with  palm 
cloth;  the  third,  one  large  gong  in  the  same  manner; 
and  the  last,  two  small  gongs  held  in  her  hand,  by 
striking  one  against  the  other,  which  gave  forth  a 
sweet  sound.  They  played  so  harmoniously  that  one 
would  believe  they  possessed  good  musical  sense. 


14^  PRIMO  VIAGGIO  INTORNO  AL  MONDO  [Voi. 

ca/i  corno  le  no/tre  et  co/i  grande  eranno  nude 
/inon  q haueuào  tella  de  arbore  de  la  cinta  fina  aL 
ginoquio  et  algune  tute  nude  col  pichieto  dele  ore- 
chie  grande  con  vno  cerquieto  de  legnio  dentro  quelo 
tene  tondo  et  largo  co  li  capeli  grandi  et  negri  et  co 
vno  velo  picolo  atorno  iL  capo  et  /empre  di/calce 
iL  principe  ne  fece  baiare  co  tre  tutte  nude  me- 
renda//emo  et  dapoy  veni//emo  ale  naui  Que/te 
borchie  /onno  de  metalo  et  /e  fanno  ne  La  regiòe  deL 
/ignio  magno  q e detta  La  China  Quiui  le  vzanno 
Como  nuy  le  campane  et  le  chiamano  aghon. 

Mercore  maóna  p e//e re  morto  vno  deli  no/t1  nella 
nocte  pa//ata  linterprete  et  yo  anda//emo  adomander 
aL  re  doue  lo  poteriamo  /e  pelire  troua//emo  Lo  re 
aCompagniato  de  molti  homini  acui  facta  la  debita 
reueren/ia  li  lo  di//e  ri/po/e  /e  io  et  li  mey  va/alli 
/emo  tucti  deL  tuo  / igniore  Quàto  magiormte  debe 
e//e re  la  terra  et  li  dice  corno  voleuamo  con/acrare 
il  luoco  et  meterlj  vna  croce  ri/po/e  que  era  molto 
contento  et  q la  voleua  adorare  corno  nuy  alt1  fu 
/epolto  lo  morto  nela  piaza  aL  meglio  pote//emo  p 
darli  bo  exempio  et  poy  la  con/acra//emo  / ultardi 
ne  sepeli//emo  vno  alt°  porta//emo  molta  merchantia 
in  terra  et  la  mete//emo  in  vna  ca/a  qaL  el  re  Latol/e 
/oura  /ua  fede  et  Quatro  homini  q eranno  re/tati  per 
merchadantare  in  gro//o.  Que/ti  populi  viueno  co 
Ju/titia  pe/o  et  mezura  amano  la  pace  lotio  et 


One]  FIRST  VOYAGE  AROUND  THE  WORLD  1 47 

Those  girls  were  very  beautiful  and  almost  as  white 
as  our  girls  and  as  large.  They  were  naked  except 
for  tree  cloth  hanging  from  the  waist  and  reach- 
ing to  the  knees.  Some  were  quite  naked  and  had 
large  holes  in  their  ears  with  a small  round  piece 
of  wood  in  the  hole,  which  keeps  the  hole  round 
and  large.  They  have  long  black  hair,  and  wear  a 
short  cloth  about  the  head,  and  are  always  barefoot. 
The  prince  had  three  quite  naked  girls  dance  for 
us.  We  took  refreshments  and  then  went  to  the 
ships.  Those  gongs  are  made  of  brass  \^metalo\  and 
are  manufactured  in  the  regions  about  the  Signio 
Magno  294  which  is  called  China.  They  are  used 
in  those  regions  as  we  use  bells  and  are  called 
aghon ,295 

On  Wednesday  morning,  as  one  of  our  men  had 
died  during  the  previous  night,  the  interpreter  and 
1 296  went  to  ask  the  king  where  we  could  bury  him. 
We  found  the  king  surrounded  by  many  men,  of 
whom,  after  the  due  reverence  was  made,  I asked 
it.297  He  replied,  “If  I and  my  vassals  all  belong  to 
your  sovereign,  how  much  more  ought  the  land.”  I 
told  the  king  that  we  would  like  to  consecrate  the 
place,298  and  to  set  up  a cross  there.  He  replied 
that  he  was  quite  satisfied,  and  that  he  wished  to 
adore  the  cross  as  did  we.  The  deceased  was  buried 
in  the  square  with  as  much  pomp  as  possible,  in  order 
to  furnish  a good  example.  Then  we  consecrated  the 
place,  and  in  the  evening  buried  another  man.  We 
carried  a quantity  of  merchandise  ashore  which  we 
stored  in  a house.  The  king  took  it  under  his  care 
as  well  as  four  men  who  were  left  to  trade  the  goods 
by  wholesale.299  Those  people  live  in  accordance  with 
justice,  and  have  weights  and  measures.  They  love 


PRIMO  VIAGGIO  INTORNO  AL  MONDO  [Voi. 

laquiete  anno  bilancie  de  legnio  lo  legnio  a vna 
corda  neL  mezo  co  LaqaL  /e tiene  duno  capo  e 
piombo  et  delalt0  /egni  corno  carti  terci  et  librr 
Quando  voleno  pezare  pigliano  la  belan/ia  cfi  e co 
tre  filli  corno  le  nre  et  la  meteno  /oura  li  /egni  et  cu/i 
pe/ano  Ju/to  anno  mezure  grandi//ime  /enza 
fondo  le  Jouane  Jogano  de  Zampognia  fate  Como 
le  nre  et  le  chiamano  Subin  le  ca/e  forino  de  legni 
de  taule  et  de  cane  edificate  /opa  pali  gro//i  alti  de 
terra  q bi/ognia  andarui  dent°  co  /calle  et  anno 
camare  corno  le  nre  foto  le  ca/e  teneno  li  porci  capre 
et  gaiine  /e  trouono  quiui  corniolli  grandi  belli  aL 
vedere  q amazano  le  balene  leqalle  le  Jnguiotano  viui 
Quando  loro  fonno  neL  corpo  veneno  fuora  deL  fuo 
coperto  et  li  magiano  eL  core  Que/ta  gente  le 
trouano  poi  viui  apre//o  deL  core  dele  ballenne 
morte  Quenti  anno  denti  la  pelle  negra  iL  coperto 
biancho  et  La  carne  Sonno  boni  da  mangiare  et  le 
chiamano  laghan. 

Vennere  li  mo/tra//emo  vna  botega  pienna  de  le 
nre  merchantie  p ilque  re/toronno  molto  admirati 
p metalle  fero  et  lalta  merchantia  gro//a  ne  dauano 
horo  p le  altre  menute  ne  dauào  ri/o  porci  et  capre 
co  altre  vi  tuualgie  Que/ti  populi  ne  dauano  x 
peci  de  oro  p xiiij  libre  de  ferro  vno  pezo  e circo 
duno  ducato  emezo  Lo  cap°  gnale  non  voi  /e  /e 
piglia//e  tropo  oro  perque  / arebe  / tato  alguno  mari- 
naro q hauerebe  dato  tuto  Lo  fuo  p vno  poco  de  oro 


One]  FIRST  VOYAGE  AROUND  THE  WORLD  1 49 

peace,  ease,  and  quiet.  They  have  wooden  balances, 
the  bar  of  which  has  a cord  in  the  middle  by  which 
it  is  held.  At  one  end  is  a bit  of  lead,  and  at  the  other 
marks  like  quarter-libras,  third-libras,  and  libras. 
When  they  wish  to  weigh  they  take  the  scales  which 
has  three  wires  like  ours,  and  place  it  above  the 
marks,  and  so  weigh  accurately.300  They  have  very 
large  measures  without  any  bottom.301  The  youth 
play  on  pipes  made  like  ours  which  they  call  subin. 
Their  houses  are  constructed  of  wood,  and  are  built 
of  planks  and  bamboo,  raised  high  from  the  ground 
on  large  logs,  and  one  must  enter  them  by  means  of 
ladders.  They  have  rooms  like  ours  ; and  under  the 
house  they  keep  their  swine,  goats,  and  fowls.  Large 
sea  snails  [ corniolli ],  beautiful  to  the  sight,  are  found 
there  which  kill  whales.  For  the  whale  swallows 
them  alive,  and  when  they  are  in  the  whale’s  body, 
they  come  out  of  their  shells  and  eat  the  whale’s 
heart.  Those  people  afterward  find  them  alive  near 
the  dead  whale’s  heart^Those  creatures  have  black 
teeth  and  skin  and  a white  shell,  and  the  flesh  is  good 
to  eat.  They  are  called  laghan302 

On  Friday  we  showed  those  people  a shop  full  of 
our  merchandise,303  at  which  they  were  very  much 
surprised.  For  metals,  iron,  and  other  large  mer- 
chandise they  gave  us  gold.  For  the  other  smaller 
articles  they  gave  us  rice,  swine,  goats,  and  other 
food.  Those  people  gave  us  x pieces  of  gold  for  xiiii 
libras  of  iron  304  (one  piece  being  worth  about  one 
and  one-half  ducados).  The  captain-general  did  not 
wish  to  take  too  much  gold,  for  there  would  have 
been  some  sailors  who  would  have  given  all  that  they 
owned  for  a small  amount  of  gold,  and  would  have 


I 5°  PRIMO  VIAGGIO  INTORNO  AL  MONDO  [Voi. 

et  haueria  di/conciato  Lo  trafigo  p semper  Sabato 
p hauer  pme//o  Lo  re  aL  cap°  de  far/i  xpiano  ne  la 
dominicha  /e  fece  ne  la  piaza  q era  /aerata  vno  tribu- 
nali adornato  de  tapi//eria  et  rami  de  palma  p 
baptizarlo  et  mandoli  adire  q nella  maóna  nò  hau e/e 
paure  dele  bombarde  per  ciò  era  no/t°  co/tume  ne  le 
fe/te  magiore  de/caricar  /en za  pietre. 

Domeniga  maóna  a Quatordize  de  ap^le  anda /- 
/emo  in  terra  Quaranta  hòj  co  duy  homini  tucti 
armati  denanzi  aLa  bandiera  realle  Quante  di/mò 
ta//emo  /e  tira  tucta  lartigliaria  Que/ti  populi 
/iguiào  diqua  et  de  la  Lo  cap0  et  lo  re  /e  abracio- 
rono  li  di//e  q la  bandera  realle  no  fi  portaua  in  terra 
/ inon  co  cinquanta  homini  Como  erano  li  dui  armati 
et  co  cinquanta  /chiopeteri  ma  p lo  fuo  grande  amore 
co/i  la  haueua  portata  poi  tuti  aiegri  anda//emo 
pre//o  aL  tribunali  Lo  cap°  et  Lo  re  /edeuào  in 
cathedre  de  veluto  roffo  et  morello  li  principalli  in 
cu//ini  li  alt1  / oura  / tore  lo  Cap°  di  //e  aL  re  p lo 
interprete  ringratia//e  ydio  p ciò  lo  haueua  in/pirato 
a far/e  xpano  et  que  vincerebe  piu  facilmente  li  fui 
nemi/i  q prima  ri/po/e  q voleua  e//e re  xpiano  ma 
alguni  fui  principali  nò  voleuano  ho  bedire  p che 
diceuano  e//e re  cu//i  homini  corno  lui  alhora  lo 
nro  cap°  fece  chiamare  tucti  li  principali  deL  re  et 
di/ /eli  /en on  hobediuào  aL  re  corno  fuo  re  li  farebe 
amazare  et  daria  la  / ua  roba  aL  re  Ri/po/eno  lo 


One]  FIRST  VOYAGE  AROUND  THE  WORLD  I 5 1 

spoiled  the  trade  for  ever.305  On  Saturday,  as  the 
captain  had  promised  the  king  to  make  him  a Chris- 
tian on  Sunday,  a platform  was  built  in  the  conse- 
crated square,  which  was  adorned  with  hangings  and 
palm  branches  for  his  baptism.  The  captain-gen- 
eral sent  men  to  tell  the  king  not  to  be  afraid  of 
the  pieces  that  would  be  discharged  in  the  morn- 
ing, for  it  was  our  custom  to  discharge  them  at  our 
greatest  feasts  without  loading  with  stones.306 

On  Sunday  morning,  April  fourteen,  forty  men 
of  us  went  ashore,  two  of  whom  were  completely 
armed  and  preceded  the  royal  banner.307  When  we 
reached  land  all  the  artillery  was  fired.308  Those 
people  followed  us  hither  and  thither.  The  captain 
and  the  king  embraced.  The  captain  told  the  king 
that  the  royal  banner  was  not  taken  ashore  except 
with  fifty  men  armed  as  were  those  two,  and  with 
fifty  musketeers;  but  so  great  was  his  love  for  him 
that  he  had  thus  brought  the  banner.309  Then  we  all 
approached  the  platform  joyfully.  The  captain  and 
the  king  sat  down  in  chairs  of  red  and  violet  velvet,310 
the  chiefs  on  cushions,  and  the  others  on  mats.311  The 
captain  told  the  king  through  the  interpreter  that 
he  thanked  God  for  inspiring  him  to  became  a 
Christian;  and  that  [now]  he  would  more  easily  con- 
quer his  enemies  than  before.  The  king  replied  that 
he  wished  to  become  a Christian,  but  that  some  of 
his  chiefs  did  not  wish  to  obey,  because  they  said 
that  they  were  as  good  men  as  he.  Then  our  captain 
had  all  the  chiefs  of  the  king  called,  and  told  them 
that,  unless  they  obeyed  the  king  as  their  king,  he 
would  have  them  killed,  and  would  give  their  pos- 
sessions to  the  king.  They  replied  that  they  would 


I52  PRIMO  VIAGGIO  INTORNO  AL  MONDO  [Voi. 

hebedirebéo  di  //e  aL  re  /e  andaua  in  / pagnia 
retornarebe  vnalta  volta  co  tanto  potere  q lo  faria  Lo 
magior  re  de  qelle  parte  per  che  era  /tato  pTno  a 
voler  far/e  xpiano  leuando  li  many  aL  dello  Lo 
rengratio  et  pregolo  alguni  de  Ly  foy  riman e//e  agio 
meglio  lui  et  li  fui  populi  focero  in/tructi  nelafede 
Lo  cap0  re/po/e  que  p Contentarlo  li  La//arebe  duy 
ma  voleua  menar  /eco  dui  fanciulli  deli  principalli 
acio  in  para//eno  la  linga  nra  et  poi  aLa  ritornato 
/ape//ero  dire  aque/ti  altri  le  co/e  de/pagnia  /e 
mi//e  vna  croce  grande  neL  mezo  de  la  piaza  Lo 
cap°  li  di//e  /e/i  voleuào  far  xpiani  Como  haueuào 
deto  nelli  giornj  pa//ati  li  bi/ogniaua  bru  / are  tucti 
li  fui  ydoli  et  neL  luoco  loro  metere  vna  croce  et  ogni 
di  co  le  mane  Joncte  adorarla  et  ogni  matina  neL  vzo 
far/i  lo  /egnio  de  La  croce  mo/trandoli  corno  li 
faceua  et  ogni  hora  al  meno  de  matina  doue//eno 
veni  re  a que/ta  croce  et  adorarla  in  genoquioni  et 
qeL  q haueuào  Ja  deto  vole/er  co  le  bonne  opere  con- 
firmarlo el  re  co  tucti  li  alt1  voleuào  confirmare  lo 
tucto  lo  cap°  gnale  li  di//e  corno  /era  ve/tito  tuto 
de  biancho  p mo/trarli  Lo  fuo  f incero  amore  ver/o 
de  loro  ri/po/ero  p li  fui  dolci  paroli  nò  /aperli 
re/pondere.  Con  que/te  bonne  parolle  lo  cap°  con- 
duce lo  re  p la  mào  /uL  tribunalle  p baptizarlo  et 


One]  FIRST  VOYAGE  AROUND  THE  WORLD  I 5 3 

obey  him.  The  captain  told  the  king  that  he  was 
going  to  Spagnia,  but  that  he  would  return  again 
with  so  many  forces  that  he  would  make  him  the 
greatest  king  of  those  regions,  as  he  had  been  the 
first  to  express  a determination  to  become  a Chris- 
tian. The  king,  lifting  his  hands  to  the  sky,  thanked 
the  captain,  and  requested  him  to  let  some  of  his  men 
remain  [with  him],  so  that  he  and  his  people  might 
be  better  instructed  in  the  faith.  The  captain  replied 
that  he  would  leave  two  men  to  satisfy  him,  but  that 
he  would  like  to  take  two  of  the  children  of  the  chiefs 
with  him,  so  that  they  might  learn  our  language, 
who  afterward  on  their  return  would  be  able  to  tell 
the  others  the  wonders  [ cose ] of  Spagnia.  A large 
cross  was  set  up  in  the  middle  of  the  square.  The 
captain  told  them  that  if  they  wished  to  become 
Christians  as  they  had  declared  on  the  previous  days, 
that  they  must  burn  all  their  idols  and  set  up  a cross 
in  their  place^  They  were  to  adore  that  cross  daily 
with  clasped  hands,  and  every  morning  after  their 
[/.£.,  the  Spaniards’]  custom,  they  were  to  make  the 
sign  of  the  cross  (which  the  captain  showed  them 
how  to  make)  ; and  they  ought  to  come  hourly,  at 
least  in  the  morning,  to  that  cross,  and  adore  it  kneel- 
ing. The  intention  that  they  had  already  declared, 
they  were  to  confirm  with  good  works.  The  king 
and  all  the  others  wished  to  confirm  it  thoroughly. 
The  captain-general  told  the  king  that  he  was  clad 
all  in  white  to  demonstrate  his  sincere  love  toward 
them.  They  replied  that  they  could  not  respond  to 
his  sweet  words.  The  captain  led  the  king  by  the 
hand  to  the  platform  while  speaking  these  good 
words  in  order  to  baptize  him.  He  told  the  king 


154  PRIMO  VIAGGIO  INTORNO  AL  MONDO  [Voi. 

di//eli  /e  chiameria  don  cario  corno  alinperator  fuo 
/igniore  aL  principe  don  fernando  corno  aL  fratello 
delinperator  al  Re  de  mazaua  Johanni  a vno  princi- 
pals fernando  corno  iL  principals  no/t°  gioe  Lo 
cap°.  Al  moro  x°foro  poy  ali  alt1  aq*  vno  nome  et 
aq*  vno  alt°  forenno  baptizati  inanzi  me//a  cinque 
cento  hominj  Vdita  la  me//a  lo  cap°  conuito 
adi/nar  /eco  lo  re  co  altri  principali  nò  voi/ero  ne 
acompagniarono  fina  ala  riua  le  naui  /caricorono 
tutte  le  bombarde  et  abrazando/e  pre//ero  Com- 
biatto. 

Dopo  di/nare  il  prete  et  alguni  altri  anda//emo  in 
terra  p baptizar  La  reyna  laqalle  venne  co  quaranta 
dame  la  conduce//emo  /opa  lo  tribunals  facendola 
/edere  /oura  vno  co//ino  et  lalte  Zirca  ella  fin  qeL 
prete  Sapara  li  mo/tray  vno  Jmagine  de  La  nra 
donna  vno  bambino  di  legnio  beli//imo  et  vna  croce 
p il  que  li  venne  vna  contrictiòe  q piangendo  do- 
mando lo  bate/imo  la  nomina  /emo  Johanna  corno  la 
madre  de  Imperato?  / ua  figliola  moglie  deL  principe 
Catherina  la  reyna  de  mazaua  lizabeta  a le  altre 
ognuna  lo  fuo  nome  bap  tiza//emo  octo  cento 
anime  fra  homini  donne  et  fanciulli  la  regina  era 
Jouene  et  bella  tuta  coperta  duno  panno  biancho  et 
nero  haueua  la  bocha  et  le  onghie  ro/i//ime  in  capo 
vno  capello  grande  de  foglie  de  palma  amodo  de 
/ olana  co  vna  coronna  in  circa  de  le  mede/me  foglie 
corno  qella  deL  papa  ne  may  va  in  alguno  locho 
/enza  vna  de  que/te  ne  demando  iL  banbino  p 


One]  FIRST  VOYAGE  AROUND  THE  WORLD  155 

that  he  would  call  him  Don  Carlo,  after  his  sover- 
eign the  emperor;  the  prince,  Don  Fernando,  after 
the  emperor’s  brother;  the  king  of  Mazaua,  Johanni; 
a chief,  Fernando,  after  our  chief,  that  is  to  say,  the 
captain;  the  Moro,  Christoforo;  and  then  the  others, 
now  one  name,  and  now  another.  Five  hundred  men 
were  baptized  before  mass.  After  the  conclusion  of 
mass,  the  captain  invited  the  king  and  some  of  the 
other  chiefs  to  dinner,  but  they  refused,  accompany- 
ing us,  however,  to  the  shore.  The  ships  discharged 
all  the  mortars;  and  embracing,  the  king  and  chiefs 
and  the  captain  took  leave  of  one  another.312 

After  dinner  the  priest  and  some  of  the  others 
went  ashore  to  baptize  the  queen,  who  came  with 
forty  women.  We  conducted  her  to  the  platform, 
and  she  was  made  to  sit  down  upon  a cushion,  and 
the  other  women  near  her,  until  the  priest  should  be 
ready.  She  was  shown  an  image  of  our  Lady,  a very 
beautiful  wooden  child  Jesus,  and  a cross.  There- 
upon, she  was  overcome  with  contrition,  and  asked 
for  baptism  amid  her  tears.313  We  named  her 
Johanna,  after  the  emperor’s  mother;  her  daughter, 
the  wife  of  the  prince,  Catherina;  the  queen  of 
Mazaua,  Lisabeta;  and  the  others,  each  their  [dis- 
tinctive] name.  Counting  men,  women,  and  chil- 
dren, we  baptized  eight  hundred  souls.314  The  queen 
was  young  and  beautiful,  and  was  entirely  covered 
with  a white  and  black  cloth.  Her  mouth  and  nails 
were  very  red,  while  on  her  head  she  wore  a large 
hat  of  palm  leaves  in  the  manner  of  a parasol,315  with 
a crown  about  it  of  the  same  leaves,  like  the  tiara  of 
the  pope;  and  she  never  goes  any  place  without  such 
a one.316  She  asked  us  to  give  her  the  little  child 


156  PRIMO  VIAGGIO  INTORNO  AL  MONDO  [Voi. 

tenerlo  in  locho  de  li  /oi  ydoli  et  poy  /e  parti  fui- 
tardi  iL  re  et  la  reyna  co  a/ay//ime  per/onne  ven- 
nerono  aL  lito  lo  cap°  alhora  fece  tirare  molte 
trombe  de  fuocho  et  bombarde  grò //e  p ilche 
pigliaronno  grandi/imo  piacer  eL  cap°  et  lo  re 
/e  chiamanào  fratelli  Que/to  re  /e  chiamaua  raia 
humabò  Jnanzi  pa/a//eno  octo  giorni  forenno 
baptizati  tucti  de  que/ta  y/ola  et  dele  altre  alguni 
bru/a//emo  vna  vila  p nò  voliere  hobedire  aL  re  ne 
a noy  la  qalle  era  in  vna  y/ola  vicina  aque/ta  pone/- 
/emo  quiui  la  croce  p que  que/ti  populi  eranno  gen- 
tilli  /e  fo//ero  /tato  mori  li  hauere//emo  po/to 
vna  colonna  in  /egnio  de  piu  dureza  p che  li  mori 
formo  a/ay  piu  duri  p conuertirli  cha  li  gentilli. 

Jn  que/ti  giorni  lo  cap°  gnalle  andaua  ogni  di  in 
terra  p vdire  me//a  et  diceua  aL  re  molte  co/e  de  La 
fede  La  regina  vene  vno  giorno  co  molta  pompa 
ad  vdir  la  me//a  tre  donzelle  li  andauào  dinanzi 
con  tre  de  li  fui  capelli  in  mào  eLa  era  ve/tita  de 
negro  et  biancho  co  vno  velo  grande  de  /età  trauer- 
/ ato  co  li/te  de  oro  in  capo  q li  copriua  li  /palle  et 
co  Lo  fuo  capello  a/ai//ime  donne  la  /eguiuào 
leqalle  erào  tute  nude  et  di/calce  /e non  Jntorno  le 
parte  tgonio/e  haueuào  vno  paniocolo  de  tella  de 
palma  et  atorno  lo  capo  vno  velo  picollo  et  tucti  li 
capilli  /par/i  La  regina  facta  la  reuerentia  aL 
altare  /edete  /upa  vno  co//ino  Lauorato  di  /età 
inanzi  /e  comen/a//e  la  me//a  iL  cap°  la  ba  gnio  co 
alquante  /ue  dame  de  hacqua  roza  mu/chiata  molto 


One]  FIRST  VOYAGE  AROUND  THE  WORLD  157 

Jesus  to  keep  in  place  of  her  idols;317  and  then  she 
went  away.  In  the  afternoon,318  the  king  and  queen, 
accompanied  by  numerous  persons,  came  to  the 
shore.  Thereupon,  the  captain  had  many  trombs  of 
fire  and  large  mortars  discharged,  by  which  they 
were  most  highly  delighted.319  The  captain  and  the 
king  called  one  another  brothers.  That  king’s  name 
was  Raia  Humabon.  Before  that  week  had  gone,  all 
the  persons  of  that  island,  and  some  from  the  other 
islands,  were  baptized.  We  burned  one  hamlet 
which  was  located  in  a neighboring  island,  because 
it  refused  to  obey  the  king  or  us.  We  set  up  the  cross 
there  for  those  people  were  heathen.  Had  they  been 
Moros,  we  would  have  erected  a column  there  as  a 
token  of  greater  hardness,  for  the  Moros  are  much 
harder  to  convert  than  the  heathen. 

The  captain-general  went  ashore  daily  during 
those  days  to  hear  mass,  and  told  the  king  many 
things  regarding  the  faith.320  One  day  the  queen 
came  with  great  pomp  to  hear  mass.  Three  girls 
preceded  her  with  three  of  her  hats  in  their  hands.321 
She  was  dressed  in  black  and  white  with  a large  silk 
scarf,  crossed  with  gold  stripes  thrown  over  her 
head,  which  covered  her  shoulders;  and  she  had  on 
her  hat.  A great  number  of  women  accompanied 
her,  who  were  all  naked  and  barefoot,  except  that 
they  had  a small  covering  of  palm-tree  cloth  before 
their  privies,  and  a small  scarf  upon  the  head,  and 
all  with  hair  flowing  free.  The  queen,  having  made 
the  due  reverence  to  the  altar,  seated  herself  on  a silk 
embroidered  cushion.  Before  the  commencement  of 
the  mass,  the  captain  sprayed  her  and  some  of  her 
women  with  musk  rosewater,  for  they  delighted  ex- 


IS^  PRIMO  VIAGGIO  INTORNO  AL  MONDO  [Voi. 

/e  delectauào  de  talle  odore  /apendo  Lo  cap°  qeL 
bambino  molto  piaceua  a la  reyna  liel  dono  et  li  di/ /e 
Lo  ten  e/'/e  in  Locho  de  li  fui  ydoli  p che  era  in 
memoria  deL  figloL  de  dio  ringratiandolo  molto 
lo  accepto. 

Vno  giorno  lo  cap°  gnale  inanzi  me//a  fe//e  venire 
lo  re  ve/tito  co  la  /uà  ve/ ta  de  /età  et  li  principali 
de  la  cita  iL  fradello  deL  re  padre  deL  principe  Se 
chiamaua  bendara  vno  alt°  fratello  deL  re  Cadaio  et 
alguni  Simiut  / ibuaia  Sisacai  et  maghalibe  et  molti 
alt1  que  la//o  p non  e//e re  longo  fece  tuti  q/ti 
Jurare  e//e re  hobedienti  aL  /uo  re  et  li  ba/aronno  la 
mano  poi  fece  qeL  re  de//ere  /empre  hobediente  et 
fìdelle  aL  re  de/pagnia  co/i  lo  Juro  alhora  iL 
cap°  cauo  la  / ua  / pada  inanzi  la  ymagina  de  nra 
donna  et  di//e  aL  re  Quando  co //i  /e  Juraua  piu 
pre/to  doueria/i  morire  que  aromper  vno  / imiL 
Juramèto  / iqueL  Juraua  p que/ta  ymagine  p la  vita 
de  limperator  /uo  se.  et  p il  /uo  habito  de//erle  /em- 
pre fìdelle  facto  que/to  lo  cap°  donno  aL  re  vna 
cathedra  de  veluta  ro//o  dicendoli  ounque  anda//e 
/emp  La  face//e  portare  dinanzi  avn  /uo  piu  por- 
pinque  et  mo/troli  Como  La  fi  doueua  portare 
re/po/e  Lo  farebe  volentierj  p amore  /uo  et  di/ce  aL 
cap°  Como  faceua  far  vna  Joya  p donarlila  laqaL  era 
due  /chione  doro  grande  p tacare  ali  oreq‘e  due  p 
metere  ali  brazi  Soura  li  gomedi  et  due  altre  p pore 
ali  piedi  /oura  le  calcagnie  et  altre  petre  predo /e  p 


One]  FIRST  VOYAGE  AROUND  THE  WORLD  159 

ceedingly  in  such  perfumes.  The  captain  knowing 
that  the  queen  was  very  much  pleased  with  the  child 
Jesus,  gave  it  to  her,  telling  her  to  keep  it  in  place  of 
her  idols,  for  it  was  in  memory  322  of  the  son  of  God. 
Thanking  him  heartily  she  accepted  it. 

Before  mass  one  day,  the  captain-general  had  the 
king  come  clad  in  his  silk  robe,  and  the  chief  men  of 
the  city,  [to  wit],  the  king’s  brother  and  prince’s 
father,  whose  name  was  Bendara;  another  of  the 
king’s  brothers,  Cadaio;  and  certain  ones  called 
Simiut,  Sibuaia,  Sisacai,  Maghalibe,  and  many 
others  whom  I shall  not  name  in  order  not  to  be 
tedious.323  The  captain  made  them  all  swear  to  be 
obedient  to  their  king,  and  they  kissed  the  latter’s 
hand.  Then  the  captain  had  the  king  declare  that 
he  would  always  be  obedient  and  faithful  to  the  king 
of  Spagnia,  and  the  king  so  swore.324  Thereupon,  the 
captain  drew  his  sword  before  the  image  of  our 
Lady,  and  told  the  king  that  when  anyone  so  swore, 
he  should  prefer  to  die  rather  than  to  break  such  an 
oath,325  if  he  swore  by  that  image,  by  the  life  of  the 
emperor  his  sovereign,  and  by  his  habit  to  be  ever 
faithful.  After  the  conclusion  of  that  the  captain 
gave  the  king  a red  velvet  chair,  telling  him  that 
wherever  he  went  he  should  always  have  it  carried 
before  him  by  one  of  his  nearest  relatives;  and  he 
showed  him  how  it  ought  to  be  carried.  The  king 
responded  that  he  would  do  that  willingly  for  love 
of  him,  and  he  told  the  captain  that  he  was  making 
a jewel  to  give  to  him,  namely,  two  large  earrings 
of  gold  to  fasten  326  in  his  ears,  two  armlets  to  put 
on  his  arms,  above  the  elbows,  and  two  other  rings 
for  the  feet  above  the  ankles,  besides  other  precious 


PRIMO  VIAGGIO  INTORNO  AL  MONDO  [Voi. 


I 6o 

adornare  le  orechie  Que/ti  forino  li  piu  belli 
adornamèti  po//ano  vzare  li  re  de  que/te  bande 
liqalli  /empre  vano  de/calci  con  vno  panno  de  tella 
de  la  cinta  fina  aL  ginochio. 

JL  cap°  gnale  vno  Jorno  di//e  al  re  et  ali  alt1  p qaL 
cagionne  nò  bruzauào  li  /di  ydoli  corno  li  haueuào 
pme//o  e/endo  chri/tiannj  et  p che  /e  Ly  /acrificaua 
tanta  Carne  ri/po/ero  qeL  q faceuào  non  Lo 
faceuào  p loro  ma  p vno  infermo  agio  li  ydoli  li 
da//e  /alute  laqaL  non  parlaua  Ja  cat°  giorni  era 
fratello  deL  principe  et  Lo  piu  valente  et  Sauio  de 
La  y/olo  Lo  cap°  gli  di//e  q bru//a/ero  le  ydoli  et 
crede//eno  in  chri/to  et  /e  linfermo  /e  bapti/a//e 
/ubito  garirebe  et  /e  ciò  no  foce  li  taglia//ero  Lo 
capo  alhora  alhora  ri/po/e  lo  re  lo  farebe  p che 
varamete  credeua  in  chri/to  face//emo  vna  pce//ione 
dela  piaza  fino  aLa  ca/a  de  linfermo  aL  meglio 
pote//emo  oue  Lo  troua//emo  que  non  poteua  par- 
lare ne  mouer/e  Lo  baptiza//emo  co  due  fue 
mogliere  et  x donzelle  poi  lo  cap°  li  fece  dire  corno 
/ taua  /ubito  parlo  et  di//e  corno  p la  graca  de  nfo  sor. 
/ taua  a//ay  benne  Que/to  fu  vno  manife//imo 
miraculo  nelli  tempi  no/t1  Quando  Lo  cap°  Lo  vdi 
parlare  rengratio  molto  ydio  et  aloro  li  fece  beuere 
vna  mandolata  q già  laueua  facta  fare  p lui  poi 
mandogli  vno  matarazo  vno  paro  de  len/oli  vna 
Coperta  de  panno  Jallo  et  vno  cu//ino  et  ogni  giorno 
fin  q fo  / anno  li  màdo  mandolattj  acqua  ro/a  oleo 


One]  FIRST  VOYAGE  AROUND  THE  WORLD  l6l 

gems  to  adorn  327  the  ears.  Those  are  the  most  beau- 
tiful ornaments  which  the  kings  of  those  districts  can 
wear.  They  always  go  barefoot,  and  wear  a cloth 
garment  that  hangs  from  the  waist  to  the  knees. 

One  day  the  captain-general  asked  the  king  and 
the  other  people  why  they  did  not  burn  their  idols 
as  they  had  promised  when  they  became  Christians; 
and  why  they  sacrificed  so  much  flesh  to  them.  They 
replied  that  what  they  were  doing  was  not  for  them- 
selves, but  for  a sick  man  who  had  not  spoken  now 
for  four  days,  so  that  the  idols  might  give  him  health. 
He  was  the  prince’s  brother,  and  the  bravest  and 
wisest  man  in  the  island.  The  captain  told  them 
to  burn  their  idols  and  to  believe  in  Christ,  and  that 
if  the  sick  man  were  baptized,  he  would  quickly  re- 
cover; and  if  that  did  not  so  happen  they  could  be- 
head him  [Le.,  the  captain]  then  and  there.  There- 
upon, the  king  replied  that  he  would  do  it,  for  he 
truly  believed  in  Christ.  We  made  a procession 
from  the  square  to  the  house  of  the  sick  man  with 
as  much  pomp  as  possible.  There  we  found  him  in 
such  condition  that  he  could  neither  speak  nor  move. 
We  baptized  him  and  his  two  wives,  and  x girls. 
Then  the  captain  had  him  asked  how  he  felt.  He 
spoke  immediately  and  said  that  by  the  grace  of  our 
Lord  he  felt  very  well.  That  was  a most  manifest 
miracle  [that  happened]  in  our  times.  When  the 
captain  heard  him  speak,  he  thanked  God  fervently. 
Then  he  made  the  sick  man  drink  some  almond  milk, 
which  he  had  already  had  made  for  him.  Afterward 
he  sent  him  a mattress,  a pair  of  sheets,  a coverlet 
of  yellow  cloth,  and  a pillow.  Until  he  recovered 
his  health,  the  captain  sent  him  almond  milk,  rose- 


I 62  PRIMO  VIAGGIO  INTORNO  AL  MONDO  [Voi. 

rozato  et  algune  con/erue  de  zucaro  nò  /tete  cinque 
giorni  qeL  comincio  a andare  fece  bruzare  vno  ydolo 
q teniuào  a/co/o  certe  vecquie  in  ca/a  /ua  in  pntia 
deL  re  et  tu  to  Lo  populo  et  fece  di/fare  molti  taber- 
nacoli p la  riua  deL  mare  neliqalli  mangiauào  la 
carne  con/acrata  Loro  mede/imi  Cridarono  ca /- 
tiglia  ca/tiglia  li  rouinauào  et  di//eno  /e  dio  li 
pre/taua  vita  bru/arebenno  quanti  ydoli  pot e//e 
trouare  et  /e  benne  fu//ero  in  ca/a  deL  re.  Que/ti 
ydoli  /onno  de  legnio  Concaui  /enza  li  parti  de 
drieto  anno  Ly  brazi  aperti  et  li  piedi  voltati  in 
/u/o  con  le  gambe  aperte  et  Lo  volto  grande  co  quat0 
denti  grandi//imj  corno  porci  cingiari  et  formo  tucti 
depintj 

Jn  Que/ta  ysola  formo  molte  ville  li  nomi  de 
leqalle  et  deli  suoi  et  deli  fui  prin  cipali  formo  que/ti 
Cinghapola  li  fui  principali  Cilaton  Ciguibucan 
Cimaningha  Cimatichat  CicanbuL  Vna  mandaui  iL 
fuo  principali  apanoaan  Vna  lalan  iL  fuo  princi- 
pali theteu  Vna  lalutan  iL  fuo  principali  Tapan 
Vna  cilumai  et  vnalt3  lubucun  Tucti  q3/ti  ne 
hobediuào  et  ne  dauào  victuuaglia  et  tributo 
Apre//o  que/ta  yzola  de  zubu  ne  era  vna  q /e  chi- 
amaua  matan  laqaL  faceua  Lo  porto  doue  eramo  iL 
nome  dela  /ua  villa  era  matan  li  fui  principali  zula 
et  Cilapulapu  Quella  villa  q bruza//emo  era  in 
que/ta  yzola  et  Se  chiama  ua  bulaia 

Agio  que  vra  ilLma  sa  / apia  le  Cerimonie  q vzanno 
Co/toro  in  benedire  Lo  porco  primamente  Sonano 


One]  FIRST  VOYAGE  AROUND  THE  WORLD  I 63 

water,  oil  of  roses,  and  some  sweet  preserves.  Be- 
fore five  days  the  sick  man  began  to  walk.  He  had 
an  idol  that  certain  old  women  had  concealed  in  his 
house  burned  in  the  presence  of  the  king  and  all  the 
people.  He  had  many  shrines  along  the  seashore 
destroyed,328  in  which  the  consecrated  meat  was 
eaten.  The  people  themselves  cried  out  “ Castiglia! 
Castiglia!”  and  destroyed  329  those  shrines.  They 
said  that  if  God  would  lend  them  life,  they  would 
burn  all  the  idols  that  they  could  find,  even  if  they 
were  in  the  king’s  house.  Those  idols  are  made  of 
wood,  and  are  hollow,  and  lack  the  back  parts.  Their 
arms  are  open  and  their  feet  turned  up  under  them 
with  the  legs  open.  They  have  a large  face  with 
four  huge  tusks  like  those  of  the  wild  boar;  and  are 
painted  all  over. 

There  are  many  villages  in  that  island.  Their 
names,  those  of  their  inhabitants,  and  of  their  chiefs 
are  as  follows  : Cinghapola,  and  its  chiefs,  Cilaton, 
Ciguibucan,  Cimaningha,  Cimatichat,  and  Cican- 
bul;  one,  Mandaui,  and  its  chief,  Apanoaan;  one 
Lalan,  and  its  chief,  Theteu;  one,  Lalutan,  and  its 
chief,  Tapan;  one  Cilumai;  and  one,  Lubucun.330 
All  those  villages  rendered  obedience  to  us,  and  gave 
us  food  and  tribute.  Near  that  island  of  Zubu  was 
an  island  called  Matan,  which  formed  the  port  where 
we  were  anchored.  The  name  of  its  village  was 
Matan,  and  its  chiefs  were  Zula  and  Cilapulapu. 
That  city  which  we  burned  was  in  that  island  and 
was  called  Bulaia. 

In  order  that  your  most  illustrious  Lordship  may 
know  the  ceremonies  that  those  people  use  in  conse- 
crating the  swine,  they  first  sound  those  large 


I 64  PRIMO  VIAGGIO  INTORNO  AL  MONDO  [Voi. 

qelle  borchie  grandi  poi  /e  porta  tre  piati  gràdj  dui 
co  roze  et  fogace  de  rizo  et  miglio  cote  et  riuolte  in 
foglie  con  peche  bru/tolato.  Lalt°  con  panne  de 
Cambaia  et  due  banderete  di  palma  Vno  pano  de 
Cambaia  /e  di/tende  in  terra  poi  veneno  duy  fe- 
mine  Vequi//ime  cia/cuna  con  vno  tronbonne  de  cana 
in  mào  Quando  formo  montate  / uL  panno  fanno 
reuerentia  aL  /olle  poi  /e  ve/tenno  co  li  pannj  Vna 
/e  pone  vno  faciollo  ne  La  fronte  con  dui  cornj  et 
piglia  vnalt°  faciolo  ne  le  manj  et  baiando  et  / unando 
con  qello  chiama  iL  /olle  lalta  piglia  vna  de  qelle 
banderete  et  balla  et  / uona  col  / uo  tròbonne  ballo 
et  chiamào  cu//i  vno  pocho  fra  /e  dicendo  molte  co/e 
aL  /olle  Quella  deL  faciolo  piglia  lalta  bandereta 
et  la/cio  Lo  faciolo  et  ambe  due  /onando  co  li  trom- 
bonj  gran  pezo  balanno  intorno  Lo  porco  ligato 
Quella  dali  corni  /empre  parla  tacitamète  aL  /olle  et 
qeLa  alta  li  ri/ponde  poy  aqella  de  li  corni  li  e 
apre/entato  vna  taga  de  vino  et  baiando  et  dicendo 
certe  parolle  et  lalta  re/pondendoli  et  facendo  vista 
cat°  ho  cinque  volte  de  beuere  eL  vino  /parge  qello 
/oura  eL  core  deL  porcho  poy  / ubito  torna  abal- 
lare a Que/ta  mede/ima  vien  dato  vna  lancia  Ley 
vibrandola  et  dicendo  alquante  parolle  /empre  tute 
due  baiando  et  mo/trà  do  cat°  ho  cinque  volte  de  dare 
[de  dare:  doublet  in  originai  MS.~\  co  la  lancia  neL 
core  aL  porcho  con  vna  / ubbita  pre/teza  Lo  pa//a 
da  parte  aparte  pre/to  fi  /era  la  ferita  con  erba 


One] 


FIRST  VOYAGE  AROUND  THE  WORLD 


165 


gongs.331  Then  three  large  dishes  are  brought  in; 
two  with  roses  and  with  cakes  of  rice  and  millet, 
baked  and  wrapped  in  leaves,  and  roast  fish;  the 
other  with  cloth  of  Cambaia  332  and  two  standards 
made  of  palm-tree  cloth.  One  bit  of  cloth  of  Cam- 
baia is  spread  on  the  ground.  Then  two  very  old 
women  come,  each  of  whom  has  a bamboo  trumpet 
in  her  hand.  When  they  have  stepped  upon  the 
cloth  they  make  obeisance  to  the  sun.  Then  they 
wrap  the  cloths  about  themselves.  One  of  them  puts 
a kerchief  with  two  horns  on  her  forehead,  and  takes 
another  kerchief  in  her  hands,  and  dancing  and 
blowing  upon  her  trumpet,  she  thereby  calls  out  to 
the  sun.  The  other  takes  one  of  the  standards  and 
dances  and  blows  on  her  trumpet.  They  dance  and 
call  out  thus  for  a little  space,  saying  many  things 
between  themselves  to  the  sun.  She  with  the  ker- 
chief takes  the  other  standard,  and  lets  the  kerchief 
drop,  and  both  blowing  on  their  trumpets  for  a long 
time,  dance  about  the  bound  hog.  She  with  the 
horns  always  speaks  covertly  to  the  sun,  and  the  other 
answers  her.  A cup  of  wine  is  presented  to  her  of 
the  horns,  and  she  dancing  and  repeating  certain 
words,  while  the  other  answers  her,  and  making  pre- 
tense four  or  five  times  of  drinking  the  wine, 
sprinkles  it  upon  the  heart  of  the  hog.  Then  she 
immediately  begins  to  dance  again.  A lance  is  given 
to  the  same  woman.  She  shaking  it  and  repeating 
certain  words,  while  both  of  them  continue  to  dance, 
and  making  motions  four  or  five  times  of  thrusting 
the  lance  through  the  heart  of  the  hog,  with  a sudden 
and  quick  stroke,  thrusts  it  through  from  one  side 
to  the  other.  The  wound  is  quickly  stopped  333  with 


1 66  PRIMO  VIAGGIO  INTORNO  AL  MONDO  [Voi. 

qella  q amazato  iL  porcho  ponendo  /e  vna  tor/a 
acce/a  in  boca  la/morza  laqalle  /ta  /empre  acce/a  in 
que/te  Ceremonie  Lalta  coL  capo  deL  trombonne 
bagniandolo  neL  / angue  de  porcho  va  /anguinando 
coL  fuo  dito  La  fronte  p’ma  ali  foi  mariti  poy  ali  alt* 
ma  nò  venerono  may  a noi  poy  /e  di/ue/teno  et 
vano  amangiare  Quelle  co  /e  q /onno  nelli  piati  et 
Conuitano  Senon  femine  Lo  porcho  fi  pella  co  lo 
fuocho  / ique  ni  / uno  alt°  que  Le  vequie  con/acrano 
La  carne  di  porcho  et  nò  La  magiauào  /e  non  fo//e 
morta  de  que/ta  forte. 

Que/ti  populi  vano  nudi  portano  /blamente  vno 
pezo  de  tella  de  palma  otorno  Le  f ue  vergonie 
grandi  et  picoli  hanno  pa//ato  iL  fuo  membro  circa 
dela  te/ta  de  luna  parte  alalt3  con  vno  fero  de  oro 
houero  de  /tanio  groffo  corno  vna  penna  de  ocha  et 
in  vno  capo  et  lalt°  deL  mede/imo  fero  alguni  anno 
Como  vna  /tella  con  ponte  /oura  li  capi  alt1  corno 
vna  te/ta  de  chiodo  da  caro  a/ai//ime  volte  Lo 
vol/i  vedere  da  molti  co/i  veq1  Como  Joueni  p che  nò 
lo  potteua  credere  neL  mezo  dii  fero  e vn  buso  p 
ilqalle  vrinano  iL  fero  et  le  /telle  /emp  /tanno 
ferme  Loro  diceno  q le  /ue  moglie  voleno  cu//i  et  /e 
fo / /ero  de  altra  forte  nò  vzariano  co  elli  quando 
que/ti  voleno  vzare  co  le  femine  Loro  medi/ime  Lo 
pigliano  nò  in  ordine  et  Cominciano  pian  piano  a 
meter/i  dento0  p’mo  qella  /tella  de  /oura  et  poy  Lalt* 
Quanto  edent°  diuenta  in  ordine  et  cu/i  /empre  /ta 
dent°  fin  que  diuenta  molle  perche  altramèti  nò  Lo 


One]  FIRST  VOYAGE  AROUND  THE  WORLD  I 67 

grass.  The  one  who  has  killed  the  hog,  taking  in 
her  mouth  a lighted  torch,  which  has  been  lighted 
throughout  that  ceremony,  extinguishes  it.334  The 
other  one  dipping  the  end  of  her  trumpet  in  the 
blood  of  the  hog,  goes  around  marking  with  blood 
with  her  finger  first  the  foreheads  of  their  husbands, 
and  then  the  others  ; but  they  never  came  to  us.  Then 
they  divest  themselves  and  go  to  eat  the  contents  of 
those  dishes,  and  they  invite  only  women  [to  eat  with 
them].  The  hair  is  removed  from  the  hog  by  means 
of  fire.  Thus  no  one  but  old  women  consecrate  the 
flesh  of  the  hog,  and  they  do  not  eat  it  unless  it  is 
killed  in  this  way.335 

Those  people  go  naked,  wearing  but  one  piece  of 
palm-tree  cloth  about  336  their  privies.  The  males, 
large  and  small,  have  their  penis  pierced  from  one 
side  to  the  other  near  the  head,  with  a gold  or  tin 
bolt  as  large  as  a goose  quill.  In  both  ends  of  the  same 
bolt,  some  have  what  resembles  a spur,  with  points 
upon  the  ends  ; others  are  like  the  head  of  a cart  nail. 
I very  often  asked  many,  both  old  and  young,  to  see 
their  penis,  because  I could  not  credit  it.  In  the 
middle  of  the  bolt  is  a hole,  through  which  they 
urinate.  The  bolt  and  the  spurs  always  hold  firm. 
They  say  that  their  women  wish  it  so,  and  that  if  they 
did  otherwise  they  would  not  have  communication 
with  them.  When  the  men  wish  to  have  communi- 
cation with  their  women,  the  latter  themselves  take 
the  penis  not  in  the  regular  way  and  commence  very 
gently  to  introduce  it  [into  their  vagina],  with  the 
spur  on  top  first,  and  then  the  other  part.  When  it 
is  inside  it  takes  its  regular  position;  and  thus  the 
penis  always  stays  inside  until  it  gets  soft,  for  other- 


I 68  PRIMO  VIAGGIO  INTORNO  AL  MONDO  [Voi. 

porianno  cauare  fuora.  Que/ti  populi  vzanno 
que/to  pche  formo  de  debille  natura  anno  Quante 
moglie  voleno  ma  vna  principalle  Se  vno  deli 
nri  andaua  in  tera  co/i  dedi  Como  de  nocte  ogni  uno 
Lo  Conuitaua  que  mangia //e  et  qeL  beue//e  Le 
/ ue  viuande  formo  mezo  cote  et  molto  /alate 
beueno  /pe//o  et  molto  con  qelli  fui  Cannuti  dali 
valzi  et  duro  cinq3  o/ey  hore  vno  fuo  mangiare  Le 
donne  amauào  a/ay  piu  noy  que  que/ti  atucti  da  /e y 
anny  in  fu  apoco  apoco  li  apreno  la  natura  p cagion 
de  qelli  fui  membrj. 

Quando  vno  deli  fui  principali  emorto  li  vzanno 
que/te  Cerimonie  p‘ma  mente  tutte  le  donne 
principale  de  la  terra  vano  ala  ca/a  deL  morte  in 
mezo  dela  ca/a  / ta  lo  morto  in  vna  ca/a  in  torno  la 
ca/a  poneno  corde  a mo  do  duno  / tecato  neliqali 
atachano  molti  ramy  de  arbore  in  mezo  de  ogni 
ramo  e vno  panno  de  bonba/o  agui/a  de  pauiglioe 
Soto  liqualli  /e deanno  le  donne  piu  principali  tute 
coperte  de  panne  bianq1  de  bomba/o  per  vna  don- 
zella p ogni  vna  q li  faceua  vento  co  vno  /parauen- 
tolo  di  palma  le  alte  /e deanno  intorno  la  camera 
me/te  poy  era  vna  q tagliaua  apoco  apoco  co  vno 
cortello  li  capili!  aL  morto  vnalta  q era  / tata  la 
moglie  principale  deL  morto  giaceua  / oura  lui  et 
giungeua  la  /ua  boca  le  /ue  many  et  li  fui  piedi  con 
qelli  deL  morto.  Quando  qella  tagliaua  li  capilj 
que/ta  piangeua  et  Quando  re/taua  de  tagliarli 


One]  FIRST  VOYAGE  AROUND  THE  WORLD  I 69 

wise  they  could  not  pull  it  out.  Those  people  make 
use  of  that  device  because  they  are  of  a weak  nature. 
They  have  as  many  wives  as  they  wish,  but  one  of 
them  is  the  principal  wife.337  Whenever  any  of  our 
men  went  ashore,  both  by  day  and  by  night,  every 
one  invited  him  to  eat  and  to  drink.  Their  viands 
are  half  cooked  and  very  salty.  They  drink  fre- 
quently and  copiously  from  the  jars  338  through  those 
small  reeds,  and  one  of  their  meals  lasts  for  five  or 
six  hours.  The  women  loved  us  very  much  more 
than  their  own  men.  All  of  the  women  from  the 
age  of  six  years  and  upward,  have  their  vaginas 
[ natura ] gradually  opened  because  of  the  men’s 
penises.339 

They  practice  the  following  ceremonies  when  one 
of  their  chiefs  dies.  First  all  the  chief  340  women  of 
the  place  go  to  the  house  of  the  deceased.  The  de- 
ceased is  placed  in  the  middle  of  the  house  in  a box. 
Ropes  are  placed  about  the  box  in  the  manner  of  a 
palisade,  to  which  many  branches  of  trees  are  at- 
tached. In  the  middle  of  each  branch  hangs  a cot- 
ton cloth  like  a curtained  canopy.  The  most  prin- 
cipal women  sit  under  those  hangings,  and  are  all 
covered  with  white  cotton  cloth,  each  one  by  a girl 
who  fans  her  with  a palm-leaf  fan.  The  other 
women  sit  about  the  room  sadly.341  Then  there  is 
one  woman  who  cuts  off  the  hair  of  the  deceased 
very  slowly  with  a knife.  Another  who  was  the 
principal  wife  of  the  deceased,  lies  down  upon  him, 
and  places  her  mouth,  her  hands,  and  her  feet  upon 
those  of  the  deceased.  When  the  former  is  cutting 
off  the  hair,  the  latter  weeps;  and  when  the  former 
finishes  the  cutting,  the  latter  sings.  There  are  many 


17°  PRIMO  VIAGGIO  INTORNO  AL  MONDO  [Voi. 

que/ta  Cantaua  atorno  la  Camera  erano  molti 
vazi  di  porcelanna  con  fuoco  et  /upa  qello  mira 
/torac  et  belgioui  q faceuano  olere  la  ca/a  grande- 
mète  lo  teneno  in  ca/a  cinque  a/ey  giorni  cò  Que/te 
Cerimonie  Credo  /ia  onto  de  canfora  poi  Lo 
/epeli//eno  cò  La  mede/ima  ca/a  Serata  con  quiodi 
de  legnio  in  vno  legnio  coperto  et  circundato  de 
legni,  ogni  nocte  in  que/ta  cita  circa  de  la  meza 
nocte  veniua  vno  vccelo  negri//imo  grande  Como 
vno  Coruo  et  nò  era  cu//i  pre/to  ne  le  ca/e  cheL 
gridaua  p ilque  tucti  li  canj  vrlauào  et  duraua  quat0 
ocinque  ore  queL  / uo  gridare  et  vrlare  nò  ne 
vol/eno  may  dire  la  cagiò  de  que/to. 

Vennere  a vinti/ey  de  aqTLe  Zula  principale  de 
qella  y/ola  matan  mando  vno  /uo  figliolo  con  due 
capre  apre/entarle  aL  cap°  gnale  et  dicendoli  Como 
li  mandaua  tuta  /ua  pme//a  ma  p cagion  de  lalt0 
principalle  Cilapulapu  q nò  voleua  hobedire  aL  re 
de/pagnia  nò  haueua  potuto  mandarglila  et  que 
neLa  nocte  /eguente  li  manda//e  /olamente  vno  ba- 
tello  pienno  de  homini  p che  lui  li  aiutaria  et  com- 
bateria  Lo  cap°  gnale  delibero  de  andarui  cò  tre 
batelli  Lo  prega//emo  molto  nò  vole//e  vegnire 
ma  lui  Como  bon  pa/tore  non  voi  /e  abandonare  lo 
/uo  grege.  Ameza  nocte  /e  parti//emo  /exanta  ho- 
mini armati  de  cor/eletti  et  celade  in/ieme  col  re 
xpiano  iL  principi  et  alguni  magiori  et  vinti  o 
trenta  ba  languai  et  tre  hore  inan/i  Lo  Jorno  ariua /- 
/emo  a matan  Lo  cap°  non  voi  /e  Combater  alhora 
mali  mando  adire  p lo  moro  /e  voleuano  hobedire 


One]  FIRST  VOYAGE  AROUND  THE  WORLD  I 71 

porcelain  jars  containing  fire  about  the  room,  and 
myrrh,  storax,  and  bezoin,  which  make  a strong  odor 
through  the  house,  are  put  on  the  fire.  They  keep 
the  body  in  the  house  for  five  or  six  days  during  those 
ceremonies.  I believe  that  the  body  is  anointed  with 
camphor.  Then  they  bury  the  body  and  the  same 
box  which  is  shut  in  a log  by  means  of  wooden  nails 
and  covered  and  enclosed  by  logs  of  wood.342  Every 
night  about  midnight  in  that  city,  a jet  black  bird  as 
large  as  a crow  was  wont  to  come,  and  no  sooner  had 
it  thus  reached  the  houses  than  it  began  to  screech, 
so  that  all  the  dogs  began  to  howl  ; and  that  screech- 
ing and  howling  would  last  for  four  or  five  hours,343 
but  those  people  would  never  tell  us  the  reason  of  it. 

On  Friday,  April  twenty-six,  Zula,  a chief  of  the 
island  of  Matan,344  sent  one  of  his  sons  to  present  two 
goats  to  the  captain-general,  and  to  say  that  he  would 
send  him  all  that  he  had  promised,  but  that  he  had 
not  been  able  to  send  it  to  him  because  of  the  other 
chief  Cilapulapu,  who  refused  to  obey  the  king  of 
Spagnia.  He  requested  the  captain  to  send  him  only 
one  boatload  of  men  on  the  next  night,  so  that  they 
might  help  him  and  fight  against  the  other  chief. 
The  captain-general  decided  to  go  thither  with  three 
boatloads.  We  begged  him  repeatedly  not  to  go,  but 
he,  like  a good  shepherd,  refused  to  abandon  his 
flock.  At  midnight,  sixty  men  of  us  set  out  armed 
with  corselets  and  helmets,  together  with  the  Chris- 
tian king,  the  prince,  some  of  the  chief  men,  and 
twenty  or  thirty  balanguais.  We  reached  Matan 
three  hours  before  dawn.  The  captain  did  not  wish 
to  fight  then,  but  sent  a message  to  the  natives  by  the 
Moro  to  the  effect  that  if  they  would  obey  the  king 


I72  PRIMO  VIAGGIO  INTORNO  AL  MONDO  [Voi. 

aL  re  de  spagnia  et  recognio/cere  Lo  re  xpiano  p fuo 
se.  et  darne  lo  nra  tributo  li  / arebe  amicho  ma/e 
voleuano  altramente  a/pecta//eno  corno  feriuào  le 
nre  Lance  ri/po/ero  /e  haueuamo  lance  haueuào 
lande  de  canne  bru/tolatte  et  pali  bru/tolate  et  que 
no  anda//emo  alhora  ad  a/altarli  ma  a/pecta/emo 
veni  //e  Lo  giorno  perche  / arebenno  piu  gente. 
Que/to  diceuào  agio  anda  /emo  aritrouarli  p che 
haueuào  facto  certi  fo//i  fra  le  caze  p farne  ca/care 
dent°.  Venuto  Lo  giorno  /alta//emo  ne  Lacqua 
fina  ale  co//ie  caranta  noue  homini  et  cu//i  anda /- 
/emo  piu  de  dui  trati  de  bale/ta  inanzi  pote/èo  ariuar 
aL  litto  li  bateli  non  potereno  vegnire  piu  inanzi 
p certe  petre  q erano  neL  acqua  li  alt*  vndici 
homini  re/tarono  p gardia  de  li  bateli  Quando 
ariua//emo  in  terra  Que/ta  gente  haueuào  facto  tre 
/cadrony  de  piu  de  mille  cinque  cento  p/onne  /ubito 
/en tendone  ne  venirono  a do//o  con  voci  grandi//imi 
dui  p fiancho  et  Lalt°  p contro.  Lo  cap°  quà  do 
vi/te  que/to  ne  fece  dui  parti  et  co/i  comincia//emo 
a Combater  li  /quiopeti  et  bale/tieri  tirarano  da  longi 
ca/i  meza  hora  in  vano  /ola  mente  pacandoli  li  tar- 
goni  facti  de  tauole  /odile  et  li  brazi  Lo  capp° 
gridaua  nò  tirare  nò  tirare  ma  non  li  valeua  niente. 
Quando  que/ti  vi/tenno  que  tirauamo  li  /quiopeti  in 
vano  gridando  deliborono  a /tar  forte  ma  molto  piu 
gridauào  Quando  erano  de/carigati  li  /quiopeti 


One] 


FIRST  VOYAGE  AROUND  THE  WORLD 


l73 


of  Spagnia,  recognize  the  Christian  king  as  their 
sovereign,  and  pay  us  our  tribute,  he  would  be  their 
friend  ; but  that  if  they  wished  otherwise,  they  should 
wait  to  see  how  our  lances  wounded.345  They  replied 
that  if  we  had  lances  they  had  lances  of  bamboo  and 
stakes  hardened  with  fire.  [They  asked  us]  not  to 
proceed  to  attack  them  at  once,  but  to  wait  until 
morning,  so  that  they  might  have  more  men.  They 
said  that  in  order  to  induce  us  to  go  in  search  of 
them;  for  they  had  dug  certain  pitholes  between  the 
houses  in  order  that  we  might  fall  into  them.  When 
morning  came  forty-nine  of  us  leaped  into  the  water 
up  to  our  thighs,  and  walked  through  water  for  more 
than  two  crossbow  flights  before  we  could  reach  the 
shore.  The  boats  could  not  approach  nearer  because 
of  certain  rocks  in  the  water.  The  other  eleven  men 
remained  behind  to  guard  the  boats.  When  we 
reached  land,  those  men  had  formed  in  three  divi- 
sions to  the  number  of  more  than  one  thousand  five 
hundred  persons.  When  they  saw  us,  they  charged 
down  upon  us  with  exceeding  loud  cries,  two  divi- 
sions on  our  flanks  and  the  other  on  our  front.  When 
the  captain  saw  that,  he  formed  us  into  two  divisions, 
and  thus  did  we  begin  to  fight.  The  musketeers  and 
crossbowmen  shot  from  a distance  for  about  a half- 
hour,  but  uselessly;  for  the  shots  only  passed  through 
the  shields  which  were  made  of  thin  wood  and  the 
arms  [of  the  bearers].  The  captain  cried  to  them, 
“ Cease  firing!  cease  firing  !”  but  his  order  was  not 
at  all  heeded.  When  the  natives  saw  that  we  were 
shooting  our  muskets  to  no  purpose,  crying  out  they 
determined  to  stand  firm,  but  they  redoubled  their 
shouts.  When  our  muskets  were  discharged,  the  na- 


1 74  PRIMO  VIAGGIO  INTORNO  AL  MONDO  [Voi. 

may  nò  /tauano  fermi  /aitando  dequa  et  dela  coperti 
con  li  /ui  targonj  ne  tirauào  tante  frechie  Lance  de 
canna  alguno  di  fero  aL  cap°  gnalle  pali  pontini 
bru/tolati  pietre  et  Lo  fango  apena  /e  poteuào  de- 
fendere. Vedendo  que/to  Lo  cap0  gnale  mando 
alguni  abru/are  le  /ue  ca/e  per  /pauentarli  Quando 
que/ti  vi/tenno  bruzare  le  /ue  caze  deuentorono  piu 
fero  ci  apre//o  de  le  ca/e  forenno  amazati  dui  deli 
nrj  et  vinti  o trenta  ca/e  li  bru/a//emo  ne  venirono 
tanti  ado//o  q pa//arono  co  vna  freza  ve  nenata  La 
gamba  drita  aL  cap°  per  il  que  comando  q /e  retira/- 
/emo  a poco  apoco  ma  loro  fugirono  /ique  re/ta/- 
/emo  da  /e y o octo  co  lo  capitanio  Que/ti  non  ne 
tirauào  in  alt0  /inon  ale  gambe  per  q erano  nude  p 
tante  Lancie  et  pedre  q ne  trahevano  non  pote//emo 
re/i/tere  le  bombarde  de  li  batelli  p e//e re  tropo 
longui  no  ne  poteuào  ajutare  fiche  veni/femo  reti- 
rando/i piu  de  vna  bonna  bale/trata  longi  de  la  riua 
/empre  comba  tendo  ne  laeque  fin  aL  ginoquio 
/empre  ne  /eguitoro  et  repigliando  vna  mede/ima 
Lancie  quat°  o/ey  volte  ne  La  Lanciauano  que/ti 
Connio//endo  Lo  cap°  tanti  fi  voltorono  / opa  de  lui 
q dui  volte  li  botarono  lo  celadòe  fora  deL  capo  ma 
lui  corno  bon  Caualiero  /empre  / taua  forte  co  alguni 
alt1  piu  de  vno  hora  co//i  combate//emo  et  non  vo- 
lendo/i piu  retirare  vno  indio  li  lancio  vna  lanza  di 
cana  deL  vizo  lui  / ubito  co  la  / ua  Lancia  Lo 
amazo  et  la/ciolila  neL  corpo  poy  volendo  dar  de 


One]  FIRST  VOYAGE  AROUND  THE  WORLD  I 75 

tives  would  never  stand  still,  but  leaped  hither  and 
thither,  covering  themselves  with  their  shields.  They 
shot  so  many  arrows  at  us  and  hurled  so  many 
bamboo  spears  (some  of  them  tipped  with  iron)  at 
the  captain-general,  besides  pointed  stakes  hardened 
with  fire,  stones,  and  mud,  that  we  could  scarcely 
defend  ourselves.  Seeing  that,  the  captain-general 
sent  some  men  to  burn  their  houses  in  order  to  terrify 
them.  When  they  saw  their  houses  burning,  they 
were  roused  to  greater  fury.  Two  of  our  men  were 
killed  near  the  houses,  while  we  burned  twenty  or 
thirty  houses.  So  many  of  them  charged  down  upon 
us  that  they  shot  the  captain  through  the  right  leg 
with  a poisoned  arrow.  On  that  account,  he  ordered 
us  to  retire  slowly,  but  the  men  took  to  flight,  except 
six  or  eight  of  us  who  remained  with  the  captain. 
The  natives  shot  only  at  our  legs,  for  the  latter  were 
bare;  and  so  many  were  the  spears  and  stones  that 
they  hurled  at  us,  that  we  could  offer  no  resistance. 
The  mortars  in  the  boats  could  not  aid  us  as  they 
were  too  far  away.  So  we  continued  to  retire  for 
more  than  a good  crossbow  flight  from  the  shore 
always  fighting  up  to  our  knees  in  the  water.  The 
natives  continued  to  pursue  us,  and  picking  up  the 
same  spear  four  or  six  times,  hurled  it  at  us  again 
and  again.  Recognizing  the  captain,  so  many  turned 
upon  him  that  they  knocked  his  helmet  off  his  head 
twice,  but  he  always  stood  firmly  like  a good  knight, 
together  with  some  others.  Thus  did  we  fight  for 
more  than  one  hour,  refusing  to  retire  farther.  An 
Indian  hurled  a bamboo  spear  into  the  captain’s 
face,  but  the  latter  immediately  killed  him  with  his 
lance,  which  he  left  in  the  Indian’s  body.  Then,  try- 


1 76  PRIMO  VIAGGIO  INTORNO  AL  MONDO  [Voi. 

mano  a La  /pada  non  puote  cauarla  /e non  meza  per 
vna  ferita  de  canna  haueua  neL  brazo  Quando 
vi/teno  que/to  tuti  andorono  ado//o  alui  vno  co 
vno  grà  terciado  che  e corno  vna  /imitara  ma  piu 
gro//o  li  dete  vna  ferita  nelagamba  /ini/tra  p LaqHle 
ca/co  coL  volto  inanzi  subito  li  foreno  ado//o  con 
Lancie  de  fero  et  de  cana  et  con  qelli  fui  terciadi  fin 
que  iL  f pechio  iL  lume  eL  conforto  et  la  vera  guida 
nra  amazarono  Quando  lo  feriuào  molte  volte  /e 
volto  indrieto  p vedere  /e  eramo  tucti  dent°  neli 
bateli  poi  vedendolo  morto  aL  meglio  pote/emo 
feriti  /e  ritra//emo  ali  batelli  q già  /e  partiuào  Lo 
re  xpiano  ne  hauereba  ajutato  ma  Lo  cap°  inanzi 
di/monta//emo  in  tera  li  comi  //e  non  fi  doue//e 
partire  dal  /uo  balanghai  et  /te//e  auedere  in  que 
modo  Combateuào  Quando  lo  re  /epe  corno  era 
morto  piance  /e  non  era  que/to  pouero  cap°  niuno 
de  noy  Si  /aluaua  neli  bateli  p che  Quando  lui  Com- 
bateua  li  alt1  /e  retiravào  ali  batelli.  Spero  in  vra 
IlLma  sa  La  fama  duno  fi  genero/o  cap°  non  debia 
e//e re  extinta  neli  tempi  no/t1  fra  le  altre  vertu  q 
eranno  in  lui  era  Lo  piu  Co/tante  in  vna  grandi//ima 
fortuna  q may  alguno  alt°  fo//e  / upò  taua  la  fame 
piu  q tucti  li  alt1  et  piu  Ju/tamente  q homo  fo//e  aL 
mondo  carteaua  et  nauigaua  et  /e  Que/to  fu  iL  vero 
/e  ve  de  aperta  mente  ninguno  alt°  hauer  auuto  tanto 
Jngenio  ni  ardire  de  / aper  dar  vna  volta  aL  mondo 
corno  Ja  cazi  lui  haueua  dato.  Que/ta  bataglia  fo 


One]  FIRST  VOYAGE  AROUND  THE  WORLD  177 

ing  to  lay  hand  on  sword,  he  could  draw  it  out  but 
halfway,  because  he  had  been  wounded  in  the  arm 
with  a bamboo  spear.  When  the  natives  saw  that, 
they  all  hurled  themselves  upon  him.  One  of  them 
wounded  him  on  the  left  leg  with  a large  cutlass,346 
which  resembles  a scimitar,  only  being  larger.  That 
caused  the  captain  to  fall  face  downward,  when 
immediately  they  rushed  upon  him  with  iron  and 
bamboo  spears  and  with  their  cutlasses,  until  they 
killed  our  mirror,  our  light,  our  comfort,  and  our 
true  guide.  When  they  wounded  him,  he  turned 
back  many  times  to  see  whether  we  were  all  in  the 
boats.  Thereupon,  beholding  him  dead,  we,  wound- 
ed, retreated,  as  best  we  could,  to  the  boats,  which 
were  already  pulling  off.  The  Christian  king  would 
have  aided  us,  but  the  captain  charged  him  before 
we  landed,  not  to  leave  his  balanghai,  but  to  stay  to 
see  how  we  fought.  When  the  king  learned  that  the 
captain  was  dead,  he  wept.  Had  it  not  been  for  that 
unfortunate  captain,  not  a single  one  of  us  would 
have  been  saved  in  the  boats,  for  while  he  was  fight- 
ing the  others  retired  to  the  boats.  I hope  through 
[the  efforts  of]  your  most  illustrious  Lordship  that 
the  fame  of  so  noble  a captain  will  not  become  ef- 
faced in  our  times.  Among  the  other  virtues  which 
he  possessed,  he  was  more  constant  than  ever  any  one 
else  in  the  greatest  of  adversity.  He  endured  hunger 
better  than  all  the  others,  and  more  accurately  than 
any  man  in  the  world  did  he  understand  sea  charts  347 
and  navigation.  And  that  this  was  the  truth  was  seen 
openly,  for  no  other  had  had  so  much  natural  talent 
nor  the  boldness  to  learn  how  to  circumnavigate  the 
world,  as  he  had  almost  done.  That  battle  was  fought 


178  PRIMO  VIAGGIO  INTORNO  AL  MONDO  [Voi. 

facta  aL  Sabato  vinti/ete  de  aprile  1521.  iL  cap0  La 
voi /e  fare  in  /abato  p q era  lo  giorno  /uo  deuoto 
nelaqalle  foreno  morti  con  lui  octo  de  li  nri  et  cat° 
Jndij  facto  xpiani  dale  bombarde  deli  bateli  q 
eranno  da  poy  venutj  p aiutarne  et  deli  nimici  Se  non 
Quindici  ma  molti  de  noy  feriti. 

Dopo  di/nare  le  re  xpiano  mando  adire  co  Lo 
no/t°  con/entimèto  aquelli  de  matan  se  ne  voleuào 
dare  lo  cap°  con  li  alt1  morti  q li  dare//emo  Quanta 
merchadantia  vole//ero  ri/po/ero  non  fi  daua  vno 
taL  homo  corno  pen/auamo  et  q non  Lo  darebenno  p 
la  magior  riche//a  deL  mondo  ma  lo  voleuano  tenire 
p memoria  / ua. 

Sabato  q fo  morto  Lo  cap°  qelli  cat°  q /tauano  nela 
cita  p merchadantare  fecero  portare  le  no/tre  mer- 
chantie  alle  naui  poy  face//emo  dui  gu  bernatori 
duarte  barboza  portugu e/e  parente  deL  cap°.  et  Johà 
/eranno  / pagniolo  linterprete  nro  q /e  chiamaua 
henrich  p e//ere  vno  poco  ferito  nò  andaua  piu  in 
terra  p fare  le  co/e  nre  nece//arie  ma  / taua  /empre 
ne  La  / quiauina  p ilque  duarte  barbo/a  guuernator 
de  la  naue  cap3  li  grido  et  di//egli  /e  benne  e morto 
Lo  cap°  / uo  se.  p que/to  non  era  libero  anzi  voleua 
Quando  fo//emo  ariuati  in  e/pagnia  /empre  fo  //e 
/ chiauo  de  ma  dona  beatrice  moglie  deL  cap°  gnale 
et  minaciandoli  /e  non  anda  ua  in  terra  Lo  frustaria 


One]  FIRST  VOYAGE  AROUND  THE  WORLD  179 

on  Saturday,  April  twenty-seven,  1521. 348  The  cap- 
tain desired  to  fight  on  Saturday,  because  it  was  the 
day  especially  holy  to  him.  Eight  of  our  men  were 
killed  with  him  in  that  battle,349  and  four  Indians, 
who  had  become  Christians  and  who  had  come  after- 
ward to  aid  usi  were  killed  by  the  mortars  of  the 
boats.  Of  the  enemy,  only  fifteen  were  killed,  while 
many  of  us  were  wounded. 

In  the  afternoon  the  Christian  king  sent  a message 
with  our  consent  to  the  people  of  Matan,  to  the  effect 
that  if  they  would  give  us  the  captain  and  the  other 
men  who  had  been  killed,  we  would  give  them  as 
much  merchandise  as  they  wished.  They  answered 
that  they  would  not  give  up  such  a man,  as  we 
imagined  [they  would  do],  and  that  they  would  not 
give  him  for  all  the  riches  in  the  world,  but  that  they 
intended  to  keep  him  as  a memorial.350 

On  Saturday,  the  day  on  which  the  captain  was 
killed,  the  four  men  who  had  remained  in  the  city 
to  trade,  had  our  merchandise  carried  to  the  ships. 
Then  we  chose  two  commanders,  namely,  Duarte 
Barboza,351  a Portuguese  and  a relative  of  the  cap- 
tain, and  Johan  Seranno,  a Spaniard.352  As  our  inter- 
preter, Henrich  by  name,  was  wounded  slightly,  he 
would  not  go  ashore  any  more  to  attend  to  our  neces- 
sary affairs,  but  always  kept  his  bed.  On  that  ac- 
count, Duarte  Barboza,  the  commander  of  the  flag- 
ship, cried  out  to  him  and  told  him,  that  although  his 
master,  the  captain,  was  dead,  he  was  not  therefore 
free;  on  the  contrary  he  [*.<?.,  Barboza]  would  see 
to  it  that  when  we  should  reach  Espagnia,  he  should 
still  be  the  slave  of  Dona  Beatrice,  the  wife  of  the 
captain-general.353  And  threatening  the  slave  that 


l8o  PRIMO  VIAGGIO  INTORNO  AL  MONDO  [Voi. 

Lo  / chiauo  fi  leuo  et  mo/tro  de  non  far  còto  de 
que/te  parolle  et  andò  in  tera  adire  al  re  xpiano 
Como  /e  voleuào  partire  pre/to  ma  /e  lui  voleua  far 
a fuo  modo  gadaneria  li  naue  et  tucte  le  nre  mercha- 
dantie  et  cu//i  ordinorono  vno  tradimento  Lo 
/quiauo  retorno  ale  naue  et  mo/tro  e//e re  piu  f acente 
que  pTna 

Mercore  maóna  p'mo  de  magio  Lo  re  xpono 
mando  adire  ali  gouuernatory  Como  erano  prepa- 
rate le  gioie  haueua  pme//o  de  mandare  aL  re  de- 
/pagnia  et  que  li  pregaua  co  li  alt1  foi  anda/ero  di/i- 
nare /echo  qella  maóna  q li  la  darebe  andorono  24 
homini  in  tera  co  que/ti  andò  Lo  nro  a/trologo  che 
/e  chiamaua  s.  martin  de  siuilla  yo  non  li  potè  andare 
p che  era  tuto  infìato  per  vna  ferita  de  f reza  venenata 
che  haueua  nela  fronte  Jouan  carnaio  co  Lo  bal- 
zello tornorono  indietro  et  ne  di/cero  corno  vi/teno 
colui  re/a  nato  p miracolo  menare  Lo  prete  aca/a 
/ ua  et  p que/to  /e ranno  partittj  per  che  dubitauào  de 
qalque  malie  no  di//ero  co/i  pre/to  le  parolle  que 
/enti//imo  grà  gridi  et  Lamenti  /ubito  leua//emo 
lanchore  et  tirando  molte  bombarde  nele  ca/e  ne 
appinqua//emo  piu  ala  terra  et  cu//i  tiràdo  vede/- 
/emo  Johà  /e ranno  in  camiza  ligato  et  ferito  gridare 
nò  doue//emo  piu  tirare  per  che  Lamazarebenno  li 
domanda//emo  /e  tucti  li  alt1  con  lo  interprete  erano 
morti  di/ /e  tucti  erano  morti  / aluo  linterprete 

ne  prego  molto  Lo  doue//emo  re/catare  co  qalque 


One]  FIRST  VOYAGE  AROUND  THE  WORLD  I 8 I 

if  he  did  go  ashore,  he  would  be  flogged,  the  latter 
arose,  and,  feigning  to  take  no  heed  to  those  words, 
went  ashore  to  tell  the  Christian  king  354  that  we  were 
about  to  leave  very  soon,  but  that  if  he  would  follow 
his  advice,  he  could  gain  the  ships  and  all  our  mer- 
chandise. Accordingly  they  arranged  a plot,  and  the 
slave  returned  to  the  ship,  where  he  showed  that 
he  was  more  cunning  355  than  before. 

On  Wednesday  ^morning,  the  first  of  May,  the 
Christian  king  sent^word  to  the  commanders  that  the 
jewels  356  which  he  had  promised  to  send  to  the  king 
of  Spagnia  were  ready,  and  that  he  begged  them  and 
their  other  companions  to  come  to  dine  with  him 
that  morning,  when  he  would  give  them  the  jewels. 
Twenty-four  men  went  ashore,  among  whom  was  our 
astrologer,  San  Martin  de  Sivilla.  I could  not  go 
because  I was  all  swollen  up  by  a wound  from  a poi- 
soned arrow  which  I had  received  in  my  face.  Jovan 
Carvaio  and  the  constable  357  returned,  and  told  us 
that  they  saw  the  man  who  had  been  cured  by  a mir- 
acle take  the  priest  to  his  house.358  Consequently, 
they  had  left  that  place,  because  they  suspected  some 
evil.  Scarcely  had  they  spoken  those  words  when 
we  heard  loud  cries  and  lamentations.  We  imme- 
diately weighed  anchor  and  discharging  many  mor- 
tars into  the  houses,  drew  in  nearer  to  the  shore. 
While  thus  discharging  [our  pieces]  we  saw  Johan 
Seranno  in  his  shirt  bound  and  wounded,  crying  to 
us  not  to  fire  any  more,  for  the  natives  would  kill 
him.359  We  asked  him  whether  all  the  others  and 
the  interpreter  were  dead.  He  said  that  they  were 
all  dead  except  the  interpreter.  He  begged  us  ear- 
nestly to  redeem  him  with  some  of  the  merchandise; 


I 82  PRIMO  VIAGGIO  INTORNO  AL  MONDO  [Voi. 

merchadantia  ma  Johà  caruiao  fuo  compare  non 
voi/ero  p re/tare  loro  patronj  anda//e  Lo  batello  in 
tera  Ma  Johan  /e ranno  pur  piangendo  ne  di//e  q 
nò  hauere//emo  co/i  pre/to  facto  velia  q lauerianno 
amazato  et  di//e  q pregaua  ydio  neL  Jorno  deL 
Juditio  dimanda//e  Lanima  / ua  a Johan  caruiao  fuo 
compadre  f ubito  /e  parti//emo  nò  fo  ft  morto 
o viuo  lui  re/ta//e. 

Jn  que/ta  yzola  ft  troua  cani  gati  rizo  millio 
panizo  forgo  gengero  figui  neranzi  limone  Canne 
dolci  agio  meL  cochi  chiacare  zuche  carne  de  molte 
/orte  vino  de  palma  et  oro  et  e grande  y/ola  con  vno 
bon  porto  q a due  intrate  vna  aL  ponente  lalta  aL 
grego  et  leuante  f ta  de  Latitudine  aL  polo  articho 
in  x gradi  de  longitudine  de  la  linea  de  la  repartitiòe 
cento  /ex anta  cat°  gradi  et  ft  chiama  Zubu  Quiui 
inanzi  q mori //e  lo  cap°  genneralle  haue//emo  noua 
de  malucho  Que/ta  gente  /onano  de  viola  co  corde 
de  ramo. 

Vocabuli  de  que/ti  populi  gentili. 


AL  homo  : 

lac 

ALa  donna 

paranpaon 

ALa  Jouene 

beni  beni 

Ala  maritata 

babay 

Ali  capilli 

bo  ho 

AL  vizo 

guay 

Ale  palpebre 

pilac 

Ale  ciglie 

chilei. 

Al  ocquio 

matta. 

AL  nazo 

Jlon. 

One]  FIRST  VOYAGE  AROUND  THE  WORLD  I 8 3 

but  Johan  Carvaio,  his  boon  companion,  [and  others] 
would  not  allow  the  boat  to  go  ashore  so  that  they 
might  remain  masters  of  the  ships.360  But  although 
Johan  Serrano  weeping  asked  us  not  to  set  sail  so 
quickly,  for  they  would  kill  him,  and  said  that  he 
prayed  God  to  ask  his  soul  of  Johan  Carvaio,  his 
comrade,  in  the  day  of  judgment,  we  immediately 
departed.  I do  not  know  whether  he  is  dead  of 
alive.361 

In  that  island  are  found  dogs,  cats,  rice,  millet, 
panicum,  sorgo,  ginger,  figs  [i.e.,  bananas],  oranges, 
lemons,  sugarcane,  garlic,  honey,  cocoanuts, 
nangcas,362  gourds,  flesh  of  many  kinds,  palm  wine, 
lin'd  gold.363  It  is  a large  island,  and  has  a good  port 
with  two  entrances  - one  to  the  west  and  the  other  to 
the  east  northeast.364  It  lies  in  x degrees  365  of  latitude 
toward  the  Arctic  Pole,  and  in  a longitude  of  one 
hundred  and  sixty-four  366  degrees  from  the  line  of 
demarcation.  Its  name  is  Zubu.  We  heard  of 
Malucho  there  before  the  death  of  the  captain-gen- 
eral. Those  people  play  a violin  with  copper  strings. 

Words  of  those  heathen  people 


For  Man 

lac 

for  Woman 

paranpaon 

for  Young  woman 

beni  beni 

for  Married  woman 

babay 

for  Hair 

boho 

for  Face 

guay 

for  Eyelids 

pilac 

for  Eyebrows 

chilei 

for  Eye 

matta 

for  Nose 

ilon 

1 84  PRIMO  VIAGGIO  INTORNO  AL  MONDO 


Ale  ma//elle 

apin 

Ali  labri 

oloL. 

A la  bocca 

baba. 

A li  denti 

nipin 

Ale  gengiue 

leghex. 

Ala  linga 

dilla 

Alle  orechie 

delengan. 

Ala  gola 

liogh. 

AL  collo 

tangip 

AL  mento 

qilan. 

ALa  barba 

bonghot 

Ale  /palle 

bagha. 

A la  /chena 

licud. 

AL  peto 

dughan 

AL  corpo 

ti  am 

Soto  li  braci 

Jlot 

AL  bracio 

botchen 

AL  gomedo 

fico 

AL  pol/o 

molanghai 

ALa  mano 

camat 

A la  palma  de  la 

man 

palan 

AL  dito 

dudlo 

Ala  ongia 

coco 

AL  Lombelico 

pu/ut 

AL  membro 

vtin 

Ali  te/ticoli 

boto 

Ala  natura  de  le 

donne 

billat 

AL  vzar  co  loro 

Jiam 

Ale  cullate 

/ amput 

Ala  co/sa 

paha 

AL  ginochio 

tuhud. 

AL  Schincho 

ba/sag  ba/sag 

One]  FIRST  VOYAGE  AROUND  THE  WORLD 


for  Jaws 

apin 

for  Lips 

olol 

for  Mouth 

baba 

for  Teeth 

nipin 

for  Gums 

leghex 

for  Tongue 

dilla 

for  Ears 

delengan 

for  Throat 

liogh 

for  Neck 

tangip 

for  Chin 

queilan 

for  Beard 

bonghot 

for  Shoulders 

bagha 

for  Spine 

licud 

for  Breast 

dughan  367 

for  Body 

tiam 

Armpit 

ilot 

for  Arm 

botchen 

for  Elbow 

sico 

for  Pulse 

molanghai 

for  Hand 

camat 

for  the  Palm  of  the  hand 

palan 

for  Finger 

dudlo 

for  Fingernail 

coco 

for  Navel 

pusut 

for  Penis 

utin 

for  Testicles 

boto 

for  Vagina  868 

for  to  have  Communi- 

billat 

cation  with  women 

jiam 

for  Buttocks 

samput 

for  Thigh 

paha 

for  Knee 

tuhud 

for  Shin 

bassag  bassag 

i85 


I 86  PRIMO  VIAGGIO  INTORNO  AL  MONDO 


ALa  polpa  de  la 


gamba 

bids 

ALa  cauechia 

bolboL 

AL  calcagnio 

tiochid 

Ala  /olla  deL  pie 

Lapa  lapa 

AL  horo 

balaoan 

AL  argento 

pilla 

AL  Laton 

concach 

AL  fero 

butan 

Ale  canne  dolce 

tube 

AL  cuchiaro 

gandan 

AL  rizo 

bughax  baras 

AL  melle 

deghex 

ALa  cera 

talho 

AL  /alle 

acin 

AL  vino 

tuba  nio  nipa 

AL  bere 

MinuncubiL 

AL  mangiare 

maCan. 

AL  porcho 

babui 

ALa  capra 

candin 

ALa  gaiina 

monoch 

AL  miglio 

humas 

AL  forgo 

batat 

AL  panizo 

dana 

AL  peuere 

mani//a 

Ali  garofoli 

chianche. 

ALa  Cannella 

mana. 

AL  gengero 

luia 

AL  ayo 

Laxuna 

Ali  naran/i 

ac/ua 

AL  ouo 

/ ilog 

AL  coco 

lubi. 

AL  acceto 

zlucha 

AL  acqua 

tubin 

[Voi 


One] 


FIRST  VOYAGE  AROUND  THE  WORLD 


187 


for  Calf  of  the  leg 

bitis 

for  Ankle 

bolbol 

for  Heel 

tiochid 

for  Sole  of  the  foot 

lapa  lapa 

for  Gold 

balaoan 

for  Silver 

pilla 

for  Brass 

concach 

for  Iron 

butan 

for  Sugarcane 

tube 

for  Spoon 

gandan 

for  Rice 

bughax  baras 

for  Honey 

deghex 

for  Wax 

talho 

for  Salt 

acin 

for  Wine 

tuba  nio  nipa 

for  to  Drink 

minuncubil 

for  to  Eat 

macan 

for  Hog 

babui 

for  Goat 

candin 

for  Chicken 

monoch 

for  Millet 

humas 

for  Sorgo 

batat 

for  Panicum 

dana  370 

for  Pepper 

manissa 

for  Cloves 

chianche 

for  Cinnamon 

mana 

for  Ginger 

luia 

for  Garlic 

laxuna 

for  Oranges 

acsua 

for  Egg 

silog 

for  Cocoanut 

lubi 

for  Vinegar 

zlucha 

for  Water 

tubin 

1 88 


PRIMO  VIAGGIO  INTORNO  AL  MONDO 


[Voi. 


AL  fuoco 
AL  fumo 
AL  /ofiare 
Alle  belancie 
AL  pezo 
Ala  perla 
Ale  madre  de  le 
perle 

Ala  zampognia 
AL  mal  de  st0  Job. 
portarne 

Acerte  fogacie  de 
rizo 
buono 
Nò 

AL  cortello 
Ale  forfice 
A tosare 
AL  homo  ben 
hornato 
Ala  tella 
A li  panni  q /e 
copreno 
AL  conaglio 
Ali  pater  nrj  dogni 
/or  te 

AL  peóne 
AL  pentinare 
ALa  Camiza 
ALa  gugia  de  co/ire 
AL  cu/ire 
A La  porcelana 
AL  cana 
AL  gato 


Clayo. 

assu. 

tigban. 

tinban 

tahiL 

mutiara. 

tipay. 

Subin 
Alupalan 
palatin  comorica 

tinapai 
main 
ti  da  le 
capol  /undan 
cade 

chunthinch 

pixao 

balandan 

Abaca 
colon  colon 

tacle 

cutlei  mi/samis 

monssughud. 

Sabun. 

daghu 

mamis 

mobuluc 

aian  ydo 

epos. 


One]  FIRST  VOYAGE  AROUND  THE  WORLD 


for  Fire 

clayo 

for  Smoke 

assu 

for  to  Blow 

tigban 

for  Balances 

tinban 

for  Weight 

tahil 371 

for  Pearl 

mutiara 

for  Mother  of  pearl 

tipay 

for  Pipe  [a  musical  in- 

strument] 

subin 

for  Disease  of  St.  Job 

alupalan  372 

Bring  me 

palatin  comorica 

for  certain  Rice  cakes 

tinapai 373 

Good 

main 

No 

tidale 

for  Knife 

capol,  sundan 

for  Scissors 

catle 

To  shave 

chunthinch 

for  a well  adorned  Man 

pixao 

for  Linen 

balandan 

for  the  cloth  with  which 

they  cover  themselves 

abaca 

for  hawk’sbell 

coloncolon  374 

for  Pater  nosters  of  all 

classes 

tacle 

for  Comb 

cutlei,  missamis 

for  to  Comb 

monssughud 

for  Shirt 

sabun 

for  Sewing-needle 

daghu 

for  to  Sew 

mamis 

for  Porcelain 

mobuluc 

for  Dog 

aian,  ydo 

for  Cat 

epos 

I 89 


I 9°  PRIMO  VIAGGIO  INTORNO  AL  MONDO 


Ali  /ui  veli 

gapas 

Ali  cri/talini 

balus 

Vien  q* 

marica 

Ala  caza 

Jlaga  baiai 

AL  legniame 

tatamue 

Alle  /tore  doue 

dormeno 

Tagichan 

Ale  /tore  de  palma 

bani 

Ale  cu//ini  de  foglie 

Vliman 

A li  piati  de  legnio 

dulan 

AL  / uo  ydio 

Abba. 

AL  /olle 

adlo 

ALa  luna 

/onghot 

Ala  /tela 

bolan  bunthun. 

ALa  aurora 

mene 

Ala  matina 

verna 

Ala  taza 

tagha 

grande 

ba/saL 

AL  archo 

bo/sugh. 

ALa  freza 

oghon. 

Ali  targoni 

cala/san. 

A le  ve/ te  inbotide 

p combater 

baluti 

Ale  / ue  daghe 

calix  baladao 

Ali  fui  tertiadi 

Campilan. 

A la  Lancia 

bancan. 

E1  talle 

tuan. 

Ali  figui 

/ aghin 

Ale  zuche 

baghin 

Ale  corde  dele  /ue 

violle 

gotzap 

AL  fiume 

tau. 

AL  ri/aio  p pe/care 

pucat  laia 

[Voi. 


One] 


FIRST  VOYAGE  AROUND  THE  WORLD 


for  their  Scarfs 

gapas 

for  Glass  Beads 

balus 

Come  here 

marica 

for  House 

ilaga,  baiai 

for  Timber 

tatamue 

for  the  Mats  on  which 

they  sleep 

tagichan 

for  Palm-mats 

bani 

for  their  Leaf  cushions 

uliman 

for  Wooden  platters 

dulan 

for  their  God 

abba 

for  Sun 

adlo 

for  Moon 

songhot 

for  Star 

bolan,  bunthun 

for  Dawn 

mene 

for  Morning 

uema 

for  Cup 

tagha 

Large 

bassal 

for  Bow 

bossugh 

for  Arrow 

oghon 

for  Shields 

calassan 

for  Quilted  garments 

used  for  fighting 

baluti 

for  their  daggers 

calix,  baladao 

for  their  Cutlasses 

campilan 

for  Spear 

bancan 

for  Like 

tuan 

for  Figs  [/.*.,  bananas] 

saghin 

for  Gourds 

baghin 

for  the  Cords  of  their 

violins 

gotzap 

for  River 

tau 

for  Fishing-net 

pucat,  laia 

192 


PRIMO  VIAGGIO  INTORNO  AL  MONDO  [Voi. 


AL  batello 
A le  canne  grande 
Ale  picole 
Ale  /uè  barche 
grande 

Ale  / ue  barque 
picolle 
Ali  grand 
AL  pe/ce 
A vno  pe/cie  tuto 
depinto 

A vno  alt°  ro//o 
A vno  certo  alt0 
A vno  alt° 

Tuto  e vno 
A vno  f chiauo 
A la  forca 
ALa  naue 
A vno  re  o cap0 
gnale 

Vno 
duy 
tre 

Quat0 
Cinque 
Sey 
Sette 
octo 
Noue 
Diece 


/ampan. 
cauaghan. 
bonbon. 

balanghai 

boloto 
Cuban 
Jcam  y//ida 

panap  / apà 
timuan. 
pilax 
emaluan. 
Siama  siama. 
bon/uL 
bolle 
benaoa 

raia. 

Numero  : 

Vzza 

dua 

tolo. 

vpat 

lima 

onom 

pitto 

gualu 

Ciam. 

polo. 


(1 Continued  in  Voi.  //,  page  12.) 


One] 


FIRST  VOYAGE  AROUND  THE  WORLD 


!93 


for  small  Boat 

sampan 

for  large  Canes 

cauaghan 

for  the  small  ones 

bonbon 

for  their  large  Boats 

balanghai 

for  their  small  Boats 

boloto  375 

for  Crabs 

Cuban 

for  Fish 

for  a Fish  that  is  all 

icam,  yssida 

colored 

panapsapan 

for  another  red  [Fish] 
for  a certain  other 

timuan 

[kind  of  Fish] 
for  another  [kind  of 

pilax 

Fish] 

emaluan 

All  the  same 

siama  siama 

for  a Slave 

bonsul 

for  Gallows 

bolle 

for  Ship 

for  a King  or  Captain- 

benaoa 

general 

raia 

Numbers 

One 

uzza 

two 

dua 

three 

tolo 

four 

upat 

five 

lima 

six 

onom 

seven 

pitto 

eight 

gualu 

nine 

ciam 

ten 

polo  376 

(i Continued  in  Voi.  II,  page  13) 


Map  showing  discoveries  of 
Fernào  Vas  Dou- 


[Fro??i  original  MS.  in  Archivo 


psrr ’T'.T'  " ' » V1  . >'  iiV  X7T 


fl« 

••'-A 


<**.\*' 


Magalhàes,  from  Alappamundo 
rado  (Goa,  1571) 

Nacional  da  Torre  do  Tombo,  Lisbon ] 


T A 


NOTES 


[Note:  In  the  following  notes,  citations  from  Richard  Eden 
are  made  from  Arber’s  reprint  The  first  three  English  books  on 
America  (Birmingham,  1885),  from  the  third  book,  entitled  The 
decades  of  the  newe  worlde , first  printed  in  London  in  1555; 
from  Mosto,  from  II  primo  viaggio , intorno  al  globo  di  Antonio 
Pigafetta , by  Andrea  da  Mosto  (Roma,  1894),  which  was  pub- 
lished as  a portion  of  part  v of  volume  iii  of  Raccolta  di  docu- 
menti e studi  pubblicati  dalla  R.  Commissione  Colombiana  pel 
quarto  centenario  dalla  scoperta  dell’America,  appearing  under 
the  auspices  of  the  Minister  of  Public  Instruction;  and  from 
Stanley,  from  his  First  voyage  round  the  world,  by  Magellan 
(Hakluyt  Society  publications,  London,  1874),  which  was  trans- 
lated by  Lord  Stanley  in  part  from  the  longer  French  MS.  in 
the  Bibliothèque  Nationale,  Paris,  and  in  part  from  the  Amoretti 
publication  (Milan,  1800)  made  from  the  Italian  MS.  in  the 
Biblioteca  Ambrosiana.] 

[Note:  References  in  small  capitals  throughout  these  notes 
(as  for  instance,  vol.  ii,  p.  26)  are  to  Blair  and  Robertson’s  The 
Philippine  Islands:  14Q3-1898. ] 

1 The  greater  part  of  the  life  of  Antonio  Pigafetta  is  shrouded 
in  darkness.  The  Pigafetta  family,  who  resided  at  Venice,  and 
was  formerly  of  Tuscan  origin,  dates  back  before  him  for  several 
centuries.  The  Pigafetta  escutcheon  was  white  above  and  black 
below  with  a white  transverse  bar  running  from  left  to  right. 
On  the  lower  part  were  three  red  roses,  one  of  them  on  the  bar. 
The  old  family  house  is  still  standing  and  shows  the  motto  II 
nest  rose  sans  espine,  i.e.,  “ No  rose  without  a thorn,”  which 
was  probably  carved  in  1481,  when  the  house  was  repaired,  and 
not  by  Antonio  Pigafetta  after  his  return  from  his  voyage  as 
some  assert.  Antonio  Pigafetta  was  born  toward  the  close  of 
the  fifteenth  century,  but  the  date  cannot  be  positively  fixed,  some 
declaring  it  to  be  1491  ; but  Harrisse  who  follows  Marzari,  gives 
the  date  as  1480.  It  is  unknown  who  his  parents  were  and  some 
have  asserted  that  he  was  a natural  child,  although  this  is  evi- 
dently unfounded,  as  he  was  received  into  the  military  order  of  St. 
John.  At  an  early  age  he  probably  became  familiar  with  the 
sea  and  developed  his  taste  for  traveling.  He  went  to  Spain 
with  the  Roman  ambassador  Chieregato,  in  1519,  but  in  what 
capacity  is  unknown.  Hearing  details  of  Magalhàes’s  intended 
voyage  he  contrived  to  accompany  him.  Navarrete  surmises  that 
he  is  the  Antonio  Lombardo  mentioned  in  the  list  of  the  captain’s 
servants  and  volunteers  who  sailed  on  the  expedition,  so  called 

199 


200 


FIRST  VOYAGE  AROUND  THE  WORLD 


Voi. 


as  his  country  was  Lombardy.  After  the  return  of  the  “ Vic- 
toria,” he  journeyed  in  Spain,  Portugal,  and  France,  and  returned 
to  Italy  probably  in  January,  1523.  The  relation  presented  by 
him  to  Carlos  I was  probably  a draft  of  his  notes  taken  daily 
throughout  the  voyage.  His  Relation  as  we  know  it  was  under- 
taken at  the  request  of  the  marchioness  of  Mantova,  but  its  com- 
position was  arrested  by  an  order  from  Clement  VII  to  come  to 
Rome,  whither  he  went  in  December,  1523,  or  January,  1524, 
meeting  Villiers  Lisle- Adam  on  his  journey  thither.  He  re- 
mained in  the  pope’s  service  but  a short  time,  for  in  April,  1524, 
he  was  back  in  Venice.  That  same  year  he  was  granted  a copy- 
right on  his  Relation , which  he  intended  to  print,  for  twenty 
years.  Pozzo  says  that  he  was  received  into  the  Order  of  St. 
John,  October  3,  1524,  but  it  was  probably  somewhat  before  that 
date.  Between  the  dates  of  August,  1524,  and  August,  1530,  his 
work  was  presented  to  Villiers  ITsle-Adam.  Nothing  further  is 
known  of  him,  though  some  say  that  he  fought  against  the  Turks 
as  late  as  1536,  while  others  have  placed  his  death  in  1534  or 
1 535  and  at  Malta.  In  addition  to  his  Relation  Pigafetta  wrote 
a Treatise  on  the  art  of  navigation , which  follows  his  Relation. 
This  is  not  presented  in  the  present  publication,  notwithstanding 
its  importance,  as  being  outside  of  the  present  scope.  It  is  repro- 
duced by  Mosto.  He  has  sometimes  been  confused  with 
Marcantonio  Pigafetta  (a  Venetian  gentleman),  the  author  of 
Itinerario  da  Vienna  a Constantino  poli  (London,  1585)  ; and 
wrongly  called  Vincenzo  Antonio  Pigafetta,  the  “Vincenzo” 
being  an  error  for  “ vicentino,”  i.e.,  “ Venetian.”  See  Mosto,  Il 
primo  viaggio... di  Antonio  Pigafetta  (Roma,  1894),  PP-  13-30; 
Larousse’s  Dictionnaire ; and  La  grande  Encyclopédie  (Paris). 

2 The  Order  of  St.  John  of  Jerusalem.  See  vol.  ii,  p.  26,  note 
2.  Throughout  this  Relation  Pigafetta’s  spelling  of  proper  names 
is  retained. 

3 Philippe  de  Villiers  1’Isle-Adam,  the  forty-third  grand  mas- 
ter of  the  Order  of  the  Knights  of  St.  John  (called  Knights  of 
Malta  after  1530),  was  born  of  an  old  and  distinguished  family 
at  Beauvais,  in  1464,  and  died  at  Malta,  August  21,  1534,  at 
grief,  some  say,  over  the  dissensions  in  his  order.  He  was  elected 
grand  master  of  his  order  in  1521  and  in  the  following  year 
occurred  his  heroic  defense  of  Rhodes  with  but  four  thousand 
five  hundred  soldiers  against  the  huge  fleet  and  army  of  Soliman. 
After  six  months  he  was  compelled  to  surrender  his  stronghold 
in  October,  and  refusing  Soliman’s  entreaties  to  remain  with  him, 
went  to  Italy.  In  1524  he  was  given  the  city  of  Viterbe  by 
Clement  VII,  where  in  June  of  1527  he  held  a general  chapter 
of  his  order,  at  which  it  was  decided  to  accept  the  island  of  Malta 
which  had  been  offered  by  Charles  V.  The  gift  was  confirmed 
by  the  letters-patent  of  Charles  V in  1530,  and  Villiers  ITsle- 


One] 


NOTES 


201 


Adam  went  thither  in  October  of  that  year.  He  was  always  held 
in  high  esteem  for  his  bravery,  prudence,  and  piety.  See  Moreri’s 
Dictionaire , and  Larousse’s  Dictionnaire . 

4 The  four  MSS.  of  Pigafetta’s  Relation  are  those  known  as 
the  Ambrosian  or  Italian,  so  called  from  its  place  of  deposit,  the 
Biblioteca  Ambrosiana  in  Milan;  no.  5,650,  conserved  in  the 
Bibliothèque  Nationale,  Paris,  in  French;  no.  24,224,  in  the 
same  library,  also  in  French;  and  the  Nancy  MS.  (also  French) 
so  called  because  it  was  conserved  in  Nancy,  France,  now  owned 
by  the  heirs  of  Sir  Thomas  Phillips,  Cheltenham,  England.  The 
MSS.  of  the  Bibliothèque  Nationale  are  both  shorter  than  the 
Italian  MS.  The  Nancy  MS.  is  said  to  be  the  most  complete  of 
the  French  manuscripts.  The  best  bibliographical  account  of 
these  four  MSS.  that  has  yet  appeared  is  by  Mosto  ut  supra.  A 
full  bibliographical  account  of  both  the  MSS.  and  printed  books 
will  be  given  in  the  volume  on  bibliography  in  this  series. 

There  are  a number  of  radical  differences  between  the  Paris 
MS.  no.  5,650  (which  will  be  hereafter  referred  to  simply  as  MS. 
5,650)  and  the  Italian  MS.,  these  differences  including  paragraph 
structure  and  the  division  of  MS.  5,650  into  various  chapters, 
although  the  sequence  is  on  the  whole  identical.  The  most  radical 
of  the  differences  will  be  shown  in  these  notes.  MS.  5,650  con- 
tains the  following  title  on  the  page  immediately  preceding  the 
beginning  of  the  relation  proper:  “ Navigation  and  discovery  of 
Upper  Indie,  written  by  me,  Anthoyne  Pigaphete,  a Venetian, 
and  knight  of  Rhodes.” 

5 The  emperor  Charles  V ; but  he  was  not  elected  to  that 
dignity  until  June,  1519.  Pigafetta  writing  after  that  date  is  not 
explicit. 

6 Francesco  Chiericati  was  born  in  Venice,  in  one  of  the  most 
ancient  and  famous  families  of  that  city,  at  the  end  of  the  fifteenth 
century.  He  attained  preeminence  at  Sienna  in  both  civil  and 
ecclesiastical  law.  Aided  by  Cardinal  Matteo  Lang,  bishop  of 
Sion,  he  was  received  among  the  prelates  of  the  apostolic  palace. 
Later  he  conducted  several  diplomatic  missions  with  great  skill. 
He  left  Rome  for  Spain  in  December,  1518,  on  a private  mission 
for  the  pope,  and  especially  to  effect  a crusade  against  the  Turks 
who  were  then  invading  Egypt  and  threatening  Christianity.  His 
house  at  Barcelona  became  the  meeting-place  of  the  savants  of  that 
day  who  discussed  literature  and  science.  See  Mosto,  p.  19,  note  3. 

7 MS.  5,650  adds:  “scholars  and  men  of  understanding.” 

8 MS.  5,650  reads:  “so  that  I might  satisfy  the  wish  of  the 
said  gentlemen  and  also  my  own  desire,  so  that  it  could  be  said 
that  I had  made  the  said  voyage  and  indeed  been  an  eyewitness 
of  the  things  hereafter  written.” 


202 


FIRST  VOYAGE  AROUND  THE  WORLD  [Voi. 


9 See  vol.  i,  p.  250,  note  192  for  sketch  of  Magalhàes.  The 
only  adequate  life  of  Magalhàes  in  English  is  that  of  Guillemard. 

10  That  is,  the  Order  of  Santiago.  See  vol.  i,  p.  145,  note 
1 7 1.  Magalhàes  and  Falero  were  decorated  with  the  cross  of 
comendador  of  the  order  by  Carlos  I in  the  presence  of  the  royal 
Council  in  July,  1518.  See  Guillemard’s  Ferdinand  Magellan , 
p.  1 14. 

11  See  vol.  1 for  various  documents  during  the  period  of  the 
preparation  of  the  fleet;  also  Guillemard’s  Magellan , pp.  114-116 
and  1 30-1 34;  and  Stanley’s  First  Voyage , pp.  xxxiv-xlvi. 

12  Pope  Clement  VII,  who  assumed  the  papacy  November  19, 
1523.  Pigafetta  was  summoned  to  Rome  very  soon  after  Cle- 
ment’s election,  for  he  was  in  Rome  either  in  December,  1523,  or 
January,  1524. 

13  The  Amoretti  edition  (Milan,  1800;  a wofully  garbled 
adaptation  of  the  Italian  MS.)  wrongly  ascribes  this  desire  to 
Clement  VII,  instead  of  Villiers  L’lsle-Adam.  See  Stanley,  p.  36, 
note  3. 

14  MS.  5*650  reads:  “ Finally,  most  illustrious  Lordship,  after 
all  provisions  had  been  made  and  the  ships  were  in  readiness,  the 
captain-general,  a wise  and  virtuous  man,  and  one  mindful  of  his 
honor,  would  not  commence  his  voyage  without  first  making  some 
good  and  suitable  rules,  such  as  it  is  the  approved  custom  to  make 
for  those  who  go  to  sea,  although  he  did  not  entirely  declare 
the  voyage  that  he  was  about  to  make  lest  those  men,  through 
astonishment  and  fear,  should  refuse  to  accompany  him  on  the 
so  long  voyage  that  he  had  determined  upon.  In  consideration 
of  the  furious  and  violent  storms  that  reign  on  the  Ocean  Sea 
where  he  was  about  to  sail,  and  in  consideration  of  another  reason 
also,  namely,  that  the  masters  and  captains  of  the  other  ships  in 
his  fleet  had  no  liking  for  him  (the  reason  for  which  I know  not, 
unless  because  he,  the  captain-general,  was  a Portuguese,  and 
they  Spaniards  or  Castilians,  who  have  for  a long  while  been 
biased  and  ill-disposed  toward  one  another,  but  who,  in  spite  of 
that,  rendered  him  obedience),  he  made  his  rules  such  as  follow, 
so  that  his  ships  might  not  go  astray  or  become  separated  from 
one  another  during  storms  at  sea.  He  published  those  rules  and 
gave  them  in  writing  to  every  master  in  the  ships  and  ordered 
them  to  be  inviolably  observed  and  kept,  unless  for  urgent  and 
legitimate  excuse,  and  the  proof  that  any  other  action  was  im- 
possible.” 

15  A Spanish  word,  meaning  “ lantern.” 

16  Mosto  wrongly  derives  strengue  from  the  Spanish  trema 
“ braid  ” or  “ twist.”  Instead  it  is  the  Spanish  word  estrenque , 


One] 


NOTES 


203 


which  denotes  a large  rope  made  from  Spanish  grass  hemp  {stipa) 
-known  to  the  Spaniards  as  esparto . MS.  5,650  reads:  “ Some- 
times he  set  out  a lantern  ; at  other  times  a thick  rush  cord  which 
was  lighted  and  was  called  ‘ trenche  ’ [i.e.,  ‘estrenque,’  ‘ rope  of 
Spanish  grass  hemp’].”  Barcio  ( Diccionario  general  etimològico ) 
says  that  the  origin  of  estrenque  is  unknown. 

17  MS.  5,650  reads:  “ If  he  wished  the  other  ships  to  haul  in 
a bonnet-sail,  which  was  a part  of  the  sail  attached  to  the  main- 
sail, he  showed  three  lights.  Also  by  three  lights  notwithstand- 
ing that  the  weather  might  be  favorable  for  making  better  time, 
it  was  understood  that  the  bonnet-sail  was  to  be  hauled  in,  so  that 
the  mainsail  might  be  sooner  and  easier  struck  and  furled  when 
bad  weather  came  suddenly  in  any  squall  or  otherwise.” 

18  MS.  5,650  adds:  “which  he  had  extinguished  immediately 
after;”  and  continues:  “then  showing  a single  light  as  a sign 
that  he  intended  to  stop  there  and  wait  until  the  other  ships 
should  do  as  he.” 

19  MS.  5,650  adds:  “ that  is  to  say,  a rock  in  the  sea.” 

20  Stanley  translates  the  following  passage  wrongly.  Rightly 
translated,  it  is  : “ Also  when  he  desired  the  bonnet-sail  to  be  re- 
attached to  the  sail,  he  showed  three  fires.” 

21  This  passage  is  omitted  in  MS.  5,650. 

22  Hora  de  la  modorra  is  in  Spanish  that  part  of  the  night 
immediately  preceding  the  dawn.  Mosto,  p.  52,  note  8. 

23  Contra  maestro  (boatswain)  corresponding  to  the  French 
contremaitre  and  the  Spanish  contramaestre,  was  formerly  the 
third  officer  of  a ship’s  crew.  Nochiero  (French  nocher)  was  the 
officer  next  to  contramaestre,  although  the  name,  according  to 
Littré  was  applied  to  the  master  or  seacaptain  of  certain  small 
craft.  The  maestro  (French  maitre)  was  a sub-officer  in  charge 
of  all  the  crew.  The  pilot  was  next  to  the  captain  in  importance. 
The  translator  or  adapter  who  made  MS.  5,650  confuses  the 
above  officers  (see  following  note). 

24  The  instructions  pertaining  to  the  different  watches  are  as 

follows  in  MS.  5,650:  “ In  addition  to  the  said  rules  for  carry- 

ing on  the  art  of  navigation  as  is  fitting,  and  in  order  to  avoid 
the  dangers  that  may  come  upon  those  who  do  not  have  watches 
set,  the  said  captain,  who  was  skilled  in  the  things  required  and 
in  navigation,  ordered  three  watches  to  be  set.  The  first  was 
at  the  beginning  of  the  night;  the  second  at  midnight;  and  the 
third  toward  daybreak,  which  is  commonly  called  the  ‘ diane  ’ 
[i.e.,  ‘morn’]  or  otherwise  ‘the  star  of  dawn.’  The  above- 
named  watches  were  changed  nightly:  that  is  to  say,  that  he  who 
had  stood  first  watch  stood  second  the  day  following,  while  he 


204 


FIRST  VOYAGE  AROUND  THE  WORLD  [Voi. 


who  had  stood  second,  stood  third  ; and  thus  did  they  continue  to 
change  nightly.  The  said  captain  ordered  that  his  rules,  both 
those  of  signals  and  of  watches,  be  thoroughly  observed,  so  that 
their  voyage  might  be  made  with  the  greatest  of  safety.  The  men 
of  the  said  fleet  were  divided  into  three  divisions:  the  first  was 
that  of  the  captain;  the  second  that  of  the  pilot  or  boatswain’s 
mate;  and  the  third  that  of  the  master.  The  above  rules  having 
been  instituted,  the  captain-general  determined  to  depart,  as  fol- 
lows.” 

25  See  Guillemard’s  Magellan , pp.  329-336,  and  Navarrete, 
Col.  de  viages,  iv,  pp.  3-1 1,  162-188,  for  the  stores  and  equip- 
ments of  the  fleet  and  their  cost.  The  stores  carried  consisted 
of  wine,  olive  oil,  vinegar,  fish,  pork,  peas  and  beans,  flour,  garlic, 
cheese,  honey,  almonds,  anchovies,  raisins,  prunes,  figs,  sugar, 
quince  preserves,  capers,  mustard,  beef,  and  rice.  The  apothecary 
supplies  were  carried  in  the  “ Trinidad,”  and  the  ecclesiastical 
ornaments  in  that  ship  and  the  “ San  Antonio.” 

26  The  exact  number  of  men  who  accompanied  Magalhàes  is 
a matter  of  doubt.  A royal  decree,  dated  Barcelona,  May  5, 
1519,  conserved  in  the  papers  of  the  India  House  of  Trade  in 
Archivo  general  de  Indias  at  Sevilla,  with  pressmark  est.  41,  caj. 
6,  leg.  2-25,  orders  that  only  two  hundred  and  thirty-five  per- 
sons sail  in  the  fleet.  The  same  archives  contain  various  registers 
of  the  fleet  (see  Llorens  Ascensio’s  P rimerà  vuelta  al  mundo , 
Madrid,  1903),  one  of  which  is  published  by  Medina  in  his 
Colección  (i,  p.  113).  Guillemard  ( Magellan , p.  326)  says  that 
at  least  two  hundred  and  sixty-eight  men  went  as  is  shown  by  the 
official  lists  and  “ the  casual  occurrence  of  names  in  the  numerous 
and  lengthy  autos  fiscales  connected  with  the  expedition.”  Guille- 
mard conjectures  that  the  total  number  must  have  been  between 
two  hundred  and  seventy  and  two  hundred  and  eighty.  Mosto 
(p.  53>  note  2)  says:  “ Castanheda  and  Barros  say  that  the  crews 
amounted  to  250  men,  while  Herrera  says  234.  Navarrete’s  lists 
show  a total  of  265  men.  At  least  37  were  Portuguese,  and  in 
addition  to  them  and  the  Spaniards,  the  crews  contained  Genoese 
and  Italians  (thirty  or  more),  French  (nineteen),  Flemings, 
Germans,  Sicilians,  English,  Corfiotes,  Malays,  Negroes,  Moors, 
Madeirans,  and  natives  of  the  Azores  and  Canary  Islands.  But 
seventeen  are  recorded  from  Seville,  while  there  are  many  Bis- 
cayans. (See  Guillemard,  ut  supra , pp.  326-329.)  The  registers 
of  men  as  given  by  Navarrete  (Col.  de  viages , iv,  pp.  12-26)  are 
as  follows. 


One] 


NOTES 


205 


Trinidad 

(Flagship  of  no  tons) 


Capacity 

Name 

Nationality 

Chief  cap- 
tain of 
the  fleet 

Hernando  de  Magallanes 

Portuguese,  citizen  of 

Pilot  of  his 
Highness 

Esteban  Gomez 

Oporto 

Portuguese 

Notary 

Leon  de  Espeleta 

Master 

Juan  Bautista  de  Pun- 

zorol 1 

Cestre,  on  the  Genoese 

Alguacil 2 

Gonzalo  Gomez  de  Espi- 

shore 

nosa 

Espinosa 

Contra- 

maestre 

Francisco  Albo  3 

Axio,  citizen  of  Rodas 

Surgeon 

Juan  de  Morales  4 

Sevilla 

Barber 

Marcos  de  Bayas 

San  Lucar  de  Alpechin 

Carpenter 

Master  Antonio 

Genoese 

Steward 

Cristobal  Ros  or 

Lepe 

Calker 

Rodriguez 

Felipe  5 

Genoese,  native  of  Reco 

Cooper 

Francisco  Martin 

Sevilla 

Sailor 

Francisco  de  Espinosa 

De  le  Brizuela 

<« 

Ginés  de  Mafra 

Jerez 

<< 

Leon  Pancaldo  6 

Saona,  in  Génova 

u 

Juan  Ginovés  7 

San  Remò 

a 

Francisco  Piora 

Saona 

it 

Martin  Ginovés 

Cestre 

it 

Anton  Hernandez  Col- 

menero 

Huelva 

l( 

Anton  Ros,  or  Rodriguez 

Huelva 

1 Called  in  other  lists  Juan  Bautista,  Bautista  de  Poncero,  Ponceron,  and  by  Herrera, 
Juan  Bautista  de  Poncevera. — Navarrete. 

2 A marine  officer  above  the  rank  of  soldier,  but  below  that  of  ensign. 

3 The  pilot  who  wrote  the  logbook  of  the  ship  “Victoria  ” from  its  arrival  at  the 
cape  of  San  Augustin  in  Brazil  until  its  return  to  Spain.  Navarrete  says  that  Herrera 
calls  him  Francisco  Calvo. 

4 Called  Bachelor  Morales  in  another  register. — Navarrete. 

6 Called  Filipo  de  Troa  in  another  register. — Navarrete. 

6 Called  Pancado  in  another  register. — Navarrete. 

1 Called  Sanrremo  Ginovés  in  another  register. — Navarrete. 


200 


FIRST  VOYAGE  AROUND  THE  WORLD 


[Voi. 


Capacity 

Name 

Nationality 

Sailor 

Bartolomé  Sanchez 

Huelva 

U 

Tomas  de  Natia 

Cestre 

<< 

Diego  Martin 

Huelva 

it 

Domingo  de  Urrutia  1 

Lequeitio 

<< 

Francisco  Martin 

Huelva 

a 

Juan  Rodriguez 

Sevilla 

Gunner 

Master  Andres,  chief 

gunner 

Bristol,  in  England 

<< 

Juan  Bautista 

Mompeller 

«< 

Guillermo  Tanegui 

Lila  de  Groya 

Common 

seaman 

Antonio  de  Goa 

Loro 

a 

Anton  de  Noya  2 

Noya  in  Galicia 

a 

Francisco  de  Ayamonte 

Ayamonte 

a 

Juan  de  Santandres  3 

Cueto 

tt 

Bias  de  Toledo  4 

Almunia  in  Aragon 

tt 

Anton  5 

Black 

a 

Basco  Gomez  Gallego 

Portuguese 

tt 

Juan  Gallego 

Pontevedra 

<( 

Luis  de  Beas  6 

Beas  in  Galicia 

a 

Juan  de  Grijol 

Grijol  in  Portugal 

Boy 

Gutierrez 

Asturian  from  Villasevil 

a 

Juan  Genovés  7 

A port  on  the  Genoese 
shore 

tt 

Andres  de  la  Cruz  8 

Sevilla 

Servants  of  the  captain  and  sobresalientes  9 

Servant 

Cristobal  Rabelo 

Portuguese,  native  of 
Oporto 

Sobresa- 

liente 

Joan  Minez  or  Martinez 

Sevilla 

1 Called  in  other  registers,  Barruti,  Barrutia,  Barote,  and  Domingo  Vizcaino. — Nava- 

RRETE. 

2 Called  Anton  Gallego  and  Antonio  Varela  in  other  registers. — Navarrete. 

3 Called  Juan  de  Santander  in  another  register. — Navarrete. 

4 Called  Bias  Durango  in  another  register. — Navarrete. 

6 The  slave  of  Gonzalo  Gomez  de  Espinoza,  called  Anton  Moreno  in  another  register. 
— Navarrete. 

8 Said  to  be  a Portuguese  in  another  register. — Navarrete. 

7 Called  Juan  Antonio  in  another  register. — Navarrete. 

8 Called  Andres  Paye  in  another  register. — Navarrete. 

9 Sobresaliente  is  thus  defined  by  Las  Partiday — the  laws  of  Castilla,  compiled  by  Al- 
fonso X. — parte  I.,  tit.  24,  ley  6:  “ Sobresalientes  are  called  otherwise  men  who  are 
placed  over  and  above  the  requisite  number  in  the  ships,  both  as  crossbowmen  and  other 
classes  of  soldiers.  Such  men  have  no  other  duty  than  to  defend  those  who  might  be  in 
their  ships  when  fighting  with  enemies.”  Cited  by  Mosto  from  A.  Jal  in  Glossaire 


One] 


NOTES 


207 


Capacity 

Name 

Nationality 

Servant 

Fernando  Portogues  1 

Portuguese,  native  of 

Sobresa- 

Oporto 

liente 

Antonio  Lombardo  2 

Lombardia 

Peti-Joan 

French,  native  of  Angeo 

Gonzalo  Rodriguez 

[i.e.,  Anjou] 

Portuguese 

Diego  Sanchez  Barrasa 

Sevilla 

Luis  Alonso,  de  Gois  3 

Portuguese,  citizen  of 

Duarte  Barbosa 

Ayamonte 

Portuguese 

Albaro  de  la  Mezquita 

Portuguese 

Servant 

Nuno 

Portuguese,  native  of 

Servant 

Diego 

Montemayor  Nuevo 

San  Lucar 

Captain’s 

boy 

F rancisco  4 

Portuguese,  native  of  Es- 

Idem 

Jorge  Morisco 

tremiz 

Lombardia 

Chaplain 

Pedro  de  Balderrama 

Ecija 

Merino 

Alberto  5 Merino 

Cordova 

Servant  of 
the  al- 

guacil 

Pero  Gomez 

Hornilla  la  Prieta 

Armorer 

Pero  Sanchez  6 

Sevilla 

Interpre- 
ter, a 

servant 

Henrique  de  Malaca  7 

Malaca 

Làzaro  de  Torres 

Aracena 

nautique.  (Paris,  1848).  Mosto  speaks  of  them  as  soldiers  or  volunteers  who  were  em- 
barked to  take  part  in  battles  and  in  boarding.  Guillemard  says  of  them:  “The  young 
men  of  good  family,  who  took  part  in  the  expedition  from  love  of  adventure  or  desire  for 
advancement  in  military  service,  shipped  as  sobresa/ientes , or  supernumeraries”  (ut 
supra,  p.  328). 

1 Called  in  another  register,  Fernan  Lopez,  volunteer. — Navarrete. 

2 Called  Antonio  de  Plegafetis  \j.e.,  Pigafetta]  in  another  register. — Navarrete. 

3 Called  Luis  Alfonso  in  another  register. — Navarrete. 

4 Called  Francisco  de  la  Mezquita  in  another  register. — Navarrete. 

5 Called  Albertos,  a sobresaliente,  in  another  register. — Navarrete. 

Merino:  A shepherd,  and  formerly  by  extension  an  alguacil,  which  is  its  meaning  here. 

•Called  Pedro  Sanildes  in  another  register. — Navarrete. 

7 Magalhae’s  slave,  who  afterward,  according  to  Pigafetta,  plotted  the  death  of  the 
Europeans,  by  conspiring  with  the  ruler  of  Cebu. 


2o8 


FIRST  VOYAGE  AROUND  THE  WORLD  [Voi. 


San  Antonio 
( 120  tons) 


Capacity 

Name 

Nationality 

Captain 
and  su- 
pervisor 
of  the 

fleet 

Juan  de  Cartagena 

Accountant 

Antonio  de  Coca 

Notary 

Hierónimo  Guerra 

His  Maj- 
esty’s 

pilot 

Andres  de  San  Martin 

Pilot  of  his 

Highness 

Juan  Rodriguez  de 

Mafra 

Master 

Juan  de  Elorriaga  1 

Guipuzcoa 

Boatswain 

Diego  Hernandez 

Sevilla 

Barber 

Pedro  Olabarrieta  2 

Bilbao 

Steward 

Juan  Ortiz  de  Gopegar  3 

Bilbao 

Calker 

Pedro  de  Bilbao 

Bilbao 

Carpenter 

Pedro  de  Sabtua 

Bermeo 

Calker 

Martin  de  Goytisolo 

Baquio 

Cooper 

Joan  de  Oviedo 

Sevilla 

Sailor 

Sebastian  de  Olarte 

Bilbao 

u 

Lope  de  Uguarte 

(< 

Joanes  de  Segura 

Segura  in  Guipuzcoa 

<« 

Joan  de  Francia 

Ruan  [i.e.,  Rouen] 

<( 

Jàcome  de  Mecina 

Mesina 

<« 

Christóbal  Garcia 

From  Palos 

<< 

Pero  Hernandez 

Rivadesella 

<( 

Hernando  de  Morales  1 

Sevilla 

a 

Antonio  Rodriguez,  Cal- 
derero  [ i.e .,  black- 

- 

smith] 

From  Moguer 

a 

Francisco,  Marinerò  [i.e., 

a sailor] 

Citizen  of  Huelva 

<( 

Francisco  Ros,  or  Rodri- 

guez 

From  Huelva 

u 

Pedro  de  Laredo 

Portogalete 

<« 

Simon  de  Asio 

Axio 

1 Called  in  other  registers,  Uriaga,  Hurriaga,  Loriaga,  and  Elorraga. — Navarrete. 

2 In  another  register  said  to  be  the  servant  of  Antonio  de  Coca. — Navarrete. 

3 Called  Juan  Ortiz  de  Goperi  in  another  register. — Navarrete. 

4 Called  Francisco  de  Morales  in  another  register. — Navarrete. 


One] 


NOTES 


209 


Capacity 

Name 

Nationality 

Gunner 

Master  Jacques,  chief 

gunner 

From  Tierra  Lorena  [i.e., 

land  of  Lorraine] 

<< 

Rojer  Dupict 

Monaym 

ii 

Joan  Jorge 

Silvedrin 

Common 

seaman 

Luis,1  Grumete  [i.e.,  a 

common  seaman] 

Galicia 

u 

Martin  de  Aguirre 

Arrigorriaga 

ii 

Columbazo 

Bolonia  [i.e.,  Bologna] 

U 

Lucas  de  Mecina 

Mesina 

a 

Lorencio  Rodriguez 

From  Moguer 

a 

Miguel 

Pravia,  in  Asturias 

<< 

Joanes  de  I run  Iranzo 

Irun  Iranza  in  Guipuz- 

coa 

ii 

Joan  Ginoves 

Saona 

a 

Joan  de  Orue 

Munguia 

a 

Alonso  del  Puerto  2 

Puerto  de  Santa  Maria 

Boy 

Diego,  son  of  Cristobal 

Garcia 

From  Palos 

a 

Diego,  son  of  Juan  Rodri- 

guez de  Mafra 

Servants  and  sobresalientes 

Chaplain 

Sobresa- 

Bernardo  Calmeta 

Lay  torà  in  France 

liente 

Joan  de  Chinchilla 

Murcia 

a 

Anton  de  Escobar 

Talavera 

a 

Francisco  de  Angulo 

Moron 

Servant  to 

the  cap- 
tain 

Francisco  de  Molino 

Baeza 

a 

Roque  Pelea 

Salamanca 

a 

Rodrigo  Nieto,  a Galician 

Orense 

a 

Alonso  del  Rio 

Burgos 

a 

Pedro  de  Balpuesta 

Citizen  of  Burgos 

a 

Joan  de  Leon 

Leon 

a 

a 

Gutierre  de  Tunon  3 

Joan  de  Sagredo,4 

Tunon  in  Asturias 

merino 

Revenga,  in  the  land  of 

Burgos 

a 

Joan  de  Minchaca,  a 

crossbowman 

Bilbao 

1 Luis  de  Avendano  in  another  register. — Navarrete. 

2 Called  Alonso  de  Palos  in  another  register. — Navarrete. 

3 Called  Garcia  de  Tunon  in  another  register. — Navarrete. 

4 Called  Segredo  in  another  register. — Navarrete. 


210 


FIRST  VOYAGE  AROUND  THE  WORLD 


Voi. 


Capacity 

Name 

Nationality 

Captain’s 

Antonio  Hernandez,  in- 

servant 

terpreter 

Ayamonte 

Servant  to 
the  ac- 

countant 

Juan  Gomez  de  Espinosa 

Espinosa 

it 

Pedro  de  Urrea 

Brujas 

Captain 

Concepcion 
(90  tons) 

Gaspar  de  Quesada 

Notary 

Sancho  de  Heredia 

Pilot  of  his 

Highness 

Joan  Lopez  Caraballo 

Portuguese 

Master 

Joan  Sebastian  de  El- 

cano  1 

Guetaria 

Boatswain 

Joan  de  Acurio 

Bermeo 

Barber 

Hernando  de  Busta- 

mente  2 

Mérida 

Calker 

Antonio  de  Basazabal 3 

Bermeo 

Carpenter 

Domingo  de  Iraza4 

Deva 

Steward 

Joan  de  Campos 

Alcala  de  Henares 

Cooper 

Pero  Perez 

Sevilla 

Sailor 

Francisco  Rodriguez  5 

Sevilla 

<( 

Francisco  Ruiz 

Moguer 

<( 

Mateo  de  Gorfo  6 

Gorfo 

(< 

Joan  Rodriguez  7 

Huelva 

u 

Sebastian  Garcia  8 

Huelva 

tt 

Gomez  Hernandez 

Huelva 

tt 

Lorenzo  de  I runa  9 

Socavila  in  Guipuzcoa 

tt 

Joan  Rodriguez,10  el  sordo 

[*.£.,  the  deaf  man] 

Sevilla 

it 

Joan  de  Aguirre 

Bermeo 

tt 

Joan  de  Ortega 

Cifuentes 

1 In  other  registers  called  Del  Cano,  Delcano,  and  simply  Juan  Sebastian. — Nava- 

RRETE. 

2 Said  to  be  a native  of  Alcantara  in  another  register. — Navarrete. 

3 Called  Anton  de  Bazaza  in  another  register. — Navarrete. 

4 Called  Domingo  de  Yarza  in  another  register. — Navarrete. 

5 Said  to  be  a native  of  Portugal  in  another  register. — Navarrete. 

8 Called  Mateo  Griego  in  another  register. — Navarrete. 

7 Called  in  another  register  Juan  Rodriguez  de  Huelva,  native  of  Mallorca. — Nava- 
rrete. 

8 Called  Sebastian  de  Huelva  in  another  register. — Navarrete. 

9 Called  Lorenzo  Duirna  in  another  register. — Navarrete. 

10Called  Juan  Roiz  in  another  register. — Navarrete. 


One] 


NOTES 


21  I 


Capacity 

Name 

Nationality 

Gunner 

Hans  Vargue,1  chief  gun- 

ner 

German 

ii 

Master  Pedro 

Bruselas 

« 

Roldan  de  Argote 

Flandes,  in  Brujas 

Common 

seaman 

Joan  de  Olivar  2 

ii 

Guillermo  de  Loie  3 

ii 

Cristobal  de  Costa  4 

Jerez 

a 

Guillen 

Galvey 

a 

Gonzalo  de  Vigo 

Vigo 

ii 

Pedro  de  Muguertegui 

Muguertegui 

a 

Martin  de  Isaurraga 

Bermeo 

<< 

Rodrigo  Macias 

Sevilla 

u 

Joan  Navarro  5 

Pamplona 

a 

Joanes  de  Tuy 

Boy 

Juanillo  6 

Galbey 

ii 

Pedro  de  Churdurza  7 

Sobresalientes 

Bermeo 

Captain’s 

servant 

Luis  del  Molino 

Baeza 

ii 

Antonio  Fernandez 

Portuguese,  of  Sevilla 

ii 

Alonso  Coto  8 

Genoese 

ii 

Francisco  Diaz  de  Mad- 

rid 

Madrid 

Merino 

Martin  de  Judicibus 

Genoese 

Juan  de  Silva 

Isla  Graciosa,  in  Azores 

Blacksmith 

Gonzalo  Hernandez 

Santa  Maria  del  Puerto 

Martin  de  Magallayns 

Portuguese,  of  Lisboa 
Almonaster,  a boundary 

Joan  de  la  Torre 

Victoria 
(85  tons) 

of  Sevilla 

Captain 

and 

treasurer 

of  fleet 

Luis  de  Mendoza 

1 In  other  registers  called  Master  Ance  and  Master  Otans. — Navarrete. 

2 Called  Oliver  de  Valencia  in  another  register. — Navarrete. 

3 Called  Guillermo  Irés  in  another  register. — Navarrete. 

4 Called  Cristobal  de  Jerez  in  another  register. — Navarrete. 

5 Called  Juan  Novoro  in  another  register. — Navarrete. 

6 In  another  register  called  the  young  son  of  Juan  Caraballo. — Navarrete. 

7 Called  Pedro  Chindurza  in  another  register. — Navarrete. 

8 In  other  registers  called  Alonzo  Genoves,  Cota,  and  Costa. — Navarrete. 


212 


FIRST  VOYAGE  AROUND  THE  WORLD 


[Voi. 


Capacity 

Name 

Nationality 

Pilot  of  his 
Highness 

Basco  Gallego 

Portuguese 

Notary 

Martin  Mendez 

Citizen  of  Sevilla 

Master 

Anton  Salomon 

Trapana  in  Sicilia 

Boatswain 

Miguel  de  Rodas 

Rodas 

Alguacil 

Diego  de  Peralta 

Peralta  in  Navarra 

Steward 

Alonso  Gonzales 

Portuguese 

Calker 

Simon  de  la  Rochela 

From  La  Rochela 

Carpenter 

Martin  de  Griate  1 

From  Deva 

Sailor 

Miguel  Benesciano 

Bresà 

(< 

Diego  Gallego 

Bayona  in  Galicia 

ii 

Lope  Navarro 

Tudela 

ii 

Nicolas  Ginoves 

Genova 

<< 

Nicolao  de  Nàpoles 

Nàpoles  de  Romania 

«< 

Miguel  Sanchez 

Rodas 

«1 

Nicolao  de  Capua 

Capua 

<< 

Benito  Genovés 

Arvenga 

<« 

Felipe  de  Rodas 

Rodas 

«< 

Esteban  Villon  2 

Troya 

a 

Joan  Griego 

Nàpoles  de  Romania 

Gunner 

a 

Jorge  Aleman  [i.e.,  the 
German],  chief  gunner 
Filiberto  de  Torres  3 

From  Estric 

Toriana 

a 

Hans,  a German  4 

Agan 

Common 

seaman 

Joanico,5  a Viscayan 

Somorostro 

ii 

Joan  de  Arratia  6 

Bilbao 

ii 

Ochote  7 

Bilbao 

ii 

ii 

Martin  de  Ayamonte 
Pedro  de  Tolosa 

Tolosa  in  Guipuzcoa 

ii 

Sebastian  Ortiz 

Gelver 

ii 

Antonio 

Baresa  in  Genova 

« 

Bernal  Mahuri  8 

Narbona 

ii 

Rodrigo  Gallego  [i.e.,  a 
Galician] 

Coruna 

1 Called  in  other  registers  Garate,  Yarat,  and  Perez. — N a varrete. 

2 Called  in  another  register  Estéban  Breton,  and  a third  register  says  that  he  was  a native 
of  Trosig  in  BretarTa. — Navarrete. 

3 Another  register  says  that  he  was  a native  of  Hourienes  in  Torayn  [i.e.,  Tourraine.] 
— Navarrete. 

4 Another  register  calls  him  Airés,  and  says  that  he  was  afterward  chief  gunner  in  the 
“ Victoria.” — Navarrete. 

5 Called  in  another  register  Machin  Vizcaino  [i.e.,  a Viscayan]. — Navarrete. 

6 In  other  registers  called  Juan  de  Sahelices  and  Saylices. — Navarrete. 

7 Called  in  another  register  Ochot  de  Randio. — Navarrete. 

8 In  other  registers  called  Cristobal  Mahuri  and  Bernardo  Mauri.  — Navarrete. 


NOTES 


213 


One] 


Capacity 

Name 

Nationality 

Common 

Domingo  Portogues  [z.e., 

seaman 

a Portuguese] 

Coimbra 

Boy 

Juan  de  Zuvileta,  the  son 

of  Basco  Gallego 

Baracaldo 

Sobresalientes 

The  cap- 
tain’s 

servant 

Francisco  Carvajal 

Salamanca 

<< 

Joan  Martin  1 

Aguilar  de  Campo 

<« 

Simon  de  Burgos 

Portuguese 

«< 

Bartolomé  de  Saldana 

Palos 

Blacksmith 

Gonzalo  Rodriguez 

<< 

Pero  Garcia  de  Herrero  2 

Ciudad  Real 

Joan  Villalon 

Alonso  de  Mora,  or  de 

Antequera 

Ebora  3 

Mora,  in  Portugal 

Cooper 

Joan  de  Cordoba 

Sanlucar 

Diego  Diaz 

Santiago 
(75  tons) 

Sanlucar 

Captain 
and  pilot 
of  his 

Highness 

Joan  Serrano 

Citizen  of  Sevilla 

Notary 

Antonio  de  Costa 

Master 

Baltasar  Ginoves 

Ribera  de  Génova  [ i.e.} 
the  Genoese  shore] 

Boatswain 

Bartolomé  Prior  4 

San  Maio 

Steward 

Gaspar  Diaz 

Isla  Graciosa,  in  the 
Azores 

Calker 

Joan  Garcia 

Génova 

Carpenter 

Ripart 5 

Bruz  in  Normandia  [i.e.} 
Normandy] 

Sailor 

Antonio  Flamenco  [i.e., 

a Fleming] 

Enveres 

1 Another  register  declares  him  to  be  a native  of  Sevilla.  — Na varrete. 

2 Called  Pedro  Herrero  [/.*.,  the  blacksmith]  in  another  register. — Navarrete. 

3 Called  Alonso  Portugués  [».*.,  the  Portuguese]  in  another  register. — Navarrete. 

4 Called  in  other  registers  Maio  a Frenchman,  Malvo,  and  Amalo. — Navarrete. 

5 Called  in  other  registers  Ricarte,  Ruxar,  and  Rigarte;  while  another  says  that  he  was 
a native  of  Ebras  in  France. — Navarrete. 


2I4 


FIRST  VOYAGE  AROUND  THE  WORLD 


[Voi. 


Capacity 

Name 

Nationality 

Sailor 

Luis  Martinez 

Huelva 

44 

Bartolomé  Garcia 

Palos 

» 

Joan  Garcia 

Palos 

<< 

Agustin 

Saona 

<< 

Bocacio  Alfonso  1 

Bollullos 

(< 

Pedro  Gascon  2 [ i.e .,  a 

Gascon] 

Burdeos  [i.e.,  Bordeaux] 

<< 

Domingo  3 

<t 

Diego  Garcia  de  Trigu- 

eros 

Trigueros 

Gunner 

Lorenzo  (Jorrat 

Talesa  in  Normandia 
[i.e.,  Normandy] 

« 

Common 

Joan  Macia4 

Troya 

seaman 

Pedro  Diaz  5 

Huelva 

44 

Antonio  Hernandez  6 

Palos 

44 

Juan,7  a negro 

<< 

Joan  Breton  [i.e.,  a Bre- 

ton] 

Cruesic  in  Bretana  [i.e., 
Brittany] 

ct 

Pedro  Bello  8 

Palos 

a 

Hieronimo  Garcia  9 

Sevilla 

<< 

Pero  Arnaot 

Horrai 

a 

Pero  Garcia 

Trigueros 

Boy 

Joan  Flamenco  [i.e.,  a 

Fleming] 

Enveres 

44 

Francisco  Paxe  10 

Sobresalientes 

Merino 

Joan  de  Aroche 

Aroche,  boundary  of  Se- 
villa 

Martin  Barrena 

Villafranco  in  Guipuzcoa 

Hernan  Lorenzo 

Aroche 

1 Called  Socacio  Alonso  in  another  register. — Na varrete. 

2 Called  Pedro  Gaston  in  another  register. — Navarrete. 

3 Called  Domingo  Marinerò  [i.e.,  a sailor]  in  another  register. — Navarrete. 

4 Called  Juan  de  Troya  in  another  register. — Navarrete. 

5 Called  Pedro  de  Huelva  in  another  register. — Navarrete. 

6 Called  Alonso  Hernandez  in  another  register. — Navarrete. 

7 The  slave  of  Juan  Serrano. — Navarrete. 

8 Pedro  Brito  in  another  register. — Navarrete. 

0 Geronimo  Sevillano  [i.e.,  a native  of  Sevilla]  in  another  register. — Navarrete. 

10  Another  register  calls  him  Francisco,  the  son-in-law  of  Juan  Serrano. — Navarrete. 


One] 


NOTES 


21  5 


The  total  number  of  men  for  the  ships  as  above  given  is  235. 
Navarrete  made  his  list  from  the  list  conserved  in  Archivo  general 
de  Indias,  and  notes  of  Juan  Bautista  Munoz,  and  various  other 
sources.  The  obstacles  in  the  way  of  a correct  register  were  the 
abbreviation  of  names  and  places,  the  custom  prevalent  of  naming 
people  from  their  native  town  or  province,  and  the  fact  that  the 
various  registers  were  made  between  1519  and  1525.  From  some 
of  these  registers,  it  appears  that  the  following  men  were  also  in 
the  fleet. 


Capacity 

Name 

Nationality 

Carpenter 

Aroca 

Viscayan 

Steward 

Bias  Alfonso 

Portuguese 

Calker 

Juan  Gutierrez 

Maestre  Pedro  1 

Sailor 

Common 

Bautista  Genovés 

Genova 

seaman 

Perucho  de  Bermeo 

<( 

Domingo  Alvarez 

it 

Domingo  Gonzalez 

« 

Domingo  de  Zubillan  2 

Portuguese 

n 

Andres  Blanco 

u 

Antonio  Gomez 

Axio 

it 

Juan  Portugués  [i.e.,  a 
Portuguese] 

a 

Juan  Bras 

« 

Gonzalo  Gallego 

it 

Rodrigo  de  Hurrira 
Sebastian  Portugués  [i.e., 
a Portuguese] 

Juan  de  Ircepais 

Sobresalientes 

Secular 

priest 

Pero  Sanchez  de  Reina 
Licentiate  Morales 
Hernando  Rodriguez 
Hartiga 

Diugurria 

1 This  man  was  Shanghaied  at  the  island  of  Teneriffe  by  order  of  Magalhaes,  October 
I,  1519,  and  embarked  on  the  “Santiago,”  but  his  occupation  or  country  is  unknown. 
He  returned  in  the  “Victoria,”  and  was  one  of  those  captured  by  the  Portuguese  in  the 
island  of  Santiago  in  the  Cape  Verde  Islands,  as  is  proved  by  documents  in  Archivo  Ge- 
neral de  Indias. — Navarrete. 

2 Named  in  other  registers  Domingo,  from  Tovilla,  Portugal,  and  Domingo,  native  of 
Cobillana,  Portugal.— Navarrete. 


2IÓ 


FIRST  VOYAGE  AROUND  THE  WORLD 


[Voi. 


Capacity 

Name 

Nationality 

Soldier 

Diego  Arias 

Sanificar 

Blacksmith 
Servant  of 

Juan  Hernandez 

Triana 

Luis  de 
Men- 
doza 

Hernando  de  Aguilar 

The  negro  of  the  pilot 

Juan  Carballo 

In  addition  there  were  probably  others,  this  list  being  still  three 
short  of  Guillemard’s  figures,  268.  Harrisse  (Disc,  of  N.  Amer.} 
London  and  Paris,  1892,  pp.  714  et  seq .)  gives  a partial  list. 

27  The  Moorish  name  of  Guadalquivir  (from  Arabic  Wad-al- 
Kcbir,  “the  great  river”),  superseded  the  Roman  name  of  Baetis. 
The  Romans  formed  all  Southern  Spain  into  one  province  called 
Baetica  after  the  name  of  the  Baetis.  By  the  town  Gioan  dal 
Farax  is  meant  San  Juan  de  Aznalfarache  (from  Moorish  Hisn 
al-Faradj).  Its  Gothic  name  was  Osset  and  its  Roman  name  Julia 
Constantia.  It  is  a favorite  resort  of  the  inhabitants  of  Sevilla. 
Coria  was  once  a Roman  potters’  town  and  is  still  celebrated  for 
its  jars.  San  Lucar  de  Barrameda  was  named  in  honor  of  St. 
Luke.  It  was  captured  from  the  Moors  in  1264  and  granted  to 
the  father  of  Guzman  el  Bueno.  It  attained  importance  after 
the  discovery  of  America  because  of  its  good  harbor.  The  house 
of  Medina-Sidonia  was  founded  by  Alfonso  Pérez  de  Guzman,  a 
famous  captain. 

28  The  original  of  this  passage  is  obscure.  The  distance  given 
(ten  leagues;  and  both  MS.  5,650  and  Eden  agree  substantially 
with  it)  is  far  too  short  for  the  distance  between  San  Lucar  and 
Cape  St.  Vincent,  which  is  over  one  hundred  miles.  Pigafetta 
may  have  forgotten  the  actual  distance,  or  it  may  have  been  an 
error  of  his  amanuensis.  It  is  possible  to  translate  as  follows: 
“ which  lies  in  37  degrees  of  latitude,  [that  parallel  being]  x 
leguas  from  the  said  port  ; ” for  “ longui  ” may  be  taken  as  agree- 
ing with  “ gradi.”  In  all  rendering  of  distances,  the  Spanish  form 
will  be  used  in  preference  to  the  Italian  ; and  the  same  will  apply 
to  the  names  of  Spanish  coins. 

29  MS.  5,650  reads:  “And  after  passing  many  small  villages 
along  the  said  river,  we  at  last  reached  a chateau  belonging  to  the 
duke  of  Medinacidonia,  and  called  Sainct  Lucar,  where  there  is 
a port  with  an  entrance  into  the  Ocean  Sea.  One  enters  that 
port  by  the  east  wind,  and  leaves  by  the  west.  Nearby  is  the  cape 
of  Sainct  Vincent,  which,  according  to  cosmography,  lies  in  a 
latitude  of  thirty-seven  degrees  at  a distance  of  twenty  miles  from 


One] 


NOTES 


2 I 7 


the  said  port.  From  the  said  city  [of  Sevilla]  to  the  said  port 
by  the  river  abovesaid,  the  distance  is  thirty-five  or  forty  miles.” 
This  passage  might  be  cited  as  a proof  that  Pigafetta  did  not  trans- 
late or  write  the  French  version,  but  that  the  work  was  done  by 
another,  who  takes  various  liberties  with  his  original. 

30  MS.  5,650  reads:  “ furnish  the  fleet.” 

31  Ninguna  in  original,  a Spanish  word. 

32  MS.  5,650  adds:  “otherwise  called  ‘labeiche.’ ” Labech 
(Italian  libeccio)  is  simply  a name  for  the  southwest  wind.  This 
is  another  instance  in  which  the  French  adapter  adds  an  explana- 
tion to  the  Italian,  thus  explaining  the  Italian  term  garbino , 
“ southwest.” 

33  MS.  5,650  reads  wrongly:  “sixteenth.”  The  so-called 
Genoese  pilot  (the  author  of  the  “ Roteiro,”  by  which  name  his 
account  will  be  hereafter  designated,  and  concerning  whom,  see 
Guillemard’s  Magellan , p.  145,  and  Mosto,  p.  32,  and  note  4) 
gives  the  date  of  departure  as  September  21  (with  which  Barros 
agrees)  and  the  arrival  at  Tenerife  as  the  twenty-ninth  (see  Stan- 
ley, p.  1).  Peter  Martyr,  Gomara,  and  Oviedo  agree  with  Piga- 
fetta, while  Castanheda  makes  the  departure  in  January,  1520. 
Hughes  observes  that  if  one  keep  in  mind  the  circumstance  that 
the  day  of  the  arrival  coincided  with  the  day  dedicated  by  the 
Church  to  St.  Michael,  the  date  September  29  seems  more  ad- 
missible. However,  one  may  reconcile  the  two  dates  of  the  arrival 
by  observing  that  the  ships  stopped  at  Tenerife  until  October  2 ; 
while  Herrera  says  that  the  ships  fetched  Montana  Roja  (the 
Monte  rosso  of  the  text)  on  September  29.  See  Mosto,  p.  53, 
notes  4 and  5.  It  should  be  noted  that  Gomara  and  Oviedo 
are  not  entirely  trustworthy  authorities,  and  that  many  times 
they  have  simply  copied  from  authorities,  such  as  Maximilianus 
Transylvanus,  who  is  not  always  to  be  relied  upon. 

34  The  Canaries  were  known  to  the  ancients  under  the  names 
of  Islands  of  the  Blest,  Fortunate  Islands,  and  the  Hesperides. 
The  Moors  knew  of  them  under  the  name  of  Islands  of  Khaledat, 
but  had  no  practical  acquaintance  with  them.  In  the  fourteenth 
century  these  islands  began  to  be  known  to  Europeans,  especially 
through  the  Portuguese.  In  1402,  the  Frenchman  Jean  de  Bethen- 
court  went  there,  and  shortly  after  began  their  conquest  under 
the  auspices  of  the  crown  of  Castile.  In  consequence  of  the  set- 
tlements made  by  Bethencourt,  the  islands  were  definitely  ceded 
to  Spain  in  1481  (see  Birch’s  Alboquerque,  London,  1875-1884, 
Hakluyt  Society  Publications,  ii,  p.  vi).  The  inhabitants  of  the 
islands  were  known  as  Guanches  or  Guanchinet,  the  latter  mean- 
ing “ men  of  Tenerife.”  The  inhabitants  of  this  island,  holding 
out  longer  than  the  others,  were  not  subdued  until  1496.  See 
also  Conquest  of  Canaries  (London,  1877)  ; and  History  and  De- 


21  8 


FIRST  VOYAGE  AROUND  THE  WORLD  [Voi. 


scription  of  Africa  (London,  1896),  i,  pp.  99-101:  both  publica- 
tions of  the  Hakluyt  Society.  The  island  of  Tenerife  was  formerly 
called  Nivana  and  by  some  the  Island  of  Hell.  Like  all  the  other 
islands  of  the  Canaries  it  is  volcanic  in  formation,  and  its  peak, 
the  Teyde,  is  one  of  the  largest  volcanic  cones  known.  Its  latitude 
is  28°  15'. 

35  Guillemard  conjectures  that  this  is  Punta  Roxa,  located  at 
the  south  end  of  Tenerife. 

36  MS.  5,650  adds:  “which  is  a substance  needed  by  ships.” 
Herrera  says  that  they  waited  three  days  at  the  port  awaiting  a 
caravel  that  was  laden  with  pitch  for  the  fleet  (Mosto,  p.  53, 
note  8). 

37  MS.  5,650  reads:  “ water  coming  from  spring  or  river.” 

38  Eden  (p.  250)  adds  to  this  account  which  he  greatly 
abridges:  “The  lyke  thynge  is  al/o  fee ne  in  the  Hand  of  /aynt 
Thomas,  lyinge  directly  vnder  the  Equinoctiall  lyne.”  Of  this 
island  of  Hierro,  Pory  (History  and  description  of  Africa , Hakluyt 
Society  edition,  p.  100)  says:  “ Hierro  hath  neither  spring  nor 
well,  but  is  miraculously  furnished  with  water  by  a cloud  which 
over-spreadeth  a tree,  from  whence  distilleth  so  much  moisture,  as 
sufficeth  both  for  men  and  cattel.  This  cloud  ariseth  an  hower 
or  two  before  the  sunne,  and  is  dissolued  two  howers  after  sunne 
rising.”  This  is  an  old  story  and  is  related  by  Pliny  and  founded 
upon  fact  “ for  both  in  Madeira  and  the  Canaries  the  laurel  and 
other  heavy-foliaged  evergreens  condense  abundant  water  from 
the  daily  mists”  (Guillemard’s  Magellan , p.  149).  Gregorio 
Chil  y Naranio  (Estudios  históricos  ...  de  las  islas  Cana- 
rias , 1879)  believes  Pigafetta  means  here  the  island  of  Palma,  and 
that  the  first  navigators  visited  only  the  coast  and  so  did  not  see 
the  lake  in  the  interior  (Mosto,  p.  53,  note  9). 

30  MS.  5,650  adds:  “which  the  sailors  of  the  east  call 
‘ Cyroc.’  ” This  is  the  Italian  sirocco , which  is  the  name  for  the 
southeast  wind  instead  of  the  south.  Herrera  says  they  left  the 
port  October  2 (Mosto,  p.  54,  note  2). 

40  Eden  (p.  250)  reads  incorrectly:  “In  this  coa/t  they  had 
no  maner  of  contrary  wynds  but  a great  calme  and  fayre  wether 
for  the  /pace  of  three  /core  and  tenne  dayes,  in  the  which  they 
came  vnder  the  Equinoctiall  lyne.” 

41  MS.  5,650  adds:  “and  of  those  persons  who  have  sailed 
there  often.” 

42  MS.  5,650  reads:  “And  in  order  that  our  ships  might  not 
be  wrecked  or  broach  to  (which  often  happens  when  the  squalls 
come  together).” 


One] 


NOTES 


219 


43  This  last  phrase,  as  well  as  the  two  following  sentences  are 
missing  in  MS.  5,650.  The  third  sentence  following  begins: 
“ During  the  calm  weather,  large  fish  called  tiburoni,”  etc.  The 
word  tiburoni , “ sharks  ” is  from  the  Spanish  tiburon , which  comes 
from  the  French  tibéron  (tiburin,  tiburon) . - Echagaray’s  Dic- 
cionario  Etimològico  (Madrid,  1889). 

44  MS.  5,650  reads:  “The  said  fish  are  caught  by  means  of 
a contrivance  which  sailors  call  ‘ hame  ’ which  is  an  iron  fish- 
hook.” Hame  ( ain ) is  the  French  form  of  the  Italian  Amo, 
meaning  “ fishhook.” 

46  MS.  5,650  adds:  “ because  of  the  bad  weather.” 

46  MS.  5,650  reads  “ a quarter  of  an  hour,”  and  the  same  dura- 
tion of  time  is  given  by  Eden  (p.  250). 

47  MS.  5,650  adds:  “It  is  to  be  noted  that  whenever  that 
fire  that  represents  the  said  Saint  Anseime  ascends  and  descends 
the  mast  of  a ship  while  in  a storm  at  sea,  that  the  said  ship  is 
never  wrecked.”  Herrera  (cited  by  Mosto,  p.  54,  note  5)  says 
that  St.  Elmo  appeared  on  the  masthead  with  a lighted  candle  and 
sometimes  two  during  the  storms  encountered  along  the  coasts 
of  Guinea,  and  that  the  sailors  were  greatly  comforted  thereby, 
and  saluted  the  saint  as  is  the  custom  of  seamen.  When  he  ap- 
peared, he  remained  a quarter  of  an  hour,  and  at  his  departure  a 
great  flash  of  light  occurred  which  blinded  all  the  men.  Eden 
(p.  250)  calls  it  the  fire  of  St.  Helen.  Continuing,  Eden  injects 
into  his  abridgment  of  the  first  circumnavigation  a description  of 
St.  Elmo’s  fire  by  Hieronimus  Cardanus  in  the  second  book  of 
De  Subtilitate.  He  says:  “Of  the  kynde  of  trewe  fyer,  is  the 
fyer  baule  or  f tarre  commonly  cauled  /aynt  Helen  which  is  fum- 
tyme  fee ne  abowt  the  ma/tes  of  / hyppes,  beinge  of  fuche  fyery 
nature  that  it  f umetyme  melteth  bra/en  veffe Is,  and  is  a token  of 
drownyng,  fora/ much  as  this  chaunceth  only  in  great  tempe/tes. 
For  the  vapoure  or  exhalation  whereof  this  fyre  is  engendered, 
can  not  bee  dryven  togyther  or  compacte  in  forme  of  fyre,  but  of 
a gro/e  vapoure  and  by  a great  poure  of  wynde,  and  is  therfore  a 
token  of  imminent  perell.”  The  fires  called  after  St.  Peter  and 
St.  Nicholas  are  on  the  contrary,  he  says,  good  omens,  and  are 
generally  to  be  seen  on  the  cables,  after  a storm.  Being  little 
and  swift  moving  they  can  do  no  damage  as  they  could  do  if 
massed  and  of  slow  movement.  St.  Elmo’s  fire  is  the  popular 
name  for  the  atmospheric  electricity  that  gathers  in  the  form  of 
a star  or  brush  about  the  masthead  of  ships  and  on  the  rigging. 
It  was  sometimes  accompanied  by  a hissing  noise  and  was  con- 
sidered as  a good  omen  by  sailors.  The  Greeks  who  observed 
this  phenomenon  wove  it  into  the  Castor  and  Pollux  myth;  and 
the  French  edition  of  Pigafetta’s  relation  published  by  Simon  de 


220 


FIRST  VOYAGE  AROUND  THE  WORLD  [Voi. 


Colines  has  the  passage  (see  Mosto,  p.  54)  : “ They  saw  the  fires 
called  Sainct  Eline  and  Sainct  Nicolas  like  blazing  torches  (whom 
the  ancients  called  Castor  and  Pollux).”  “Elmo”  is  said  by 
some  to  be  a corruption  of  “ Helena,”  the  sister  of  Castor  and 
Pollux,  and  the  name  “Hellene  ” or  “ Helen  ” was  often  given 
to  the  fire  when  only  one  light  was  visible.  It  is,  however,  more 
probably  derived  from  St.  Elmo,  bishop  of  Formine  who  died 
about  304,  and  who  is  invoked  by  sailors  on  the  Mediterranean. 
The  phenomenon  is  also  called  fire  of  “ St.  Elias,”  “ St.  Clara,” 
“ St.  Nicolas,”  and  “ composite,”  “ composant,”  and  “ corposant 
( i.e.,  corpus  sanctum) .” 

48  The  second  bird  mentioned  is  the  stormy  petrel  (of  the 
family  Laridce  and  genus  Thalassidroma) , which  is  found  along 
all  the  Atlantic  coasts  and  on  some  of  the  Pacific.  The  tale  of 
the  text  was  current  among  sailors  (see  Wilkes,  U.  S.  Exploring 
Expedition , viii,  pp.  402,  403).  The  cagassela  (“cagaselo”  in 
MS.  5,650)  is  the  Stercorarius  parasiticus , called  also  the  jaeger, 
and  by  sailors  “ boatswain,”  “ teaser,”  and  “ dung-hunter.”  The 
last  name  arose  from  the  belief,  long  held  even  by  scientists,  that 
this  bird  fed  on  the  dung  of  gulls  and  terns.  In  reality  it  pur- 
sues the  latter  birds  and  compels  them  to  disgorge  the  fish  that 
they  have  swallowed.  The  flying-fish  is  either  a species  of  Exo- 
coetus , or  the  Scomberesox  saurus  of  Europe  and  America,  both  of 
which  feed  in  large  schools  and  jump  from  the  water  to  escape 
their  enemies.  See  Riverside  Natural  History  (Boston  and  New 
York). 

49  MS.  5,650  adds:  “which  is  the  collateral  wind  between 
the  south  and  the  west;”  and  below  reads:  “twenty-four  and 
one-half  degrees;  ” while  Eden  (p.  250)  reads:  “ xxii  degrees  and 
a halfe.” 

50  Verzino , the  etymology  of  which  is  unknown  (see  Varthema’s 
Travels , Hakluyt  Society  edition,  p.  lxxviii,  note,  and  205  note),  is 
the  Italian  name  for  brazil-wood,  from  which  Brazil,  which  was 
first  visited  by  Vicente  Pinzon,  Diego  Lope,  Pedro  Alvares  Cabral, 
and  Amerigo  Vespucci,  was  named.  The  first  names  of  the  country 
were  Vera  Cruz  and  Santa  Cruz.  Cape  Santo  Agostinho,  men- 
tioned below,  lies  in  8°  21'  south  latitude,  and  is  the  most  east- 
ern headland  of  South  America.  It  was  the  first  land  of  that 
continent  to  be  discovered,  being  sighted  at  least  as  early  as  1500 
by  Pinzon.  Before  sighting  the  above  cape,  Magalhàes  arrested 
Juan  de  Cartagena  for  insubordination  and  gave  the  command  of 
the  “ San  Antonio  ” to  Antonio  de  Coca  (see  Guillemard’s  Ma- 
gellan1,  p.  153).  Albo’s  log  begins  slightly  before  the  sighting  of 
the  point,  his  first  entry  being  November  29.  See  Burton’s  “ In- 
troduction ” in  his  Captivity  of  Hans  Stade  (Hakluyt  Society 
publications,  London,  1874). 


One] 


NOTES 


221 


61  MS.  5*650  reads:  “veal.”  The  anta  is  the  tapir,  once 
very  plentiful  in  South  America,  but  now  rare  in  the  well  civil- 
ized districts.  See  Burton’s  Captivity  of  Hans  Stade , p.  viii.  Albo, 
however,  seems  to  designate  the  llama  by  this  name,  for  he  says 
when  speaking  of  the  stay  at  Bay  St.  Julian:  “ and  many  Indians 
came  there,  who  are  clad  in  certain  skins  of  antas,  which  resemble 
camels  without  the  hump.”  (Navarrete,  Col.  de  viages,  iv,  p. 
214). 

52  Stanley  mistranslates  the  French  phrase  of  MS.  5,650  et 
est  de  la  longueur  dun  naveau , “ and  is  of  the  length  of  a shuttle,” 
confusing  naveau  with  navette , “ shuttle.”  Naveau  here  is  equiva- 
lent to  navet , “ turnip  ” or  navette , “ rape,”  a plant  of  the  turnip 
class,  as  is  proved  by  the  Italian. 

53  MS.  5,650  reads:  “And  for  a king  of  cards,  of  the  kind 
which  are  used  to  play  with  in  Italy,  they  gave  me  five  fowls.” 
The  four  suits  of  Italian  playing  cards  are  called  spade 
(“swords”),  bastoni  (“clubs”),  danari  (literally:  “money;” 
“diamonds”),  and  coppe  (“cups”). 

54  MS.  5,650  reads:  “five.” 

55  MS.  5,650  adds:  “which  is  an  astrological  term.  That 
zenith  is  a point  in  the  sky,  according  to  astrologers,  but  only  in 
the  imagination,  and  is  in  a straight  line  over  our  head,  as  can 
be  seen  by  the  treatise  of  the  sphere,  and  in  Aristotle,  in  the  first 
book  De  caelo  et  mondo."  By  the  treatise  of  the  sphere  is  evidently 
meant  the  treatise  of  Pigafetta  which  follows  his  relation,  and 
which  is  not  reproduced  here  as  being  outside  the  scope  of  the 
present  work.  In  the  flyleaf  of  the  Italian  original  is  the  follow- 
ing: “Notices  concerning  the  new  world,  with  the  charts  of 
the  countries  discovered,  written  by  Antonio  Pigafeta,  Venetian 
and  knight  of  Rodi.  At  the  end  are  added  some  rules  for  finding 
the  longitude  and  latitude  of  places  east  and  west.”  In  the  Italian 
MS.  this  treatise  occupies  the  last  twelve  folios.  Stanley  trans- 
lates Amoretti’s  version  of  the  Treatise , which  is  greatly  abridged. 
Mosto  (p.  35)  conjectures  that  the  treatise  is  the  fruits  of  his 
three-years’  experience  during  the  expedition. 

56  Albo  (Navarrete,  iv,  p.  210)  says  that  the  fleet  continued  to 

coast  southwest  from  November  29  until  arriving  at  St.  Lucy’s 
bay  on  December  13  (St.  Lucy’s  day).  Of  the  coast  he  says: 
“ The  mountains  are  peaked  and  have  many  reefs  about  them. 
There  are  many  rivers  and  ports  in  the  said  Brasil  and  San 
Tomé,  and  some  six  leguas  down  the  coast  there  are  many  bays 
running  two  leguas  into  the  land.  But  the  coast  runs  northeast 
and  southwest  to  Cape  Frio,  and  has  many  islands  and  rivers. 
Cape  Frio  is  a very  large  river.  ...  At  the  entrance  of  the 
said  bay  is  a very  large  bay,  and  at  the  mouth  a very  low  island, 
and  inside  it  spreads  out  extensively  and  has  many  ports  . . . 


222 


FIRST  VOYAGE  AROUND  THE  WORLD  [Voi. 


and  is  called  the  bay  of  Santa  Lucia.  ...  In  the  said  bay, 
one  finds  a well-disposed  and  numerous  race,  who  go  naked  and 
trade  for  fishhooks,  mirrors,  and  hawk’s  bells  with  food.  . . . 
We  entered  that  place  on  the  very  day  of  St.  Lucy,  and  stayed 
there  until  the  day  of  St.  John,  namely,  the  twenty-seventh  of  the 
said  month  of  December.  On  that  day  we  went  and  took  our 
course  west  southwest,  and  found  seven  islands.  To  the  right 
of  them  is  a bay  called  the  bay  of  Los  Reyes  [i.e.,  the  Kings] 
which  has  a good  entrance.”  The  “ Roteiro  ” (Stanley,  p.  i)  says: 
“ as  soon  as  they  sighted  the  other  coast  of  Brazil,  he  steered  to 
the  south-east  [mc]  along  the  coast  as  far  as  Cabo-frio,  which 
is  in  twenty-three  degrees  south  latitude;  and  from  this  cape  he 
steered  to  the  west,  a matter  of  thirty  leagues,  to  make  the  Rio 
de  Janeiro,  which  is  in  the  same  latitude  as  Cabo-frio,  and  they 
entered  the  said  river  on  the  day  of  St.  Lucy,  which  was  the  13th 
December,  in  which  place  they  took  in  wood,  and  they  remained 
there  until  the  first  octave  of  Christmas,  which  was  the  26th 
of  December  of  the  same  year.”  Brito  (Navarrete,  iv,  p.  306) 
says:  “Setting  sail  thence  [i.e.,  from  Tenerife],  the  first  land 
sighted  was  the  cape  of  the  shoals  of  Ambas.  They  descended 
the  coast  as  far  as  the  river  called  Janeiro,  where  they  stayed  15 
or  16  days.” 

57  Eden  (p.  251)  says:  “ bygger  then  all  Spayne,  Portugale, 
Fraunce,  and  Italie.” 

68  MS.  5,650  adds:  “ more  like  beasts  than  anything  else.” 

69  MS.  5,650  reads:  “And  some  of  those  people  live  to  the 
age  of  one  hundred,  one  hundred  and  twenty,  one  hundred  and 
forty,  or  more.”  Eden  (p.  251)  says:  “ C.xx.  and  C.xl.  yeares.” 
For  description  of  the  Brazil  Indians,  and  their  manners  and 
customs,  see  Captivity  of  Hans  Stade  (Hakluyt  Society  edition), 
pp.  117-169. 

60  Wrongly  transcribed  by  Stanley  as  “ boy.” 

61  MS.  5,650  reads:  “You  must  know  that  a family  of  one 
hundred  persons,  who  make  a great  racket,  lives  in  each  of  those 
houses  called  boii .”  One  of  these  houses  (called  Oca,  in  Tupi) 
is  described  by  Wilson  ( Transactions  of  Ethnological  Society , new 
series,  voi.  i)  as  being  “ 60  or  70  feet  long,  divided  into  rooms 
for  several  families  by  rush  mats,  and  provided  with  a central 
fire  whose  smoke  passed  through  the  roof.  Some  of  them  contained 
200  head.”  See  Burton’s  Captivity  of  Hans  Stade , pp.  59,  60, 
note.  The  Indians  described  by  Pigafetta  are  probably  the  Tamo- 
yos  of  the  Tupi  or  Guarani  stock  (Mosto,  p.  56,  note  1 ; see  also 
Burton,  ut  supra,  pp.  lxi-lxxvi). 

62  Amoretti  makes  this  passage  read  : 


“ Their  boats,  called 


One] 


NOTES 


223 


canoes,  are  hollowed  out  from  the  single  trunk  of  a huge  tree  ; ” 
understanding  maschize  as  massiccio  “ huge.”  Mosto  prefers  to  read 
maschize  as  two  words  ma  schize  (notwithstanding  that  it  is  one 
word  in  the  original),  for  ma  schiacciate , “but  flattened.”  Ac- 
cepting this,  the  translation  would  be  : “ They  have  boats  made 

from  one  single  tree,  only  flattened.”  Amoretti’s  interpretation  is 
to  be  preferred. 

63  MS.  5,650  reads:  “and  one  would  believe  them  to  be 
enemies  from  hell.” 

64  MS.  5,650  adds:  “ of  the  said  country  of  Verzin.” 

65  MS.  5,650  reads:  “daily.”  Amerigo  Vespucci  says  in  a 
letter  (Mosto,  p.  55,  note  6):  “I  saw  human  flesh  salted  and 
suspended  from  the  beams,  in  the  same  way  as  we  are  wont  to 
hang  up  bacon  and  swine’s  flesh.”  See  Jesuit  Relations  and  Allied 
Documents  (Cleveland  reissue),  for  instances  of  cannibalism 
among  the  North  American  Indians.  See  also  Captivity  of  Hans 
Stade  (Hakluyt  Society  edition),  pp.  15 1,  1 55-1 59 ; and  Domin- 
guez’s Conquest  of  the  River  Plate  (Hakluyt  Society  publications, 
London,  1891),  pp.  129,  130. 

66  For  Carvagio,  as  in  MS.  5,650,  and  later  in  the  Italian;  an 
error  of  the  amanuensis.  This  was  Joao  Carvalho  (the  Juan 
Lopez  Caraballo  of  the  register -see  note  26,  ante).  Carvalho 
was  a Portuguese,  of  none  too  scrupulous  morals,  even  in  his  age, 
as  appears  later  in  Pigafetta’s  narrative.  After  the  fatal  banquet 
in  the  island  of  Cebu,  he  became  the  leader  of  the  remaining  men 
of  the  fleet,  but  was  later  deposed  (see  post , note  441).  He  re- 
mained behind  with  the  ill-fated  “Trinidad,”  and  never  returned 
to  Europe.  His  son,  borne  to  him  by  a native  woman  of  Brazil, 
was  left  behind  in  Borneo.  See  Stanley,  pp.  252-255,  for  Correa’s 
account  of  the  actions  of  Carvalho  after  the  death  of  Magalhàes. 

67  The  early  French  edition  and  the  Italian  edition  of  1536 
both  include  the  women  and  children.  - Stanley. 

68  It  is  a widespread  (perhaps  universal)  characteristic  of  the 
American  Indian  to  pull  out  the  hair  of  the  body.  See  Jesuit 
Relations  and  Allied  Documents  (Cleveland  reissue). 

69  Eden  (p.  45),  defines  gatti  mammoni  as  monkeys.  Monkeys 
of  the  genus  Cebus  are  probably  meant  (Mosto,  p.  55,  note  8). 

70  MS.  5,650  reads:  “fresh  cheese.”  Pigafetta  may  here 
refer  to  the  bread  made  from  the  casava  or  manioc  root.  See 
Burton’s  Captivity  of  Hans  Stade , pp.  130- 132,  for  a description 
of  the  method  of  preparing  this  root. 

71  The  swine  mentioned  by  Pigafetta  is  the  Tayasu  (Tagagu), 
or  peccari  ( Dicotyles  torquatus) , which  has  quills  resembling  those 


224 


FIRST  VOYAGE  AROUND  THE  WORLD  [Voi. 


of  the  porcupine,  and  is  generally  of  a whitish  color.  It  is  tailless 
and  very  fierce  and  difficult  to  domesticate.  The  flesh  was  eaten; 
and  the  teeth  were  worn  by  some  of  the  chiefs  as  necklaces.  Bur- 
ton (ut  supra),  p.  160,  note. 

72  The  Platalea  ajaja  or  rosy  spoonbill,  belonging  to  the  family 
of  the  Plataleidre , whose  habitat  extends  through  all  of  tropical 
and  subtropical  America,  including  the  West  Indies,  south  to  the 
Falkland  Islands,  Patagonia  and  Chile,  and  north  to  the  southern 
part  of  the  United  States. 

73  Hans  Stade  (Burton,  ut  supra)  testifies  to  the  chastity  of 
the  people  of  Eastern  Brazil  among  whom  he  lived  as  a prisoner. 

74  MS.  5,650  reads:  “ The  women  attend  to  the  outside  affairs, 
and  carry  everything  necessary  for  their  husband’s  food  in  small 
panniers  on  the  head  or  fastened  to  the  head.” 

75  MS.  5,650  adds:  “ and  compassion.” 

76  MS.  5,650  reads:  “When  we  departed  they  gave  us  a very 
great  quantity  of  verzin;”  and  adds:  “That  is  a color  which 
comes  from  trees  which  grow  in  the  said  country,  and  so  abun- 
dantly, that  the  country  is  called  Verzin  from  it.” 

77  MS.  adds:  “ which  was  a piece  of  great  simplicity.” 

78  This  sentence  is  preceded  by  the  following  in  MS.  5,650: 
“ Besides  the  abovesaid  which  proclaims  their  simplicity,  the  peo- 
ple of  the  above  place  showed  us  another  very  simple  thing.” 

79  This  passage  in  Stanley  reads  as  follows:  “A  beautiful 
young  girl  came  one  dày  inside  the  ship  of  our  captain,  where  I 
was,  and  did  not  come  except  to  seek  for  her  luck:  however,  she 
directed  her  looks  to  the  cabin  of  the  master,  and  saw  a nail,  of  a 
finger’s  length,  and  went  and  took  it  as  something  valuable  and 
new,  and  hid  it  in  her  hair,  for  otherwise  she  would  not  have  been 
able  to  conceal  it,  because  she  was  naked,  and,  bending  forwards, 
she  went  away;  and  the  captain  and  I saw  this  mystery.”  The 
matter  between  the  words  “ length  ” and  “ naked  ” is  taken  from 
MS.  24,224  (wrongly  declared  by  Stanley  to  be  the  copy  of  his 
travels  presented  to  the  regent  Louise  by  Pigafetta,  the  conclusion 
being  based  on  the  fact  that  some  of  the  details  are  softened  down), 
as  Stanley  considered  the  incident  as  told  in  MS.  5,650,  the  Italian 
MS.  and  the  first  French  edition,  as  unfit  for  publication.  Stanley 
cites  the  following  (in  the  original)  from  the  edition  of  1536 
which  omits  the  above  story:  “At  the  first  land  at  which  we 
stopped,  some  female  slaves  whom  we  had  brought  in  the  ships 
from  other  countries  and  who  were  heavy  with  child,  were  taken 
with  the  pains  of  childbirth.  Consequently,  they  went  alone  out 
of  the  ships,  went  ashore,  and  after  having  given  birth,  returned 


One] 


NOTES 


22$ 


immediately  to  the  ships  with  their  infants  in  their  arms.”  He  also 
cites  the  following  passage  from  the  first  French  printed  edition, 
which  also  narrates  the  above  story  of  the  girl:  “At  the  first  coast 
that  we  passed,  some  slave  women  gave  birth.  When  they  were  in 
travail,  they  left  the  boat,  after  which  they  immediately  returned, 
and  nursed  their  children.”  Stanley  adds  that  this  story  of  the 
slave  women  is  improbable,  as  women  were  not  allowed  to  come 
aboard  ship. 

80  MS.  5,650  gives  the  words  of  the  Brazil  as  follows:  “ maiz, 
huy,'pinda,  taesse,  chignap,  pirame,  itenmaraca,  turn  maraghatom.” 
Amoretti  (see  Stanley’s  edition,  p.  48)  reads  tacse  as  tarse  and 
itanmaraca  as  Hanmaraca.  Stanley  mistranslates  the  French 
forcette  (“  scissors  ”)  as  “ fork.” 

81  Eden  says  (p.  251):  “ xxxiiii.  degree  and  a halfe  toward 

the  pole  Antartike.” 

82  MS.  5,650  reads:  “and  to  ask  whether  the  others  might 
come.” 

83  MS.  5,650  reads:  “That  place  was  formerly  called  Cape 
Saincte  Marye  and  it  was  thought  that  one  could  pass  thence 
to  the  sea  of  Sur,  that  is  to  say  the  South  Sea,  but  it  has  not  been 
ascertained  that  any  ships  have  ever  discovered  anything  farther 
on.”  Eden  (p.  251)  reads:  “Abowt  the  mouth  of  this  ryuer,  are 
/even  ilandes,  in  the  bygge/t  whereof,  they  founde  certeyne  precious 
/tones,  and  cauled  it  the  cape  of  Saynt  Marie.  The  Spanyardes 
thought  that  by  this  ryuer  they  might  haue  pa//ed  into  the  / outh 
ft  a.  But  they  were  deceaued  in  theyr  opinion.  For  there  was 
none  other  pa//age  than  by  the  ryuer  which  is  xvii.  leagues  large 
in  the  mouth.”  This  river  was  the  Rio  de  la  Plata.  The  “ Ro- 
teiro  ” (Stanley,  p.  2)  says  that  Magalhàes  left  Rio  de  Janeiro 
December  26,  proceeding  to  the  cape  Santa  Maria  and  the  river 
which  was  called  St.  Christopher.  There  they  remained  until 
February  2,  1520.  Albo  (Navarrete,  iv,  p.  21 1)  also  mentions 
the  river  which  he  calls  the  “ river  of  Solis.”  The  ships  sent  to 
look  for  a strait  through  the  river  were  gone  two  days,  and  a 
careful  exploration  of  the  mouth  of  the  river  was  made.  Brito 
(Navarrete,  iv,  pp.  306,  307)  says:  “They  left  that  place  [i.e., 
Rio  de  Janeiro]  and  coasted  along  shore  until  they  reached  the 
river  called  Solis,  where  Fernando  Magallanes  thought  that  he 
could  find  a strait.  They  stayed  there  forty  days.  Magallanes 
ordered  the  ship  ‘ Santiago  ’ to  sail  forward  for  about  50  leguas 
to  see  whether  there  was  any  passage.  Not  finding  a passage,  he 
crossed  the  river  which  is  about  25  leguas  wide  and  found  the 
[opposite]  coast  which  runs  northeast  and  southwest.”  For  early 
history  of  this  region,  see  Dominguez’s  Conquest  of  the  River 
Plata. 


22Ó 


FIRST  VOYAGE  AROUND  THE  WORLD  [Voi. 


84  Juan  Diaz  de  Solis,  a famous  Spanish  navigator,  was  born 
at  Lebrixa,  in  1470.  He  is  said,  although  without  sufficient 
authority,  to  have  discovered  Yucatan  with  Pinzon  in  1506.  He 
was  appointed  chief  pilot  of  Spain  after  the  death  of  Amerigo 
Vespucci  in  1512.  In  October,  1515,  he  sailed  in  command  of  an 
expedition  in  search  of  a southwest  passage  to  India.  He  dis- 
covered Rio  de  la  Plata  which  he  explored  as  far  as  the  region 
of  the  Charrua  tribe,  by  whom  he  and  some  of  his  men  were  killed 
and  eaten  before  September,  1516.  The  remnant  of  the  expedi- 
tion was  conducted  back  to  Spain  by  his  brother-in-law. 

85  Eden  adds  (p.  251):  “which  /um  thynke  to  bee  tho/e 
fy//hes  that  wee  caule  pikes.”  Below,  the  sea-wolf  is  described 
as  having  a head  “ of  golden  coloure.”  They  were  probably  some 
species  of  the  O tariidee  or  fur-seals  (Guillemard,  p.  160,  note). 
The  “ geese  ” were  penguins.  Albo,  Herrera,  and  others,  also 
mention  the  “ sea-wolves  and  ducks.”  Kohl  ( Zeitschrift  der 
Gesellschaft  fur  Erdkunde , xi,  362)  says  that  this  bay  where  the 
ships  were  laden  with  the  seals  and  penguins  is  probably  Desvelos 
Bay,  but  it  is  more  probably  Puerto  Deseado  (“Port  Desire;” 
see  Mosto,  p.  57,  note  2).  Drake  also  secured  fresh  provisions 
from  these  “ sea-wolves,”  calling  the  bay  where  he  secured  them 
“ Seale  Bay.”  See  World  Encompassed  (Hakluyt  Society  edition), 
PP.  54,  55- 

86  Port  St.  Julian.  The  “Roteiro  ” pilot  (Stanley,  p.  3)  says 
that  they  reached  it  on  March  31,  1520,  and  places  it  in  490  20' 
south  latitude.  Albo  (Navarrete,  iv,  p.  214)  says:  “We  went 
to  a port  called  San  Julian,  where  we  entered  the  last  day  of 
March,  and  where  we  stayed  until  the  day  of  St.  Bartholomew. 
The  said  port  lies  in  a latitude  of  49  and  two-thirds  degrees.  We 
pitched  the  ships  in  that  port.”  Other  writers  give  slightly  dif- 
ferent locations  (see  Mosto,  p.  57,  note  5).  Antonio  Brito,  the 
Portuguese,  whose  MS.  is  preserved  in  the  Torre  do  Tombo  at 
Lisbon,  writes  in  1523  to  the  king  of  Portugal  certain  news 
obtained  from  some  of  the  men  of  the  “Trinidad.”  His  informa- 
tion as  might  be  expected,  is  at  times  faulty.  Of  Port  St.  Julian, 
he  says:  “They  coasted  along  shore  until  they  reached  a river 
called  San  Juan  where  they  wintered  for  four  months.” 

87  MS.  5,650  adds:  “jumping  up  and  down.”  The  only 
reference  made  to  the  Patagonians  by  Albo  is  as  follows:  “ Many 
Indians  came  there,  who  dress  in  certain  skins  of  the  anta , which 
resemble  camels  without  the  hump.  They  have  certain  bows  made 
from  cane,  which  are  very  small  and  resemble  turkish  bows.  The 
arrows  also  resemble  Turkish  arrows,  and  are  tipped  with  flint 
instead  of  iron.  Those  Indians  are  very  prudent,  swift  runners, 
and  very  well-built  and  well-appearing  men.”  (Navarrete,  iv, 


One]  NOTES  227 

pp.  214,  215).  Cf.  with  Pigafetta’s  account  that  given  by  Maxi- 
milianus  Transylvanus,  in  VOL.  I,  pp.  303-337. 

88  MS.  5,650  reads:  “ he  began  to  marvel  and  to  be  afraid.” 

89  Guillemard,  who  follows  the  Amoretti  edition,  translates 
(p.  180)  this  passage:  “ His  hair  was  short  and  colored  white,” 
but  this  translation  is  borne  out  by  neither  the  Italian  MS.  nor 
MS.  5,650.  Guillemard  presents  a picture  of  a Patagonian,  as 
does  also  Wilkes  ( Narrative  of  U.  S.  Exploring  Expedition , 1838- 
1842),  i,  facing  p.  95.  The  latter  describes  Indians,  whom  the 
officers  of  the  expedition  thought  to  be  Patagonians,  and  who  were 
taller  than  average  Europeans,  as  follows:  “They  had  good 
figures  and  pleasant  looking  countenances,  low  foreheads,  and 
high  cheekbones,  with  broad  faces,  the  lower  part  projecting;  their 
hair  was  coarse  and  cut  short  on  the  crown  leaving  a narrow 
border  of  hair  hanging  down;  over  this  they  wore  a kind  of  cap 
or  band  of  skin  or  woolen  yarn.  The  front  teeth  of  all  of  them 
were  very  much  worn,  more  apparent,  however,  in  the  old  than 
in  the  young.  On  one  foot  they  wore  a rude  skin  sandal.  Many 
of  them  had  their  faces  painted  in  red  and  black  stripes,  with  clay, 
soot,  and  ashes.  Their  whole  appearance,  together  with  their  in- 
flamed and  sore  eyes,  was  filthy  and  disgusting.”  They  showed 
that  they  had  had  previous  communication  with  white  men.  Their 
food  was  fish  and  shellfish,  and  they  carried  bows  and  arrows  and 
had  dogs.  Brinton  ( American  Race,  New  York,  1891)  says  that 
“ The  Patagonians  call  themselves  Chonek  or  Tzoneca,  or  Inaken 
(men,  people),  and  by  their  Pampean  neighbors  are  referred  to 
as  Tehuel-Che,  southerners.”  Many  of  them  are  “ from  six  to  six 
feet  four  inches  in  height,  and  built  in  proportion.  In  color  they 
are  a reddish  brown,  and  have  aquiline  noses  and  good  foreheads.” 
Ramon  Lista  ( Viage  al  pais  de  los  Tehuel-Ches)  gives  the  average 
height  of  the  Patagonians  as  1.854  and  hence  the  early  accounts 
of  their  great  stature  are  greatly  exaggerated  (Mosto,  p.  57,  note 
6).  See  also  the  description  of  the  Patagonians  in  the  “ Roteiro  ” 
(Stanley,  p.  5);  and  World  encompassed  by  Sir  Francis  Drake 
(Hakluyt  Society  edition),  pp.  40,  56-61  (where  the  origin  of 
the  name  “ Patagonian  ” is  wrongly  given). 

90  The  guanaco,  a species  of  llama.  See  also  vol.  11,  p.  34, 
note  5*. 

91  Hence  arose  the  name  “ Patagonians  ” or  “ men  with  big 
feet,”  given  by  Magalhàes,  because  of  the  awkward  appearance  of 
the  feet  in  such  coverings,  which  were  stuffed  with  straw  for 
greater  warmth. 

92  The  words  “ somewhat  thicker  than  those  of  a lute  ” are 
lacking  in  MS.  5,650. 


228 


FIRST  VOYAGE  AROUND  THE  WORLD 


[Voi. 


93  This  sentence  is  omitted  by  MS.  5,650. 

94  Eden  (p.  251)  says  “two,”  and  following  says  that  Magal- 
hàes  gave  the  giant  “ certeyne  haukes  belles  and  other  great  belles, 
with  al/o  a lookynge  gla//e,  a combe,  and  a payre  of  beades  of 
gla  ffe” 

95  MS.  5,650  adds:  “ on  the  face.” 

96  MS.  5,650  omits  “ face.” 

97  “ For  the  smiths  ” is  omitted  by  MS.  5,650. 

98  Maximilianus  Transylvanus  says  that  only  one  Patagonian 
was  captured,  but  that  he  died  shortly  from  self-starvation  (vol.  I, 
pp.  314,  315).  The  “ Roteiro  ” says  (Stanley,  p.  5)  that  three 
or  four  were  captured,  but  all  died  except  one,  who  went  to  Spain 
in  the  “ San  Antonio.”  Pigafetta’s  account,  as  given  by  an  eye- 
witness, is  to  be  preferred. 

99  MS.  5,650  reads:  “for  otherwise  they  could  have  caused 
some  of  our  men  trouble.”  Below  Stanley  (p.  53)  again  mis- 
translates the  French  “ forces  ” as  “forks.” 

100  MS.  5,650  adds:  “of  malefactors,”  and  reads  farther: 
“ and  their  faces  lighted  up  at  seeing  those  manacles.” 

101  MS.  5,650  reads:  “and  they  were  grieved  that  they  could 
not  take  the  irons  with  their  hands,  for  they  were  hindered  by 
the  other  things  that  they  were  holding.”  Eden  (p.  252)  says  at 
the  end  of  his  account  of  the  capture:  “ Being  thus  taken,  they 
were  immediately  /eperate  and  put  in  /undry  / hyppes.” 

102  MS.  5,650  adds:  “ that  is,  the  big  devil.” 

Arber  in  his  introduction  to  The  first  three  English  books  on 
America  says  that  Shakespeare  had  access  to  The  decades  of  the 
newe  worlde  of  Eden,  and  created  the  character  of  Caliban  (who 
invokes  Setebos)  in  the  Tempest  from  the  description  of  the  Pata- 
gonian giants.  See  also  W orld  encompassed  by  Sir  Francis  Drake 
(Hakluyt  Society  edition),  p.  48,  for  mention  of  the  god  Settaboth. 

103  MS.  5,650  reads:  “ the  wife  of  one  of  the  giants  who  had 
remained  behind  in  irons.” 

104  MS.  5,650  makes  this  plural. 

105  See  ante , note  103. 

106  This  word  is  omitted  in  MS.  5,650. 

107  MS.  5,650  adds:  “ in  their  language.” 

108  MS.  5,650  omits  this  sentence. 

109  MS.  5,650  reads  “ instead  of  taking  medicine.”  See  Jesuit 
Relations  and  Allied  Documents  (Cleveland  reissue)  for  examples 


One] 


NOTES 


229 


of  medicine  and  surgery  as  practiced  by  the  North  American  In- 
dians. 

110  MS.  5,650  reads  “ two  feet  or  so.” 

111  MS.  5,650  reads  “ cut  short  and  shaven  like  religious.” 
Hans  Stade  also  notices  the  tonsure  among  the  Indians  who  cap- 
tured him  (see  Captivity  of  Hans  Stade , Hakluyt  Society  edition, 
pp.  136-138,  and  note,  from  which  it  appears  that  this  manner 
of  wearing  the  hair,  was  practiced  among  many  Tupi  tribes). 

112  Stanley  (p.  55)  does  not  translate  this  sentence,  but  gives 
the  original  from  MS.  5,650. 

113  In  MS.  5,650  this  sentence  reads  as  follows:  “ They  seem 
to  be  painted,  and  one  of  those  enemies  is  taller  than  the  others, 
and  makes  a greater  noise  and  gives  expression  to  greater  joy  than 
the  others.” 

114  Mosto  (p.  59)  mistranscribes  or  misprints  “ Setebas.”  Ron- 
cagli {Da  punta  arenas  a Santo  Cruz , in  “ Bollettino  della  Società 
geografica  italiana,”  1884,  p.  775)  says  that  the  Patagonians 
sacrificed  to  an  evil  spirit  called  “ Wallichu.”  Brinton,  ut  supra , 
p.  328,  says:  “They  are  not  without  some  religious  rites,  and 
are  accustomed  to  salute  the  new  moon,  and  at  the  beginning  of 
any  solemn  undertaking  to  puff  the  smoke  of  their  pipes  to  the 
four  cardinal  points,  just  as  did  the  Algonquins  and  Iroquois.” 

115  See  ante , note  91.  Stanley  mistranscribes  “ Pataghoni  ” of 
MS.  5,650  as  “ Palaghom.” 

116  A reference  to  the  gypsies  who  had  made  their  appearance 
in  Italy  as  early  as  1422,  where  they  practiced  various  deceptions 
upon  the  credulous  people.  The  name  “ Cingani  ” or  Zingari,  as 
they  are  generally  called  in  Italy,  comes  from  the  Greek  word 
àT<riyxavot,  by  which  they  were  called  by  Byzantine  writers 
of  the  ix-xii  centuries;  the  same  name  appearing  also  in  slightly 
different  forms  in  Turkey,  Bulgaria,  Roumania,  Hungary,  Bo- 
hemia, and  Germany.  Their  ancestral  home  was  probably  in 
northwestern  India,  whence  they  emigrated  in  successive  waves. 
In  many  countries  extreme  and  harsh  measures  were  taken  against 
them,  especially  in  Germany,  where  they  had  appeared  as  early  as 
1417.  They  were  never  allowed  a foothold  in  France,  but  have 
become  a significant  part  of  the  population  in  Russia,  Hungary,  and 
Spain.  In  the  latter  country,  where  they  are  called  Gitànos 
(Egyptians),  in  spite  of  many  severe  laws  passed  against  them  until 
the  reign  of  Carlos  III,  they  continued,  more  fortunate  than  the 
Jews,  to  thrive.  They  are  mentioned  by  Cervantes  in  his  Don 
Quixote  (pt.  i,  chap,  xxx),  but  the  name  Gitano  had  first  appeared 
in  a Spanish  document  of  1499,  where  their  customs  are  described. 


230 


FIRST  VOYAGE  AROUND  THE  WORLD 


[Voi. 


The  few  in  Italy  have  been  allowed  to  remain,  and  those  in  the 
Slavic  countries  and  England  were  generally  treated  kindly.  Their 
language  is  Aryan  and  was  highly  inflected;  and  while  they  have 
been  given  many  names  by  the  nations  among  whom  they  have 
lived,  their  own  appellation  is  “Rom”  “the  man.”  See  New 
International  Encyclopedia  (New  York,  1903). 

117  MS.  5*650  reads:  “ capae;  ” but  Stanley  has  mistranscribed 

u yy 

capac. 

118  Albo  (Navarrete  iv,  p.  215),  the  “Roteiro”  (Stanley, 
p.  4),  Transylvanus  and  Oviedo  (Mosto,  p.  59,  note  3)  give  the 
date  of  departure  from  Port  San  Julian  August  24,  1520;  but  the 
second  errs  in  giving  5 instead  of  4j4  months  for  the  period  for 
which  the  fleet  remained  there.  Peter  Martyr  places  the  date  of 
departure  as  August  21.  Castanheda,  who  gives  the  same  date 
says  that  the  name  “ St.  Julian  ” or  “ of  the  ducks  ” was  given  to 
that  bay  which  he  calls  a river.  Barros  gives  the  date  of  arrival  as 
April  2,  and  says  that  the  place  was  called  “ river  of  Sao  Juliao.” 
See  Mosto,  ut  supra. 

119  A portion  of  the  passage  relating  to  the  attempted  mutiny 

reads  as  follows  in  MS.  5,650:  “ However  the  treason  was  dis- 

covered, and  as  a consequence  the  treasurer  was  killed  by  a 
dagger  and  then  quartered.  Gaspar  de  Casada  was  beheaded  and 
then  quartered.  The  overseer  trying  shortly  after  to  lead  another 
mutiny,  was  banished  together  with  a priest  and  set  ashore  on 
that  land  of  Pathagonia.”  The  Italian  MS.  is  badly  confused, 
while  the  above  is  more  in  accordance  with  the  facts,  and  shows 
the  hand  of  the  translator  and  adapter.  Eden  (p.  252)  says  of 
the  attempted  mutiny:  “They  remayned  fyue  monethes  in  this 
porte  of  Sainte  Iulian,  where  certeyne  of  the  vnder  capitaynes  con- 
/pirynge  the  death  of  theyr  general,  were  hanged  and  quartered: 
Amonge  whom  the  treasurer  Luigo  of  Mendozza  was  one.  Cer- 
teyne of  the  other  con/pirators,  he  left  in  the  f ayd  land  of  Pato- 
goni.”  See  the  short  account  of  the  mutiny  given  by  Trar.ylvanus 
in  vol.  1,  p.  317,  and  the  account  given  in  the  same  volume,  pp. 
297,  299.  The  Roteiro  (Stanley,  p.  3)  says  that  three  of  the  ships 
revolted  against  Magalhàes  “ saying  that  they  intended  to  take  him 
to  Castile  in  arrest,  as  he  was  taking  them  all  to  destruction  ; ” but 
Magalhàes  subdued  the  mutiny  by  the  aid  of  the  foreigners  with 
him.  Mendoza  was  killed  by  Espinosa  the  chief  constable  of  the 
fleet,  and  Gaspar  Quesada  was  beheaded  and  quartered.  Alvaro 
de  Mesquita,  Magalhaes’s  cousin,  is  wrongly  reported  to  have  been 
given  command  of  one  of  the  ships  of  those  killed,  but  the  com- 
mand of  the  “ San  Antonio  ” that  had  previously  been  given  to 
Antonio  de  Coca,  after  Magalhàes  had  deprived  Cartagena  of  it, 
had  been  given  him  before  the  real  outbreak  of  the  mutiny. 


One] 


NOTES 


231 


The  narrative  of  the  mutiny  as  given  by  Navarrete  (Co/,  de 
viages,  iv,  pp.  34-38)  which  was  compiled  mainly  from  docu- 
ments presented  in  the  same  volume  and  from  Herrera,  is  as  fol- 
lows: 

“ March  31,  the  eve  of  Palm  Sunday,  Magallanes  entered  the 
port  of  San  Julian,  where  he  intended  to  winter,  and  consequently 
ordered  the  rations  to  be  served  by  measure.  In  view  of  that  and 
of  the  barrenness  and  cold  of  the  country,  the  men  asked  Maga- 
llanes by  various  arguments  to  increase  the  rations  or  turn  back, 
since  there  was  no  hope  of  finding  the  end  of  that  country  or  any 
strait.  But  Magallanes  replied  that  he  would  either  die  or  accom- 
plish what  he  had  promised  ; that  the  king  had  ordered  the  voyage 
which  he  was  to  accomplish;  and  that  he  had  to  sail  until  he 
found  that  land  or  some  strait  which  must  surely  exist;  that  in 
regard  to  the  food,  they  had  no  reason  to  complain,  since  that  bay 
had  an  abundance  of  good  fish,  good  water,  many  game  birds,  and 
quantities  of  wood,  and  that  bread  and  wine  had  not  failed  them, 
nor  would  fail  them  if  they  would  abide  by  the  rule  regarding 
rations.  Among  other  observations,  he  exhorted  and  begged  them 
not  to  be  found  wanting  in  the  valorous  spirit  which  the  Castilian 
nation  had  manifested  and  showed  daily  in  greater  affairs;  and 
offering  them  corresponding  rewards  in  the  king’s  name.  By  such 
means  did  he  quiet  the  men. 

“April  1,  Palm  Sunday,  Magallanes  summoned  all  his  cap- 
tains, officers,  and  pilots  to  go  ashore  to  hear  mass  and  afterward 
to  dine  in  his  ship.  Alvaro  de  la  Mezquita,  Antonio  de  Coca,  and 
all  the  men  went  to  hear  mass.  Louis  de  Mendoza,  Gaspar  de 
Quesada,  and  Juan  de  Cartagena  (the  latter  because  he  was  a 
prisoner  in  Quesada’s  keeping)  did  not  go,  however;  and  Alvaro 
de  la  Mezquita  alone  went  to  dine  with  Magallanes. 

“ During  the  night,  Gaspar  de  Quesada  and  Juan  de  Cartagena 
with  about  thirty  armed  men  of  the  ship  ‘ Concepcion  ’ went  to 
the  ‘ San  Antonio,’  where  Quesada  requested  that  the  captain, 
Alvaro  de  la  Mezquita,  be  surrendered  to  him,  and  told  the  crew 
of  the  ship  to  seize  it,  as  they  had  already  done  with  the  * Concep- 
cion ’ and  ‘ Victoria.’  [He  said]  that  they  already  knew  how 
Magallanes  had  treated  and  was  treating  them,  because  they  had 
asked  him  to  fulfil  the  king’s  orders  ; that  they  were  lost  men  ; and 
that  they  should  help  him  make  another  request  of  Magallanes, 
and  if  necessary,  seize  him.  Juan  de  Elorriaga,  the  master  of  the 
‘ San  Antonio,’  spoke  in  favor  of  his  captain,  Alvaro  de  la  Mez- 
quita, saying  to  Gaspar  de  Quesada:  ‘ I summon  you,  in  God’s 
name  and  that  of  the  king,  Don  Carlos,  to  go  to  your  ship,  for  the 
present  is  no  time  to  go  through  the  ships  with  armed  men;  and 
I also  summon  you  to  release  our  captain.’  Thereupon  Quesada 
replied  : ‘ Must  our  deed  remain  unaccomplished  because  of  this 

madman?’  and  drawing  his  dagger  stabbed  him  four  times  in 


232  FIRST  VOYAGE  AROUND  THE  WORLD  [Voi. 

the  arm,  thus  overawing  the  men.  Mezquita  was  kept  prisoner, 
Elorriaga  was  cared  for,  Cartagena  went  to  the  ship  ‘ Concepcion,’ 
while  Quesada  remained  in  the  ‘ San  Antonio.’  Thus  were  Que- 
sada,  Cartagena,  and  Mendoza  masters  of  the  three  ships,  * San 
Antonio,’  ‘ Concepcion,’  and  ‘ Victoria.’ 

“ Thereupon,  they  sent  a message  to  Magallanes  to  the  effect 
that  they  held  three  ships  and  the  small  boats  of  all  five  at  their 
disposal  in  order  to  require  him  to  fulfil  his  Majesty’s  provisions. 
They  said  that  they  had  done  that  in  order  that  he  might  no 
longer  illtreat  them  as  he  had  done  thitherto.  If  he  would  agree 
to  fulfil  his  Majesty’s  orders,  they  would  obey  his  commands,  and 
[said]  that  if  they  had  thitherto  treated  him  as  a superior,  they 
would  thenceforth  treat  him  as  a master,  and  would  be  most  re- 
spectful to  him. 

“ Magallanes  sent  word  to  them  to  come  to  his  ship,  where  he 
would  hear  them  and  do  what  was  proper.  They  answered  that 
they  did  not  dare  come  lest  he  illtreat  them,  but  that  he  should 
go  to  the  ship  ‘ San  Antonio,’  where  they  would  all  assemble  and 
decide  definitely  on  what  the  king’s  orders  commanded. 

“ Magallanes  believing  that  boldness  was  more  useful  than 
meekness  in  the  face  of  such  actions,  determined  to  employ  craft 
and  force  together.  He  kept  the  small  boat  of  the  ship  ‘ San 
Antonio  ’ which  was  used  for  those  negotiations,  at  his  ship  ; and 
sent  the  alguacil,  Gonzalo  Gomez  de  Espinosa,  in  the  skiff  be- 
longing to  his  ship,  to  the  ‘ Victoria,’  with  six  men  armed  secretly 
and  a letter  for  the  treasurer,  Luis  de  Mendoza,  in  which  he  told 
the  latter  to  come  to  the  flagship.  While  the  treasurer  was  read- 
ing the  letter  and  smiling  as  if  to  say  ‘You  don’t  catch  me  that 
way,’  Espinosa  stabbed  him  in  the  throat,  while  another  sailor 
stabbed  him  at  the  same  instant  on  the  head  so  that  he  fell  dead. 
Magallanes,  being  a man  with  foresight,  sent  a boat  under  com- 
mand of  Duarte  Barbosa,  sobresaliente  of  the  ‘ Trinidad  ’ with 
fifteen  armed  men,  who  entering  the  ‘ Victoria  ’ flung  the  banner 
to  the  breeze  without  any  resistance.  That  happened  on  April 
2.  Then  the  ‘ Victoria  ’ approached  the  flagship,  and  they  together 
immediately  approached  the  ‘ Santiago.’ 

“ On  the  following  day,  the  ‘ San  Antonio  ’ and  the  ‘ Concep- 
cion ’ which  were  held  by  Quesada  and  Cartagena  tried  to  put 
to  sea,  but  it  was  necessary  for  them  to  pass  close  to  the  flagship 
which  stood  farthest  out.  The  ‘ San  Antonio  ’ raised  two  anchors, 
and  being  in  danger  with  one,  Quesada  determined  to  free  Alvaro 
de  la  Mezquita,  whom  he  held  a prisoner  in  his  ship,  in  order 
to  send  him  to  Magallanes  to  arrange  peace  between  them.  Mez- 
quita, however,  told  him  that  nothing  would  be  obtained.  Finally, 
they  arranged  that  when  they  set  sail,  Mezquita  should  station 
himself  forward  and  ask  Magallanes  as  they  approached  his  ship, 


One]  NOTES  233 

not  to  fire  and  that  they  would  anchor  provided  affairs  would 
be  settled  favorably. 

“ Before  setting  sail  in  the  ‘ San  Antonio,’  where  they  were 
endangered,  as  it  was  night  and  the  crew  were  asleep,  the  ship 
dragged  and  ran  foul  of  the  flagship.  The  latter  discharged  some 
large  and  small  shots  and  men  leaped  aboard  the  ‘ San  Antonio  ’ 
crying,  ‘ For  whom  are  you?’  they  responding,  ‘For  the  king,  our 
sovereign,  and  your  Grace,’  surrendered  to  Magallanes.  The 
latter  seized  Quesada,  the  accountant,  Antonio  de  Coca,  and  other 
sobresalientes  who  had  gone  to  the  ‘ San  Antonio  ’ with  Quesada. 
Then  he  sent  to  the  ‘ Concepcion  ’ for  Juan  de  Cartagena  and 
imprisoned  him  with  them. 

“ Next  day  Magallanes  ordered  the  body  of  Mendoza  taken 
ashore  and  had  it  quartered,  and  Mendoza  cried  as  a traitor.  On 
the  seventh,  he  ordered  Gaspar  de  Quesada  beheaded  and  quar- 
tered with  a like  cry.  That  was  done  by  Quesada’s  own  follower 
and  sobresaliente,  Luis  de  Molino,  in  order  to  save  himself  from 
hanging,  for  that  sentence  had  been  passed  on  him.  Magallanes 
sentenced  Juan  de  Cartagena  and  the  lay  priest,  Pedro  Sanchez 
de  la  Reina,  who  had  been  active  in  causing  the  men  to  mutiny, 
to  be  marooned  in  that  country.  He  pardoned  more  than  forty 
men  who  merited  death,  as  they  were  needed  to  work  the  ships, 
and  so  that  he  might  not  excite  hard  feelings  by  the  severity  of 
the  punishment.” 

Brito’s  account  of  the  mutiny  (Navarrete,  iv,  p.  307)  is  very 
brief  and  unsatisfactory:  “ In  that  port  the  captains  began  to 
ask  him  where  he  was  taking  them,  especially  one  Juan  de  Carta- 
gena, who  said  that  he  had  a royal  cedula  naming  him  as  associate 
with  Magallanes,  as  Rui  Falero  would  also  have  been,  had  he 
been  there.  Then  they  tried  to  rise  against  Magallanes  and  kill 
him,  and  go  back  to  Castilla  or  to  Rodas.  From  that  point  they 
went  to  the  river  of  Santa  Cruz,  where  they  endeavored  to  put 
their  plan  in  execution.  But  when  Magallanes  discovered  their 
ill-considered  attempt,  for  the  captains  said  that  they  would  kill 
him  or  take  him  prisoner,  he  ordered  his  ship  armed  and  Juan  de 
Cartagena  arrested.  As  soon  as  the  other  captains  saw  their 
chief  arrested  they  thought  no  longer  of  prosecuting  their  at- 
tempt. Magallanes,  however,  seized  them  all,  for  most  of  the 
crew  were  in  his  favor.  He  sent  the  merino  or  alguacil  to  kill 
Luis  de  Mendoza  with  his  dagger,  for  the  latter  refused  to  be 
arrested;  while  he  had  another  named  Gaspar  Quesada  beheaded. 
When  they  set  sail,  he  left  Juan  de  Cartagena  together  with  a 
secular  priest  ashore  at  a place  where  there  were  no  inhabitants.” 

Correa  (Stanley,  pp.  247-250)  gives  a different  and  imperfect 
account  of  the  meeting. 

Cf.  with  these  accounts  the  one  given  by  Guillemard  ( Magel- 
lan),  pp.  162-174.  When  the  “San  Antonio”  deserted,  Esteban 


2 34  FIRST  VOYAGE  AROUND  THE  WORLD  [Voi. 


Gomez  is  said  to  have  rescued  Cartagena  and  the  priest.  Joào 
Serrào  (after  the  loss  of  the  “Santiago”)  was  given  command 
of  the  “ Concepcion,”  Mesquita  of  the  “ San  Antonio,”  and  Duarte 
Barbosa  of  the  “ Victoria,”  all  Portuguese  (Guillemard,  ut  supra , 
p.  179).  It  is  rather  singular  that  Sir  Francis  Drake  should  also 
have  faced  a mutiny  in  this  same  port,  where  Thomas  Doughty 
was  executed.  That  the  history  of  Magalhàes’s  expedition  was 
generally  known  is  evident  from  the  following:  “The  next  day 
after,  being  the  twentieth  of  June,  wee  harboured  ourselues  againe 
in  a very  good  harborough,  called  by  Magellan  Port  S.  Julian , 
where  we  found  a gibbet  standing  upon  the  maine,  which  we 
supposed  to  be  the  place  where  Magellan  did  execution  upon 
some  of  his  disobedient  and  rebellious  company.”  W orld  encom- 
passed (Hakluyt  Society  edition),  p.  234. 

120  MS.  5,650  reads:  “twenty-five  leagues.” 

121  Instead  of  this  last  phrase,  MS.  5,650  reads:  “and  very 
little  of  that.”  The  account  of  the  shipwreck  and  rescue  as 
given  here  is  very  confusing  and  inadequate.  Cf.  Guillemard,  ut 
supra , pp.  1 75-1 79,  and  Navarrete,  iv,  pp.  38,  39.  One  man  was 
lost,  namely,  the  negro  slave  of  Joào  Serrào.  The  “ Roteiro  ” 
(Stanley,  p.  4)  gives  the  briefest  mention  of  it.  Brito  (Navarrete, 
iv,  p.  307)  says:  “After  this  [ i.e .,  the  mutiny],  they  wintered 
for  three  months;  and  Magallanes  again  ordered  the  ship  ‘ San- 
tiago 5 to  go  ahead  in  order  to  explore.  The  ship  was  wrecked 
but  all  of  its  crew  were  saved.”  Correa’s  account  (Stanley, 
p.  250)  is  very  short,  and  mentions  that  only  the  hull  of  the  vessel 
was  lost. 

122  Mosto  (p.  60,  note  3)  derives  this  word  from  the  Spanish 
mejillon,  a variety  of  cockle,  which  he  thinks  may  be  the  Mytilus 
or  common  mussel. 

123  See  vol.  11,  p.  34,  note  5*. 

124  Eden  (p.  252)  says:  “52.  degree  . . . lackynge  a 

thyrde  parte.” 

125  MS.  5,650  omits:  “and  the  holy  bodies,”  and  has  in  its 
place:  “by  His  grace.” 

126  MS.  5,650  omits  these  last  two  words.  The  Italian  form 
braccio  is  retained  in  view  of  these  words;  for  the  Spanish  braza 
is  a measure  about  equivalent  to  the  English  fathom,  while  the 
braccio , although  varying  in  different  cities,  is  near  three  palmos 
(spans)  in  length.  The  term  is,  however,  translated  brasse 
( “fathom”)  in  MS.  5,650.  Mosto  (p.  60,  note  8),  conjectures 
this  fish  to  be  the  Eliginus  maclovinus.  Of  this  fish,  Theodore 


One] 


NOTES 


235 


Gill,  the  well-known  ichthyologist,  says  in  a letter  of  May  22, 
1905:  “ The  Italian  editor  gave  a shrewd  guess  in  the  suggestion 

that  the  fish  in  question  was  what  was  formerly  called  Eliginus 
maclovinus.  The  only  vulgar  name  that  I have  been  able  to  find 
for  it  is  ‘ robalo,’  and  this  name  is  applied  to  it  by  the  Spanish- 
speaking people  of  both  sides  of  South  America.  Like  most  popu- 
lar names,  however,  it  is  very  misleading.  ‘ Robalo  ’ is  the 
Spanish  name  for  the  European  bass,  which  is  nearly  related  to  our 
striped  bass  or  rock  bass.  To  that  fish  the  robalo  of  South  America 
has  no  affinity  or  real  resemblance,  and  belongs  to  a very  different 
family  peculiar  to  the  southern  hemisphere  - the  Nototheniids. 
The  so-called  Eliginus  maclovinus  (properly,  Eliginops  maclo- 
vinus) is  the  most  common  and  widely  distributed  species  and 
probably  the  one  obtained  by  the  fleet  of  Magalhàes.” 

127  Of  the  river  Santa  Cruz  and  the  stay  there,  Albo  (Na- 
varrete,  iv,  p.  215)  says:  “We  left  that  place  [i.e.,  Port  San 
Julian]  on  the  24th  of  the  said  month  [of  August]  and  coasted 
along  to  the  southwest  by  west.  About  30  leguas  farther  on,  we 
found  a river  named  Santa  Cruz,  which  we  entered  on  the  26th 
of  the  same  month.  We  stayed  there  until  the  day  of  San  Lucas, 
the  1 8th  of  the  month  of  October.  We  caught  many  fish  there 
and  got  wood  and  water.  That  coast  extends  northeast  by  east 
and  southwest  by  west,  and  is  an  excellent  coast  with  good  in- 
dentations.” The  “ Roteiro  ” (Stanley,  p.  4)  places  the  river 
Santa  Cruz  twenty  leagues  from  San  Julian  and  in  about  50°. 
That  narrative  says  that  the  four  remaining  boats  continued  to 
pick  up  the  wreckage  of  the  “ Santiago  ” until  September  18.  The 
name  Santa  Cruz  was  said  to  have  been  given  to  the  river  be- 
cause they  entered  it  on  September  14,  the  day  of  the  exaltation 
of  the  holy  cross  (see  Stanley,  p.  4,  note  4,  and  Mosto,  p.  60,  note 
7),  but  Kohl  (Mosto,  ut  supra)  attributes  the  name  to  Joào 
Serrào  who  was  near  that  river  on  May  3,  1520,  the  day  on 
which  the  church  celebrates  the  feast  of  the  finding  of  the  holy 
cross.  N avarrete  (iv,  p.  41)  cites  Herrera  as  authority  for  an 
eclipse  of  the  sun  that  happened  while  at  this  river  on  October 
11,  1520.  Guillemard  ( ut  supra,  pp.  187,  188)  is  disinclined 
to  believe  the  report,  although  he  mentions  an  annular  eclipse  of 
the  sun  on  October  20,  1520,  which  was  however  not  visible  in 
Patagonia.  Navarrete  ( ut  supra)  says  that  Magalhàes  gave  in- 
structions to  his  captains  here  “saying  that  he  would  follow  those 
coasts  until  finding  a strait  or  the  end  of  that  continent,  even  if 
he  had  to  go  to  a latitude  of  75°;  that  before  abandoning  that 
enterprise,  the  ships  might  be  twice  unrigged  ; and  that  after  that 
he  would  go  in  search  of  Maluco  toward  the  east  and  ea'st  north- 
east, by  way  of  the  cape  of  Buena  Esperanza  and  the  island  of 
San  Lorenzo.” 


236 


FIRST  VOYAGE  AROUND  THE  WORLD 


[Voi. 


A new  chapter  begins  at  this  point  in  MS.  5,650,  being  simply 
headed  “ chapter.” 

128  The  anonymous  Portuguese  who  accompanied  Duarte  Bar- 
bosa says  530  30';  Barros,  52°  56';  Elcano,  540;  and  Albo,  52° 
30'.  Mosto,  p.  60,  note  9. 

129  MS.  5*650  has  the  words  in  brackets. 

130  Eden  (p.  252)  says  of  the  strait:  “ they  founde  the  /traight 
nowe  cauled  the  /traight  of  Magellanus,  beinge  in  /urn  place 
C.x.  leagues  in  length:  and  in  breadth  /umwhere  very  large  and 
in  other  places  lyttle  more  than  halfe  a league  in  bredth.”  Stanley 
(p.  57)  is  uncertain  of  the  French  et  quasi  autant  de  largeur 
moins  de  demye  lieue , which  is  (translated  freely)  simply  “ some- 
thing like  almost  a half-league  wide.”  The  “ Roteiro  ” (Stanley, 
p.  7)  says  that  the  channel  “ at  some  places  has  a width  of  three 
leagues,  and  two,  and  one,  and  in  some  places  half  a league.” 
Transylvanus  (vol.  1,  p.  320)  gives  the  width  as  two,  three,  five, 
or  ten  Italian  miles;  Gomara,  two  leagues  or  so;  Barros,  one 
league  at  the  mouth,  and  the  strait,  from  a musket  or  cannon 
shot  to  one  and  one  and  one-half  leagues;  Castanheda,  at  the 
mouth  as  wide  as  two  ships  close  together,  then  opening  up  to  one 
league;  Peter  Martyr,  a sling-shot’s  distance  in  places.  (Mosto, 
p.  61,  note  2.) 

131  Proise  or  Proi  ( proy , proic)  is  an  ancient  Catalonian  word 
meaning  the  “bow  moorings;”  Cf.  Jal,  Glossane  nautique 
(Mosto,  p.  61,  note  3).  The  old  Spanish  word  is  “ prois,”  which 
signifies  both  the  thing  to  which  the  ship  is  moored  ashore,  and  the 
rope  by  which  it  is  moored  to  the  shore. 

132  This  passage  is  as  follows  in  MS.  5,650:  “The  said  strait 
was  a circular  place  surrounded  with  mountains  (as  I have  said), 
and  the  majority  of  the  sailors  thought  that  there  was  no  exit 
from  it  into  the  said  Pacific  Sea.  But  the  captain-general  declared 
that  there  was  another  strait  which  led  out,  and  that  he  knew 
that  well,  for  he  had  seen  it  on  a marine  chart  of  the  king  of 
Portugal.  That  map  had  been  made  by  a renowned  sailor  and 
pilot,  named  Martin  de  Boesme.  The  said  captain  sent  two  of 
his  ships  forward  - one  named  the  ‘ Sainct  Anthoine,’  and  the 
other  the  ‘ Conception  ’ - in  order  that  they  might  look  for  and 
discover  the  exit  from  the  said  strait,  which  was  called  the  cape 
de  la  Baya.” 

Martin  de  Behaim  (Beham,  Behem,  Behemira,  Behen,  Bcehem, 
Boehm)  was  born  about  1459  (some  say  also  in  1430  or  1436) 
of  a family  originally  from  Bohemia,  in  Nuremberg,  Germany, 
and  died  at  Lisbon,  July  29,  1506.  He  was  a draper  in  Flanders, 
1477-1479,  after  which  he  went  to  Lisbon  (1480)  where  he  be- 


One] 


NOTES 


237 


came  acquainted  with  Columbus.  In  1484  he  was  chosen  geogra- 
pher of  Diego  Cam’s  expedition  to  Western  Africa.  On  his  re- 
turn, he  received  the  order  of  knighthood  in  the  military  order  of 
Christ  of  Portugal;  after  which  he  went  to  the  island  of  Fayal 
in  the  Azores  where  he  became  interested  in  colonization  and 
agriculture,  and  married  the  daughter  of  the  governor.  In  1491 
he  returned  to  Germany,  where  he  lived  at  Nuremberg  until 
1493,  and  where,  at  the  request  of  his  townsmen,  he  constructed 
an  immense  globe  on  the  information  of  Ptolemy,  Strabo,  and 
others,  which  contains  many  errors  (see  facsimile  in  Guillemard). 
In  1493  he  returned  to  Lisbon,  and  in  1494  to  Fayal,  where  he 
remained  until  1506,  when  he  went  to  Lisbon.  Many  myths 
sprung  up  about  him,  such  that  he  had  visited  America  before 
Columbus  and  the  straits  of  Magellan  before  Magalhàes,  the  latter 
of  whom  he  may  have  known  at  Lisbon.  See  Rose,  New  Bio- 
graphical Dictionary  (London,  1848)  ; Grande  Encyclopedic 
(Paris,  Lamirault  et  Cie.)  ; and  Guillemard,  pp.  73,  74. 

See  Guillemard  ( ut  supra , pp.  189-198)  for  a discussion  of 
knowledge  regarding  the  existence  of  a strait  to  the  south  of  the 
American  continent,  prior  to  Magalhàes’s  discovery  and  passage 
of  it.  Guillemard,  after  weighing  the  evidence  for  and  against, 
decides  that  there  may  have  been  a “ more  or  less  inexact  knowl- 
edge of  the  existence  of  some  antarctic  break  ” that  would  allow 
access  to  the  eastern  world. 

133  Possession  Bay,  according  to  Mosto,  p.  61,  note  5,  but  Gui- 
llemard (pp.  199,  200)  thinks  it  may  have  been  Lomas  Bay. 

134  Probably  Anegada  Point  to  the  northwest  of  Cape  Orange. 

135  The  “ First  Narrows  ” or  Primera  Garganta,  just  beyond 
Anegada  Point. 

136  Lago  de  los  Estrechos,  St.  Philip’s  Bay,  or  Boucant  Bay. 

137  The  “ Second  Narrows  ” and  Broad  Reach. 

138  MS.  5*650  does  not  mention  the  smoke  signals. 

139  MS.  5*650  reads:  “ When  near  us  they  suddenly  discharged 
a number  of  guns,  whereat  we  very  joyously  saluted  them  with 
artillery  and  cries.” 

140  The  first  is  the  passage  east  of  Dawson  Island,  which  extends 
to  the  northeast  into  Useless  Bay  and  to  the  southeast  into  Ad- 
miralty Sound.  The  second  opening  was  the  passage  between 
the  western  side  of  Dawson  Island  and  Brunswick  Peninsula. 

141  Esteban  Gomez  was  an  experienced  Portuguese  navigator 
and  pilot  with  ambitions  only  less  than  those  of  Magalhàes,  his 
kinsman  (Guillemard,  p.  203).  His  desertion  occurred  probably 


238  first  VOYAGE  AROUND  THE  WORLD  [Voi. 


in  the  first  part  of  November,  and  was  perhaps  directly  due  to 
pique  at  what  he  considered  lack  of  appreciation  from  Magalhàes. 
Conspiring  with  Geronimo  Guerra,  the  notary,  who  was  elected 
captain  of  the  “ San  Antonio  ” they  made  off  with  that  ship,  and 
after  imprisoning  Alvaro  de  Mezquita,  returned  to  Spain,  anchor- 
ing at  Sevilla  May  6,  1521.  There  Gomez  was  imprisoned  after 
the  return  of  the  “ Victoria,”  but  was  liberated,  and  in  1524 
proposed  an  expedition  to  discover  a northwest  passage.-  An 
expedition  having  been  fitted  out  by  Carlos  I,  he  coasted  Florida 
and  the  eastern  coast  as  far  as  Cape  Cod,  and  returned  to  Spain 
in  1525.  See  Grande  Encyclopedic  ; Navarrete,  iv,  pp.  42-45, 
and  201-208;  and  Guillemard,  ut  supra , pp.  203-205. 

Brito’s  story  of  the  exploration  of  the  strait  and  the  loss  of 
the  “San  Antonio”  (Navarrete,  iv,  pp.  307,  308)  is  as  follows: 
“ They  left  that  place  [i.e.,  the  river  of  Santa  Cruz]  on  October 
20,  and  went  to  enter  a strait  of  which  they  had  no  knowledge. 
The  entrance  of  the  strait  extends  for  about  15  leguas;  and  after 
they  had  entered,  it  seemed  to  them  that  it  was  all  land-locked, 
and  they  accordingly  anchored  there.  Magallanes  sent  a Portu- 
guese pilot  named  Juan  Carballo  ashore  with  orders  to  ascend 
a mountain  in  order  to  ascertain  whether  there  was  any  outlet. 
Carballo  returned  saying  that  it  appeared  land-locked  to  him. 
Thereupon  Magallanes  ordered  the  ships  ‘ San  Antonio  * and 
the  ‘ Concepcion  ’ to  go  in  advance  in  order  to  explore  the  strait. 
After  having  gone  ahead  for  about  30  leguas,  they  returned  to  tell 
Magallanes  that  the  river  went  farther  but  that  they  could  not 
tell  where  it  would  take  them.  Upon  receiving  that  information 
Magallanes  weighed  anchor  with  all  three  ships,  and  advanced 
along  the  strait  until  reaching  the  point  to  which  the  others  had 
explored.  Then  he  ordered  the  ‘ San  Antonio  ’ of  which  Alvaro 
de  Mezquito,  his  cousin,  was  captain,  and  Esteban  Gomez,  a 
Portuguese  pilot,  to  go  ahead  and  explore  a southern  channel  that 
opened  in  the  strait.  That  ship  did  not  return  to  the  others  and 
it  is  not  known  whether  it  returned  to  Castilla  or  whether  it  was 
wrecked.  Magallanes  proceeded  with  his  remaining  ships  until 
he  found  an  exit.”  Correa’s  account  of  the  desertion  of  the  “ San 
Antonio  ” is  as  usual  with  him,  inadequate,  and  evidently  based  on 
hearsay  evidence  (see  Stanley,  p.  250). 

142  Literally  “ brother  ; ” but  to  be  understood  probably  as  the 
expression  cugino  germano , “ cousin  german.” 

143  MS.  5,650  begins  this  sentence  as  follows:  “ But  that  ship 
lost  its  time,  for  the  other.” 

144  Guillemard  (p.  206)  conjectures  from  the  records  of  Albo, 
Pigafetta,  and  Herrera  that  the  river  of  Sardines  is  Port  Gallant 
which  is  located  on  the  Brunswick  Peninsula,  opposite  the  Charles 
Islands.  Albo  (Navarrete,  iv,  p.  215)  says  that  after  taking  the 


One]  NOTES  239 

course  to  the  northwest  they  sailed  about  15  leagues  before 
anchoring. 

145  Albo  (Navarrete,  iv,  p.  216)  says  that  the  two  capes  at 
the  exit  of  the  strait  were  called  Fermosa  and  Deseado,  this  latter 
being  Cape  Pillar  (see  Guillemard,  map  facing  p.  198). 

146  MS.  5,650  adds:  “ which  were  on  the  other  side.” 

147  Joào  Serrào,  the  brother  of  Magalhàes’s  staunchest  friend 
Francisco  Serrào,  and  a firm  supporter  of  the  great  navigator. 
Pigafetta  errs  in  calling  him  a Spaniard  (see  p.  179),  though 
he  may  have  become  a naturalized  Spaniard,  since  the  register 
speaks  of  him  as  a citizen  of  Sevilla.  One  document  (Navarrete, 
iv,  p.  155)  calls  him  a Portuguese  pilot,  and  Brito  (Navarrete, 
iv,  p.  308)  a Castilian.  He  was  an  experienced  navigator  and  cap- 
tain, and  had  served  under  Vasco  da  Gama,  Almeida,  and  Albu- 
querque. Vasco  da  Gama  (on  his  second  voyage,  1502-1503) 
made  him  captain  of  the  ship  “ Pomposa  ” which  was  built  in 
Mozambique  where  he  was  left  to  attend  to  Portuguese  affairs. 
On  this  expedition  he  saw  the  coast  of  Brazil  for  the  first  time,  for 
Vasco  da  Gama’s  fleet,  ere  doubling  the  Cape  of  Good  Hope, 
crossed  to  the  Brazilian  coast,  which  they  followed  as  far  as  Cape 
Santo  Agostinho.  He  fought  bravely  in  the  battle  of  Cananor 
under  Almeida  (March  16,  1506,  in  which  Magalhàes  also  par- 
ticipated). He  was  chief  captain  of  three  caravels  in  August, 
1510,  in  Eastern  water,  and  was  in  the  Java  seas  in  1512,  but  must 
have  returned  to  Portugal  soon  after  that,  for  he  was  there  in 
1 5 1 3 ; although  he  seems  to  have  been  appointed  clerk  at  the 
fortress  of  Calicut  in  the  latter  year.  He  embarked  with  Ma- 
galhàes as  captain  and  pilot  of  the  “Santiago,”  but  after  the  wreck 
of  that  vessel  near  port  San  Julian  was  given  command  of  the 
“ Concepcion,”  in  which  he  later  explored  the  strait.  Failing  to 
dissuade  Magalhàes  from  attacking  the  natives  of  Matan,  he  be- 
came commander,  with  Duarte  Barbosa,  of  the  fleet  at  Magalhàes’s 
death,  and  was  murdered  by  the  Cebuans  after  the  treacherous 
banquet  given  by  them  to  the  fleet.  See  Guillemard  ( ut  supra), 
and  Stanley’s  Three  voyages  of  Vasco  da  Gama  (Hakluyt  Society 
publications,  London,  1869). 

148  MS.  5,650  reads  as  follows:  “ Such  was  the  method  ordered 
by  the  captain  from  the  beginning,  in  order  that  the  ship  that 
happened  to  become  separated  from  the  others  might  rejoin  the 
fleet.”  Then  it  adds:  “Thereupon  the  crew  of  the  said  ship 
did  what  the  captain  had  ordered  them  and  more,  for  they  set 
two  banners  with  their  letters,”  etc. 

149  The  island  of  Santa  Magdalena  (Mosto,  p.  62,  note  11). 

160  According  to  Guillemard  the  river  of  Isleo  (or  “of  Is- 


240 


FIRST  VOYAGE  AROUND  THE  WORLD  [Voi. 


lands  ”)  is  located  on  Brunswick  Peninsula,  and  is  identified  with 
the  port  of  San  Miguel,  just  east  of  the  “ River  of  Sardines;  ” the 
island  where  the  cross  was  planted  would  be  one  of  the  Charles 
Islands. 

151  The  “Roteiro  ” (Stanley,  p.  3)  mentions  that  the  day  at 
the  port  of  San  Julian  was  about  seven  hours  long;  while  the 
anonymous  Portuguese  (Stanley,  p.  30)  says  that  the  sun  only 
appeared  for  some  “ four  hours  each  day  ” in  June  and  July. 
Transylvanus  says  the  nights  in  the  strait  were  not  longer  than 
five  hours. 

152  MS.  5,650  adds:  “which  is  the  collateral  wind  between 
the  east  and  south.” 

153  MS.  5,650  adds:  “ and  anchorages.” 

154  Various  kinds  of  these  umbelliferous  parsley  plants  are  still 
to  be  found  in  Patagonia,  where  they  are  highly  esteemed  (Mosto, 
p.  63,  note  3). 

155  MS.  5,650  reads:  “ I do  not  believe  that  there  is  a more 
beautiful  'country  or  a better  strait  than  that.”  See  Albo’s  de- 
scription of  the  strait,  in  vol.  i,  pp.  264-265  ; that  of  Transylvanus, 
VOL.  I,  pp.  3 1 9-321;  and  that  in  World  encompassed  (Hakluyt 
Society  edition),  pp.  236,  237  (this  last  account  also  mentioning 
the  difficulty  of  finding  water  sufficiently  shallow  for  anchoring). 
The  anonymous  Portuguese  (Stanley,  p.  31)  says  that  the  strait 
was  called  the  “Strait  of  Victoria,  because  the  ship  ‘Victoria’ 
was  the  first  that  had  seen  it:  some  called  it  the  Strait  of  Magal- 
haens  because  our  captain  was  named  Fernando  de  Magalhaens.” 
Castanheda  says  that  Magalhàes  gave  it  the  name  of  “ bay  of  All 
Saints  ” because  it  was  discovered  on  November  1 ; and  San 
Martin  in  his  reply  to  Magalhaes’s  request  for  opinions  regarding 
the  continuance  of  the  expedition  calls  it  “ channel  of  All  Saints:  ” 
but  this  name  was  first  applied  to  only  one  gulf  or  one  branch  and 
later  extended  to  the  entire  channel.  This  name  is  found  in  the 
instructions  given  for  the  expedition  of  Sebastian  Cabot  in  1527, 
and  in  the  map  made  that  same  year  at  Sevilla  by  the  English- 
man Robert  Thorne.  Sarmiento  de  Gamboa  petitioned  Felipe  II 
that  it  be  called  “ strait  of  the  Mother  of  God.”  It  was  also 
called  “ strait  of  Martin  Behaim.”  The  anonymous  Portuguese 
(Stanley,  p.  31)  says  that  the  strait  is  400  miles  long.  The 
“Roterio”  (Stanley,  pp.  7,  8)  says  that  it  is  100  leagues  in  length, 
and  that  in  traversing  it,  they  “sailed  as  long  as  it  was  daylight, 
and  anchored  when  it  was  night.”  Transylvanus  (vol.  i,  p.  320) 
gives  the  length  as  100  Spanish  miles;  Oviedo,  100  or  no  leagues; 
Herrera,  100  leagues,  and  twenty  days  to  navigate;  Gomara,  no 
to  120  leagues;  Peter  Martyr,  no  leagues.  See  Mosto,  p.  60, 
note  10,  and  p.  62,  note  2;  and  ante , note  130. 


One] 


NOTES 


24I 


156  These  fish  are:  a species  of  Coryphana\  the  Thymnus 
albacora,  and  the  Thymnus  plamys . 

157  From  the  Spanish  golondrina , the  sapphirine  gurnard  or 
tubfish  ( T rigid  hirundo  ) . 

158  MS.  5,650  reads:  “one  foot  or  more.” 

159  At  this  point  in  the  original  Italian  MS.,  which  ends  a page, 
occurs  the  heading  of  the  following  page  Sequitur  V ocabuli  pata- 
ghoni , that  is,  “ Continuation  of  Patagonian  words.” 

160  Literally:  “ for  the  nature  of  women.” 

161  MS.  5,650  presents  the  following  differences  in  the  list  of 
Patagonian  words  from  the  Italian  MS. 


Eyes 

ather 

Eyelashes 

occhechl 

Lips 

schiane 

Hair 

ajchir 

Throat 

ohumer 

Shoulders 

peles 

Penis 

scachet 

Testicles 

scaneos 

Rump 

schiachen 

Arm 

mar 

Pulse 

ohon 

Legs 

choss 

Feet 

teche 

Heel 

there 

Sole  of  the  foot 

cartscheni 

Fingernails 

colini 

To  scratch 

ghecare 

Young  man 

calemi 

Water 

oli 

Smoke 

jaiche 

We 

chen 

Yes 

zei 

Petre  lazure 

secheghi 

Sun 

calexcheni 

To  eat 

mecchiere 

To  look 

conne 

To  walk 

rhei 

Ship 

theu 

To  run 

haim 

Ostrich  eggs 

The  powder  of  the  herb 

jan 

which  they  eat 

capae 

Red  cloth 

terechai 

242 


FIRST  VOYAGE  AROUND  THE  WORLD  [Voi. 


Black 

Red 

To  cook 
A goose 

Their  little  devils 


theiche 
j recoles 
chache 
Cheleult 


amel 


In  the  above  list,  chen  corresponds  in  the  Italian  MS.  to  ehen , 
the  equivalent  of  “ no;  ” theu  is  “ ship  ” in  the  above,  and  “snow  ” 
in  the  Italian;  courire  (the  equivalent  of  covrire  or  coprire , “to 
cover  ”)  in  the  Italian,  becomes  courir  (“  to  run  ”)  in  MS.  5,650. 
All  are  to  be  regarded  as  errors  of  the  French.  Certain  words 
are  left  in  Italian  in  MS.  5,650,  which  are  as  follows:  la  copa ; 
alcalcagno]  (Italian  MS.  al  calcagno );  homo  squerzo  (Italian 
MS.  sguerco ) ; a la  pignate  (Italian  MS.  pigniata ) ; alstruzzo 
vcelo  (Italian  MS.  al  seruzo  ucelo)  ; and  alcocinare  (Italian  MS. 
al  coginare).  Stanley  offers  this  as  proof  that  MS.  5,650  was 
written  by  Pigafetta,  and  not  translated  from  his  Italian,  but  it 
furnishes  no  evidence  that  Pigafetta  even  saw  the  French  version 
of  his  relation.  It  must  be  remembered  that  Stanley  did  not 
himself  see  the  Italian  MS.  but  only  the  Amoretti  mutilation  of 
it  (from  which,  and  from  MS.  5,650,  he  reproduces  the  vocabu- 
lary, without  English  translation),  and  hence  bases  his  observa- 
tions on  that  and  the  conjectures  of  its  editor.  Stanley  points 
out  the  fact  that  Amoretti  has  omitted  several  words  of  this  list, 
but  they  are  all  in  the  Italian  MS.  A sad  blunder  has  been  made 
by  Stanley  in  his  transcription  of  La  pouldre  dherbe  qui  mangent 
whose  Patagonian  equivalent  is  capac.  He  transcribes  as  follows: 
la  pouldre  d’herhe  with  Patagonian  eqqivalent  qui  (which  it  is  to 
be  noted  is  only  the  wrong  form  of  the  French  relative),  and 
mangent  with  Patagonian  equivalent  capac,  explaining  mangent 
in  a footnote  as  “ Food,  the  root  used  as  bread.”  Stanley  also 
makes  the  following  mistranscriptions:  orescho  for  oresche 
(“nostrils”);  canneghin  for  caimeghin  (“palm  of  the  hand”); 
ochy  for  ochii  (“bosom”);  scancos  for  scaneos  (“testicles”); 
hou  for  hoii  (“  buttocks  ”)  ; ohoy  for  ohon  (“  pulse  ”)  ; cartschem 
for  cartscheni  (“sole  of  the  foot”);  chol  for  thol  (“heart”); 
om  for  oni  (“  wind  ”)  ; aschame  for  aschanie  (“  earthen  pot  ”)  ; 
oamaghei  for  oamaghce  (“  to  fight  ”)  ; amet  for  amel  (“  black  ”)  ; 
and  ixecoles  for  jrocoles  (“to  cook”).  Amoretti  has  also  made 
many  errors  (see  Stanley’s  First  Voyage,  pp.  62,  63).  Mosto, 
who  is  on  the  whole  a faithful  transcriber,  has  sacancos  as  the 
Patagonian  equivalent  of  a li  testiculi;  om  jani  for  a li  sui,  the 
correct  forms  of  the  latter  being  jani  and  a li  sui  oui;  and  tcrechai 
for  the  equivalent  of  “ red  cloth.”  Eden  (p.  252)  gives  only  the 
following  words:  “ breade,  Capar:  water,  Oli:  redde  clothe, 
Cherecai:  red  colour,  Cheiche:  blacke  colour,  Amel.” 

Mosto  (p.  63,  note  8)  gives  the  following  words  from  the 


One] 


NOTES 


243 


vocabulary  of  the  Tehuel-ches  compiled  by  the  second  lieutenant 

of  the  ship 
those  given 

“ Roncagli,”  which 
by  Pigafetta. 

correspond  almost  exactly  with 

English 

Roncagli 

Pigafetta 

Nose 

or 

or 

eye 

óthel 

other 

hand 

tzén 

chene 

ear 

sha 

sane 

ostrich 

óyue 

hoi  hoi 

Brinton  ( American  Race , p.  328)  cites  Ramon  Lista  (Mis 
exploraciones  y descubrimientos  en  Patagonia , Buenos  Ayres,  1880) 
in  proof  that  the  language  of  the  Patagonians  has  undergone  but 
slight  change  since  the  time  of  Pigafetta.  See  also  lists  of  words 
in  Brinton  (ut  supra) , p.  364,  from  the  Patagonian  and  Fuegian 
languages.  The  vocabularies  given  by  Horatio  Hale  (Wilkes’s 
U.  S.  Exploring  Expedition , 1838-1842,  Philadelphia,  1846,  viii, 
pp.  651-656)  bear  no  resemblance  to  Pigafetta’s  vocabulary.  Hale 
says  that  guttural  sounds  are  frequent  among  the  Indians  of  the 
Patagonian  district. 

162  MS.  5,650  reads:  “ capae.” 

163  Cf.  with  the  methods  of  fire-making  used  by  the  North 
American  Indians  in  Jesuit  Relations  and  Allied  Documents 
(Cleveland  reissue)  ; see  also  Captivity  of  Hans  Stade  (Hakluyt 
Society  edition),  p.  126. 

At  this  point  (folio  14a)  in  the  original  Italian  MS.  occurs 
the  first  chart,  representing  the  straits  of  Magellan  (see  p.  82). 
The  cardinal  points  in  all  of  Pigafetta’s  charts  are  the  reverse 
of  the  ordinary,  the  north  being  below  and  the  south  above.  MS. 
5,650  precedes  this  chart  (which  there  occupies  folio  21a)  by  the 
words:  “ Below  is  depicted  the  strait  of  Patagonie.”  Immediate- 
ly following  this  chart  in  the  Italian  MS.  (folio  15a)  is  the  chart 
of  the  Y sole  Infortunate  (“Unfortunate  Isles;”  see  p.  88). 
These  islands  are  shown  in  MS.  5,650  on  folio  23a,  with  the  fol- 
lowing notice:  “Here  are  shown  the  two  islands  called  ‘Un- 
fortunate Islands.’  ” The  charts  in  the  Italian  MS.  are  brown  or 
dull  black  on  a blue  ground. 

164  The  “ Roteiro  ” (Stanley,  p.  9)  says  that  Magalhàes  left 
the  strait  November  26  (having  entered  it  October  21);  the 
anonymous  Portuguese  (Stanley,  p.  31)  and  Peter  Martyr 
(Mosto,  p.  65,  note  1),  November  27. 

165  MS.  5,650  reads:  “And  we  ate  only  biscuits  that  had 
fallen  to  powder,  which  was  quite  full  of  worms,  and  stank  from 
the  filth  of  the  urine  of  rats  that  covered  it,  and  of  which  the 
good  had  been  eaten.”  Eden  (p.  252)  reads:  “And  hauynge  in 


244 


FIRST  VOYAGE  AROUND  THE  WORLD  [Voi. 


this  tyme  con/umed  all  theyr  by/ket  and  other  vyttales,  they  fell 
into  f uche  nece//itie  that  they  were  inforced  to  eate  the  pouder  that 
remayned  therof  beinge  nowe  full  of  woormes  and  /tynkynge 
lyke  py fft  by  rea/on  of  the  /alte  water.”  Herrera  (Navarrete, 
iv,  p.  51)  says  that  the  rice  was  cooked  with  salt  water. 

166  A curious  coincidence  in  view  of  Magalhàes’s  answer  to 
Esteban  Gomez  at  a council  called  in  the  strait  to  discuss  the 
continuance  of  the  voyage  that  “ although  he  had  to  eat  the  cow- 
hide wrappings  of  the  yardarms,  he  would  still  persevere  and  dis- 
cover what  he  had  promised  the  emperor”  (Navarrete,  iv,  p.  43; 
cited  from  Herrera).  At  that  council  André  de  San  Martin, 
pilot  in  the  “ San  Antonio,”  advised  that  they  continue  explora- 
tions until  the  middle  of  January,  1521,  and  then  return  to  Spain; 
and  urged  that  no  farther  southward  descent  be  made,  and  that 
navigation  along  so  dangerous  coasts  be  only  by  day,  in  order 
that  the  crew  might  have  some  rest  (Navarrete,  iv,  pp.  45-49). 

167  MS.  5,650  reads:  “enough  of  them.” 

168  This  was  the  scurvy.  Navarrete  (iv,  p.  54)  following  a 
document  conserved  in  Archivo  general  de  Indias,  says  that  only 
eleven  men  died  of  scurvy  during  the  voyage  from  the  strait  to 
the  Ladrones. 

169  The  anonymous  Portuguese  says  ( Stanley,  p.  3 1 ) that  after 
sailing  west  and  northwest  for  9,858  miles,  the  equator  was 
reached.  At  the  line  (“  Roteiro,”  Stanley,  p.  9),  Magalhàes 
changed  the  course  in  order  to  strike  land  north  of  the  Moluccas, 
as  “ he  had  information  that  there  were  no  provisions  ” there. 

170  MS.  5,650  reads:  “ It  is  well  named  Pacific.” 

171  MS.  5,650  adds:  “which  is  a large  fish  called  tiburoni.” 
The  anonymous  Portuguese  (Stanley,  p.  31),  says  that  the  Un- 
fortunate Islands  were  met  before  the  line  was  reached  and  were 
eight  hundred  miles  distant  from  one  another.  One  was  called 
St.  Peter  (in  18°)  and  the  other  the  island  of  Tiburones  (in  14°). 
Transylvanus  (vol.  1,  p.  321),  Herrera,  and  Oviedo,  say  that 
the  three  vessels  stopped  two  days  at  those  islands  for  supplies, 
but  Albo’s  journal  (Navarrete,  iv,  p.  218)  indicates  that  no  stop 
was  made  there.  The  “ Roteiro”  (Stanley,  p.  9),  gives  the  lati- 
tude of  these  islands  as  18°  or  190  and  13°  or  140.  Albo  (Na- 
varrete, iv,  p.  218)  says  that  the  first  was  discovered  January  24 
in  1 6°  15',  and  was  called  San  Pablo,  because  that  was  the  date 
of  St.  Paul’s  conversion;  and  the  island  of  Tiburones  was  dis- 
covered February  4,  in  io°  40',  at  a distance  of  90  (sic)  from  the 
former.  Eden  (p.  253)  says  that  the  second  island  lay  in  50. 
These  two  islands  were  probably  Puka-puka  (the  Honden  Eyland 
of  the  Dutch  atlases)  of  the  Tuamotu  group,  located  in  latitude 


One] 


NOTES 


245 


140  45'  south,  and  longitude  138°  48'  west;  and  Flint  Island  of 
the  Manihiki  group,  located  in  latitude  n°  20'  south  and  longi- 
tude 15 1°  48'  west.  The  latter  is  still  uninhabited,  but  the 
former  contains  a population  of  over  four  hundred.  See  ante , note 
163.  See  Guillemard,  p.  220,  and  Mosto,  p.  65,  note  6. 

172  MS.  5,650  reads:  “now  at  the  stern,  now  at  the  wind- 
ward side,  or  otherwise.”  Amoretti  changes  this  passage  com- 
pletely, reading:  “According  to  our  measurement  of  the  distance 
that  we  made  with  the  chain  astern,  we  ran  from  sixty  to  seventy 
leagues  daily.”  Many  basing  themselves  on  this  passage  of  Amo- 
retti, have  believed  that  the  log  was  in  use  at  the  time  of  the  first 
circumnavigation.  Dr.  Breusing  ( Die  Catena  a poppa  bei  Piga- 
fetta  und  die  Logge , in  “ Zeitschrift  der  Gesellschaft  fiir  Erd- 
kunde  zu  Berlin,”  1869,  iv,  pp.  1 07-1 15) believes  that  the  “stern 
chain  ( eatena  poppa)  is  not  the  log  properly  so-called,  but  an 
instrument  for  determining  the  angle  of  the  ship’s  leeway,  an 
opinion  accepted  also  by  Gelcich  in  his  La  scoperta  d'America  e 
Cristoforo  Colombo  nella  letteratura  moderna  (Gorizia,  1890). 
L’Vzielle  ( Studi  bibliogr.  e biogr.  sulla  storia  della  geogr.  in 
Italia , Roma,  1875,  part  ii,  introduction,  pp.  294-296),  combats 
that  opinion,  as  well  as  the  idea  that  the  log  is  meant.  The  dif- 
ficulty of  the  passage,  he  says,  hinges  on  the  word  ho  and  whether 
it  is  interpreted  as  a verb  or  a conjunction.  If  it  be  a conjunction 
then  the  passage  means  “ estimating  by  sight,  the  rate  of  the  ship 
from  the  ‘ bow  catena,’  or  ‘ at  the  stern  ’ (‘  catena  ’ being  a beam 
perpendicular  to  the  ship’s  axis  at  the  point  near  the  bow  where 
it  begins  to  curve  inward;  that  is,  at  such  a point  that  from  that 
place  to  the  stern,  the  direction  of  the  apparent  way  is  parallel 
to  the  longitudinal  axis  of  the  ship)  his  ship  made  fifty,  sixty,  or 
seventy  leagues.”  One  might  suppose,  if  ho  be  regarded  as  a 
verb,  that  Pigafetta  called  catena  a cross  beam  of  the  stern  (the 
passage  reading  “ the  catena  that  was  at  the  stern  ”)  ; or  that  the 
disjunctive  ho,  “ or  ” is  used  in  place  of  e , “ and,”  and  that  Piga- 
fetta, dividing  the  distance  between  the  stern  and  the  bow  catena 
by  the  time  necessary  for  a fixed  point  of  the  sea  to  pass  from 
the  elevation  of  the  bow  to  that  of  the  stern,  thus  deduced  the 
ship’s  rate.  See  Mosto,  p.  66,  note,  1.  L’Vzielli’s  opinion  is 
the  most  probable,  for  although  the  log  is  mentioned  by  Purchas 
as  early  as  1607,  its  use  did  not  become  general  until  1620.  An 
instrument  used  to  measure  the  rates  of  vessels  is  mentioned  as 
early  as  1577,  but  it  was  very  deficient. 

173  The  “ Roteiro  ” (Stanley,  p.  6)  says  that  this  cape,  which 
he  calls  “cape  of  the  virgins”  was  discovered  on  October  21, 
1520,  and  lay  in  latitude  about  52°  south.  Barros  says  that  it 
was  discovered  on  October  20;  and  Transylvanus  and  Oviedo, 
on  November  27.  See  Mosto,  p.  61,  note  1. 


246 


FIRST  VOYAGE  AROUND  THE  WORLD  [Voi. 


174  Regarding  the  reckonings  Eden  says:  “In  fo  much  that 
it  was  nece//arie  to  helpe  the  needle  with  the  lode  /tone  (com- 
monly cauled  the  adamant)  before  they  could  / aile  therwith, 
bycau/e  it  moued  not  as  it  doothe  when  it  is  in  th e/e  owre  partes.” 
Eden  also  gives  a cut  of  the  “ / tarres  abowt  the  pole  Antartike.” 
The  same  author  also  (pp.  277-280)  compiles  from  Amerigo  Ves- 
pucci and  Andreas  de  Corsali  a treatise  entitled  “ Of  the  Pole 
Antartike  and  the  stars  abowt  the  same  and  of  the  qualitie  of 
the  regions  and  disposition  of  the  Elementes  abowt  the  Equi- 
noctiall  line.  Al/o  certeyne  /e creates  touching  the  arte  of  / ay- 
lynge.”  The  former  says:  “The  pole  Antartike  hath  nother 
the  great  beare  nor  the  lyttle  as  is  fee ne  abowte  owre  pole.  But 
hath  foure  /tarres  whiche  compa ffe  it  abowt  in  forme  of  a quad- 
rangle. When  these  are  hydden,  there  is  fee  ne  on  the  lefte  /yde 
a bryght  Canopus  of  three  / tarres  of  notable  greatn e//e,  whiche 
beinge  in  the  mydde/t  of  heauen,  repre/enteth  this  figure.”  The 
latter  says:  “ Here  we  /awe  a marueylous  order  of  /tarres,  fo 
that  in  the  parte  of  heauen  contrary  to  owre  northe  pole,  to 
knowe  in  what  place  and  degree  the  / outh  pole  was,  we  tooke  the 
day  with  the  / oonne,  and  ob/erued  the  nyght  with  the  a/trolabie, 
and  /aw  manife/tly  twoo  clowdes  of  rea/onable  bygne//e  mouynge 
abowt  the  place  of  the  pole  continually  nowe  ry/ynge  and  nowe 
faulynge,  fo  keepynge  theyr  continuali  cour/e  in  circular  mouynge, 
with  a / tarre  euer  in  the  mydde/t  which  is  turned  abowt  with  them 
abowte.  xi.  degrees  frome  the  pole.  Aboue  th  e/e  appeareth  a 
marueylous  ero  ffe  in  the  mydde/t  of  fyue  notable  / tarres  which 
compa//e  it  abowt.  . . . This  ero  ffe  is  so  fayre  and  bewtiful, 

that  none  other  heuenly  gne  may  be  compared  to  it.  . . . ” 

These  are  the  Magallanic  clouds  (Nuebecula  major  and  Nubecula 
minor)  and  the  constellation  of  the  Southern  Cross  or  Crux.  The 
Magellanic  clouds  resemble  portions  of  the  milky  way,  Nubecula 
major  being  visible  to  the  naked  eye  in  strong  moonlight  and 
covering  about  two  hundred  times  the  moon’s  surface,  while  the 
Nubecula  minor,  although  visible  to  the  naked  eye,  disappears  in 
full  moonlight,  and  covers  an  area  only  one-fourth  that  of  the 
former.  They  were  first  observed  by  the  Arabians.  The  Portu- 
guese pilots  probably  called  them  at  first  “ clouds  of  the  cape.” 
(Mosto,  p.  66,  note  2).  The  Southern  Cross,  which  resembles 
a lute  rather  than  a cross,  was  first  erected  into  a constellation 
by  Royer  in  1679,  although  often  spoken  of  before  as  a cross. 
Only  one  of  its  five  principal  stars  belongs  to  the  first  magnitude. 
The  cross  is  only  6°  in  extent  north  and  south  and  less  than  that 
east  and  west. 

The  second  chart  of  the  plate  at  p.  88  represents  the  Ladrones 
Islands  and  occurs  in  the  Italian  MS.  at  this  point  (folio  16b). 
This  chart  is  found  on  folio  25b  in  MS.  5,650,  and  is  preceded 
by  the  inscription  : “ The  island  of  the  robbers  and  the  style  of 
their  boats.” 


One]  NOTES  247 

175  MS.  5,650  reads:  “ During  that  time  of  two  months  and 
twelve  days.” 

176  Amoretti  reads:  “three  degrees  east  of  Capo  Verde.”  If 
the  cape  is  meant,  the  correction  is  proper,  but  if  the  islands,  the 
MS.  is  correct.  See  Mosto,  p.  67,  note  4. 

177  Cipangu  is  Japan,  while  Sumbdit  Pradit  may  be  the  island 
of  Antilia,  called  “ Septe  citade  ” on  Martin  Behaim’s  globe 
(Mosto,  p.  67,  note  5).  The  locations  given  by  Pigafetta  prove 
that  they  did  not  see  them,  but  that  he  writes  only  from  vague 
reports.  Europe  first  learned  of  Japan,  near  the  end  of  the  thir- 
teenth century,  through  Marco  Polo,  who  had  been  told  in  China 
fabulous  tales  of  the  wealth  of  Zipangu.  This  word  is  derived 
by  Marco  Polo  from  the  Chinese  Dschi-pen-Kue  or  Dschi-pon, 
which  the  Japanese  have  transformed  into  Nippon  or  Nihon.  See 
Travels  of  Marco  Polo , book  iii,  ch.  ii;  and  Rein’s  Japan, 'p.  4. 

178  See  vol.  1,  pp.  208,  209,  210,  312,  336. 

179  MS.  5,650  reads:  “sixty.”  Transylvanus  (vol.  i,  p.  322) 
names  two  islands  of  the  Ladrones  Inuagana  and  Acacan,  but 
says  that  both  were  uninhabited.  Guillemard  (ut  supra , p.  223) 
conjectures  these  names  to  be  identical  with  Agana  in  Guam  and 
Sosan  in  Rota.  Hugues  (Mosto,  p.  67,  note  7)  believes  the  first 
island  visited  to  have  been  Guam,  and  his  conjecture  is  undoubt- 
edly correct. 

180  MS.  5,650  adds:  “ called  skiff.” 

181  MS.  5,650  adds:  “of  the  said  island.” 

182  MS.  5,650  has  a new  unnumbered  chapter  heading  before 
the  following  paragraph. 

183  This  phrase  is  omitted  in  MS.  5,650,  as  is  also  all  the  fol- 
lowing sentence;  but  that  MS.  adds:  “We  left  the  said  island 
immediately  afterward,  and  continued  our  course.”  This  was 
on  March  9,  on  which  day  the  only  Englishman  in  the  fleet, 
“Master  Andrew”  of  Bristol,  died  (Guillemard,  ut  supra,  p. 
226). 

184  Eden  (p.  254)  says:  “two  hundreth  of  theyr  boates.” 

185  MS.  5,650  has  a new  chapter  at  this  point,  although  the 
chapter  is  unnumbered. 

When  Loaisa’s  expedition  reached  the  Ladrones,  they  found 
still  alive  a Galician,  one  of  three  deserters  from  Espinosa’s  ship 
(see  vol.  11,  pp.  30,  34,  35,  no).  See  the  reception  accorded 
Legazpi,  and  a description  of  one  of  those  islands  in  1565,  vol.  ii, 
pp.  109-113.  The  “ Roteiro  ” (Stanley,  p.  9)  says  that  the  expe- 
dition reached  the  Ladrones,  March  6,  1521  (with  which  Albo, 
Navarrete,  iv,  p.  219  agrees)  ; and  that  after  the  theft  of  the 


248 


FIRST  VOYAGE  AROUND  THE  WORLD 


[Voi. 


skiff,  Magellan  landed  with  fifty  or  sixty  men,  burned  the  whole 
village,  killed  seven  or  eight  persons,  both  men  and  women;  and 
that  supplies  were  taken  aboard.  The  anonymous  Portuguese 
(Stanley,  p.  31)  says  that  the  Ladrones  (which  lay  in  io°-i2° 
north  latitude,  were  2,046  miles  by  the  course  traveled  from  the 
equator.  Brito  (Navarrete,  iv,  p.  308)  says:  “Thence  [i.e., 
the  Unfortunate  Islands]  they  laid  their  course  westward,  and 
after  sailing  500  leguas  came  to  certain  islands  where  they  found 
a considerable  number  of  savages.  So  many  of  the  latter  boarded 
the  vessels  that  when  the  men  tried  to  restore  order  in  them,  they 
were  unable  to  get  rid  of  the  savages  except  by  lance-thrusts.  They 
killed  many  savages,  who  laughed  as  if  it  were  a cause  for  rejoic- 
ing.” 

186  MS.  55650  adds:  “ or  superior.” 

187  MS.  5,650  reads:  “cloth.” 

188  At  this  point,  MS.  5,650  begins  a new  sentence,  thus: 
“ There  are  found  in  that  place.” 

189  MS.  5,650  reads:  “Those  women.” 

190  MS.  5,650  makes  use  of  the  Italian  word  store  for  stuoje 
or  stoje  meaning  “mats,”  and  explains  by  adding:  “which  we 
call  mats.” 

191  They  also  (according  to  Herrera)  received  the  name  Las 
Velas , “ the  sails  ” from  the  lateen-rigged  vessels  that  the  natives 
used  (Mosto,  p.  67,  note  7).  See  also  vol.  xvi,  pp.  200-202. 

192  In  MS.  5,650  this  sentence  reads  as  follows:  “The  pas- 
time of  the  men  and  women  of  the  said  place  and  their  sport,  is 
to  go  in  their  boats  to  catch  those  flying  fish  with  fishhooks  made 
of  fishbone.” 

193  Mosto  (p.  68,  note  5)  says  that  these  boats  were  the  fisolere , 
which  were  small  and  very  swift  oared-vessels,  used  in  winter  on 
the  Venetian  lakes  by  the  Venetian  nobles  for  hunting  with  bows 
and  arrows  and  guns.  Amoretti  conjectures  that  Pigafetta  means 
the  fusiniere , boats  named  after  Fusine  whence  people  are  ferried 
to  Venice. 

194  MS.  5,650  reads:  “The  said  boats  have  no  difference  be- 

tween stern  and  bow.”  Albo  (Navarrete,  iv,  p.  219),  in  speak- 
ing of  the  boats  of  the  Chamorros,  uses  almost  identically  the 
same  expression  : “ They  went  both  ways,  for  they  could  make 

the  stern,  bow,  and  the  bow,  stern,  whenever  they  wished.”  The 
apparatus  described  by  Pigafetta  as  belonging  to  these  boats  is 
the  outrigger,  common  to  many  of  the  boats  of  the  eastern 
islands. 

195  In  the  Italian  MS.,  the  chart  of  Aguada  ly  boni  segnaly 
(“Watering-place  of  good  signs”),  Zzamal  (Samar),  Abarien, 


One] 


NOTES 


249 


Humunu,  Hyunagan,  Zuluam,  Cenalo,  and  Ybusson  ( q.v .,  p.  98) 
follows  at  this  point.  It  is  found  on  folio  29b  of  MS.  5,650  and 
is  preceded  by  the  following:  “Here  is  shown  the  island  of 
Good  Signs,  and  the  four  islands,  Cenalo,  Humanghar,  Ibusson, 
and  Abarien,  and  several  others.” 

las  « The  tenth  of  March  ” in  Eden,  and  the  distance  of  Zamal 
from  the  Ladrones  is  given  as  “ xxx.  leagues.”  Albo  (Navarrete, 
iv,  p.  220)  says  that  the  first  land  seen  was  called  Yunagan, 
“which  extended  north  and  had  many  bays;”  and  that  going 
south  from  there  they  anchored  at  a small  island  called  Suluan. 
At  the  former  “ we  saw  some  canoes,  and  went  thither,  but  they 
fled.  That  island  lies  in  g°  40'  north  latitude.”  The  “Robeiro  ” 
(Stanley,  p.  10)  says  that  the  first  land  seen  was  in  “ barely 
eleven  degrees,”  and  that  the  fleet  “ went  to  touch  at  another 
further  on,  which  appeared  first.”  Two  praus  approached  a boat 
sent  ashore,  whereupon  the  latter  was  ordered  back,  and  the 
praus  fled.  Thereupon  the  fleet  went  to  another  nearby  island 
“ which  lies  in  ten  degrees,  to  which  they  gave  the  name  of  the 
‘ Island  of  Good  Signs,’  because  they  found  some  gold  in  it.” 

197  This  word  is  omitted  in  MS.  5,650. 

198  MS.  5,650  reads:  “ more  than  one  foot  long.” 

199  Since  rice  is  an  important  staple  among  all  the  eastern 
islands,  it  is  natural  that  there  are  different  and  distinctive  names 
for  that  grain  in  the  various  languages  and  dialects  for  all  stages 
of  its  growth  and  all  its  modes  of  preparation.  Thus  the  Tagàlog 
has  words  for  “ green  rice,”  “ rice  with  small  heads,”  “ dirty 
and  partly  rotten  rice,”  “ early  rice,”  “ late  rice,”  “ cooked  rice,” 
and  many  others.  See  also  U.  S.  Philippine  Gazetteer , pp.  70,  71. 

200  MS.  5,650  reads:  “In  order  to  explain  what  manner  of 
fruit  is  that  above  named,  one  must  know  that  what  is  called 
1 cochi  ’ is  the  fruit  borne  by  the  palm-tree.  Just  as  we  have 
bread,  wine,  oil,  and  vinegar,  which  are  obtained  from  different 
things,  so  those  people  get  the  above  named  substances  from  those 
palm-trees  alone.”  See  Delgado’s  Historia , pp.  634-659,  for 
description  of  the  useful  cocoa  palm;  also,  U.  S.  Philippine  Ga- 
zetteer, pp.  72,  73,  75. 

201  MS.  5,650  reads:  “along  the  tree.”  Practically  the 
method  used  today  to  gather  the  cocoanut  wine.  See  U.  S.  Philip- 
pine Gazetteer , p.  75. 

202  In  describing  the  cocoanut  palm  and  fruit,  Eden  (p.  254) 
reads:  “ Vnder  this  rynde,  there  is  a thicke  /hell  whiche  they 
burne  and  make  pouder  thereof  and  v/e  it  as  a remedie  for  cer- 
teyne  di/ea/es.”  He  says  lower,  that  the  cocoanut  milk  on  con- 
gealing “ lyeth  within  the  /hell  lyke  an  egge.” 


25° 


FIRST  VOYAGE  AROUND  THE  WORLD 


[Voi. 


203  MS.  5,650  reads:  “ By  so  doing  they  last  a century.” 

204  Called  “ Suluan  ” by  Albo  (Navarrete,  iv,  p.  220).  It  is  a 
small  island  southeast  of  Samar.  See  ante,  note  196.  Dr.  David 
P.  Barrows  ( Census  of  the  Philippines , Washington,  1905,  i, 
p.  413),  says  that  the  men  from  Suluan  “ were  perhaps  not  typical 
of  the  rest  of  the  population  which  Magellan  found  sparsely 
scattered  about  the  coasts  of  the  central  islands,  but  . . . 
were  almost  certainly  of  the  same  stock  from  which  the  present 
Visayan  people  are  in  the  main  descended.”  These  natives  had 
probably  come,  he  says,  “ in  successively  extending  settlements,  up 
the  west  coast  of  Mindanao  from  the  Sulu  archipelago.  ‘ Suluan  ’ 
itself  means  ‘ Where  there  are  Suluges,’  that  is,  men  of  Sulu  or 
Joló.” 

205  MS.  adds:  “ seeing  that  they  were  thus  well  dispositioned.” 

206  MS.  5,650  adds:  “ into  the  sea.” 

207  Albo  calls  it  (Navarrete,  iv,  p.  220)  the  island  of  Gada 
(i.e.j  Aguada , “watering-place”)  “where  we  took  on  water  and 
wood,  that  island  being  very  free  of  shoals  ” (see  ante , note  196). 
This  island  is  now  called  Homonhón,  Jomonjol,  or  Malhón.  Its 
greatest  dimensions  are  ten  miles  from  northwest  to  southeast,  and 
five  miles  from  northeast  to  southwest.  It  is  eleven  miles  south- 
west from  the  nearest  point  in  Samar.  It  is  called  “ Buenas 
Senas  ” on  Murillo  Velarde’s  map. 

208  The  “ Roteiro  ” (Stanley,  p.  11)  says  that  the  archipelago 
was  also  called  “ Vail  Sem  Periguo,”  or  “ Valley  without  Peril.” 
The  name  “ Filipinas  ” was  not  applied  to  them  until  1542  by 
Villalobos  (see  vol.  ii,  p.  48). 

209  Probably  the  jungle-fowl  ( Gallus  bankiva)  which  is  caught 
and  tamed  in  large  numbers  by  the  natives  of  the  Philippines  and 
still  used  for  crossing  with  the  domestic  fowl.  See  Guillemard 
{ut  supra,  p.  228,  note  1). 

210  This  sentence  is  omitted  in  MS.  5,650. 

211  MS.  5,650  reads:  “ In  his  ears  he  wore  pendants  of  gold 
jewels,  which  they  call  ‘ schione.’  ” 

212  MS.  adds:  “whom  he  had  put  ashore  on  that  island  that 
they  might  recruit  their  strength.” 

213  MS.  5,650  reads:  “ There  is  another  island  near  the  above 
island,  inhabited  by  people.”  Mosto  says  (p.  70,  note  6)  that 
picheti  is  from  the  Spanish  piquete,  “ a small  hole  made  with  a 
sharp  pointed  instrument.”  This  custom  of  piercing  the  ears  is 
quite  general  among  savage,  barbarous,  and  semi-barbarous  peo- 
ples. 


One]  NOTES  251 

214  Eden  (p.  254)  reads:  “ caphranita  that  is  gentyles.”  See 
VOL.  Ill,  p.  93,  note  29. 

215  This  word  is  omitted  in  MS.  5,650. 

216  Our  transcript  reads  farine,  and  MS.  5,650  fascine , both  of 
which  translate  “ fascines.”  Mosto  reads  forine,  which  is 
amended  by  Amoretti  to  foscine.  This  latter  is  probably  the 
same  word  as  fiocina,  a “ harpoon  ” or  “ eel-spear,”  and  hence  here 
a “ dart.” 

217  Stanley  failed  to  decipher  this  word  in  MS.  5,650,  which 

is  the  same  as  the  word  in  the  Italian  MS.  Mosto,  citing  Boerio 
( Dizion . veneziano),  says  of  rizali : “ Rizzagio  or  rizzagno , 

1 sweepnet  ’ a fine  thickly  woven  net,  which  when  thrown  into 
rivers  by  the  fisherman,  opens,  and  when  near  the  bottom,  closes, 
and  covers  and  encloses  the  fish.  Rizzagio  is  also  called  that 
contrivance  or  net,  made  in  the  manner  of  an  inverted  cone,  with  a 
barrel  hoop  attached  to  the  circumference  as  a selvage.  It  has  a 
hole  underneath,  through  which  if  the  eels  in  the  ponds  slyly 
enter  the  net,  there  is  no  danger  of  their  escape.” 

Fish  are  caught  in  the  Philippines  by  various  devices  - in  favor- 
able situations  by  traps,  weirs,  corrals  of  bamboo  set  along  the 
shore  in  shallow  waters.  Various  kinds  of  nets  and  seines,  the 
hook  and  line,  and  also  the  spear,  are  also  used.  See  Census  of 
the  Philippine  Islands  (Washington,  1905),  iv,  p.  533. 

218  MS.  5,650  reads:  “ Hiunanghar.”  Stanley  has  mistran- 
scribed “ Huinanghar.”  It  is  difficult  to  identify  the  four  islands 
of  Cenalo,  Hiunanghan,  Ibusson,  and  Abarien  with  certainty. 
Mosto  (p.  71,  notes)  suggests  that  they  may  be  Dinagat,  Cabugan, 
Gibuson,  and  Cabalariàn.  The  first  three  are  evidently  correct, 
as  those  islands  would  naturally  be  sighted  in  the  course  followed. 
The  last  island  is  shown  in  Pigafetta’s  chart  to  be  north  of 
Malhón,  and  the  probability  is  that  he  names  and  locates  it 
merely  from  hearsay,  and  that  they  did  not  see  it.  Its  position 
seems  to  indicate  Manicani  rather  than  Cabalariàn. 

After  this  paragraph  in  the  Italian  MS.  (folio  21a)  follows 
the  chart  of  the  islands  of  Pozzon,  Ticobon,  Polon,  Baibai  and 
Ceilon  (together  forming  the  island  of  Leyte),  Gatighan,  Bohol, 
and  Mazzana  {sic)  ( q.v .,  p.  108).  This  chart  in  MS.  5,650 
(on  folio  36a)  is  preceded  by:  “Below  is  shown  the  cape  of 
Gatighan  and  many  other  islands  surrounding  it.” 

219.Albo  (Navarrete,  iv,  p.  220)  says:  “We  departed  thence 
from  Malhón]  and  went  toward  the  west  in  order  to  strike 
a large  island  called  Seilani  \_i.e.,  Leyte]  which  is  inhabited  and 
has  gold  in  it.  We  coasted  along  it  and  took  our  course  to  the 
west  southwest  in  order  to  strike  a small  island,  which  is  in- 
habited and  called  Mazava.  The  people  there  are  very  friendly. 


252 


FIRST  VOYAGE  AROUND  THE  WORLD 


[Voi. 


We  erected  a cross  on  a mountain  in  that  island.  Three  islands 
lying  to  the  west  southwest  were  pointed  out  to  us  from  that 
island,  which  are  said  to  possess  gold  in  abundance.  They  showed 
us  how  it  was  obtained.  They  found  pieces  as  large  as  chick- 
peas and  beans.  Masava  lies  in  latitude  9 and  two-thirds  de- 
grees north.”  The  “ Roteiro  ” (Stanley,  p.  11)  says:  “They 
ran  on  to  another  island  twenty  leagues  from  that  from  which 
they  sailed  \i.e.,  Malhón],  and  came  to  anchor  at  another  island, 
which  is  named  Macangor  [i.e.,  Masaua],  which  is  nine  de- 
grees; and  in  this  island  they  were  very  well  received,  and  they 
placed  a cross  in  it.”  See  also  VOL.  I,  pp.  322,  323. 

220  MS.  5*650  reads:  “But  they  moved  off  immediately  and 
would  not  enter  the  ship  through  distrust  of  us.”  The  slave  who 
acted  as  interpreter  is  the  Henrique  de  Malaca  of  Navarrete’s  list. 

221  Bara:  the  Spanish  word  barra. 

222  MS.  5,650  reads:  “ to  ask  him  to  give  him  some  food  for 
his  ships  in  exchange  for  his  money.” 

223  MS.  5,650  reads:  “The  king  hearing  that  came  with 
seven  or  eight  men.” 

224  For  dorade , i.e.,  the  dorado.  MS.  5,650  adds:  “ which  are 
very  large  fish  of  the  kind  abovesaid.” 

225  The  ceremony  of  blood  brotherhood.  Casicasi  means  “ inti- 
mate friends.”  See  Trumbull’s  Blood  Covenant  (Philadelphia, 
1898),  which  shows  how  widespread  was  the  covenant  or  friend- 
ship typified  by  blood. 

226  MS.  5,650  reads:  “ After  that  the  said  captain  had  one  of 
his  men-at-arms  armed  in  offensive  armor.”  Stanley  has  trans- 
lated harnois  blanc  literally  as  “ white  armor.” 

227  This  passage  may  be  translated:  “Thereby  was  the  king 
rendered  almost  speechless,  and  told  the  captain,  through  the  slave, 
that  one  of  those  armed  men  was  worth  a hundred  of  his  own 
men.  The  captain  answered  that  that  was  a fact,  and  that  he  had 
brought  two  hundred  men  in  each  ship,  who  were  armed  in  that 
manner.”  Eden  so  understood  it,  and  reads:  “whereat  the 
Kynge  marualed  greatly,  and  f ayde  to  th[e]  interpretoure  (who 
was  a /laue  borne  in  Malacha)  that  one  of  tho/e  armed  men 
was  able  to  encounter  with  a hundreth  of  his  men.”  MS.  5,650 
agrees  with  the  translation  of  the  text. 

228  Instead  of  this  last  phrase  MS.  5,650  has:  “and  he  made 
two  of  his  men  engage  in  sword-play  before  the  king.” 

229  MS.  5,650  says  only:  “ Then  he  showed  the  king  the  sea- 
chart,  and  the  navigation  compass.”  Eden  says  (p.  348)  that  the 
first  to  use  the  compass  was  one  “ Flauius  of  Malpha,  a citie  in 


One] 


NOTES 


253 


the  kingdom  of  Naples.  . . . Next  vnto  Flauius,  the  chiefe 

commendation  is  dew  to  the  Spanyardes  and  Portugales  by  who fe 
daylye  experience,  the  /ame  is  brought  to  further  perfection,  and 
the  v/e  thereof  better  knowen  ; althowghe  hytherto  no  man 
knoweth  the  cau/e  why  the  iren  touched  with  the  lode  /tone, 
turneth  euer  towarde  the  north  /tarre,  as  playnely  appeareth  in 
euery  common  dyall.”  He  also  says:  “As  touchynge  the  needle 
of  the  compa //e,  I haue  redde  in  the  Portugales  nauigations  that 
/aylynge  as  farre  /outh  as  Cap.  de  Bona  Speranza,  the  poynt  of 
the  needle  /tyll  re/pected  the  northe  as  it  dyd  on  this  fy de  the 
Equinoctiall,  /auynge  that  it  /umwhat  trembeled  and  declyned  a 
lyttle,  whereby  the  force  fee med  /umwhat  to  be  diminished,  / o 
that  they  were  fayne  to  helpe  it  with  the  lode  /tone.,,  (See  ante, 
p.  89).  The  compass  was  known  in  a rough  form  to  the  Chinese 
as  early  as  2634  B.C.,  and  first  applied  to  navigation  in  the  third 
or  fourth  century  A.D.,  or  perhaps  earlier.  It  was  probably  in- 
troduced into  Europe  through  the  Arabs  who  learned  of  it  from 
the  Chinese.  It  is  first  referred  to  in  European  literature  by 
Alexander  Neckam  in  the  twelfth  century  in  De  Utensilibus. 
The  variations  from  the  true  north  were  observed  as  early  as 
1269. 

230  Stanley  says  that  the  Amoretti  edition  represents  the  king 
as  making  this  request  and  Magalhàes  as  assenting  thereto;  but 
the  Italian  MS.  reads  as  distinctly  as  MS.  5,650,  that  Magalhàes 
made  the  request. 

231  MS.  5,650  omits  the  remainder  of  this  sentence. 

232  MS.  5,650  adds:  “ that  is,  a boat.” 

233  The  following  passage  relating  to  the  meal  reads  thus  in 
MS.  5,650:  “ Then  the  king  had  a plate  of  pork  and  some  wine 
brought  in.  Their  fashion  of  drinking  is  as  follows.  First  they 
lift  their  hands  toward  the  sky,  and  then  take  with  the  right  hand 
the  vessel  from  which  they  drink,  while  extending  the  fist  of  the 
left  hand  toward  the  people.  The  king  did  that  to  me,  and  ex- 
tended his  fist  toward  me,  so  that  I thought  that  he  was  going  to 
strike  me.  But  I did  the  same  to  him,  and  in  such  wise  did  we 
banquet  and  afterwards  sup  with  him  using  that  ceremony  and 
others.”  See  Spencer’s  Ceremonial  Institutions , especially 
chapter  I. 

234  Eden  reads  (p.  255):  “When  the  kynge  / awe  Antonie 
Pigafetta  write  the  names  of  many  thinges,  and  afterwarde  re- 
hear/e them  ageyne,  he  marualed  yet  more,  makynge  /ygnes  that 
/ uche  men  de/cended  from  heauen.”  Continuing  he  confuses  the 
eldest  son  of  the  first  king  with  the  latter’s  brother,  the  second 
king. 

236  A tolerably  good  description  of  the  native  houses  of  the 


2 54  FIRST  VOYAGE  AROUND  THE  WORLD  [Voi. 


present  day  in  the  Philippines.  Cf.  Morga’s  description,  vol.  xvi, 
pp.  117-119. 

236  MS.  5,650  begins  a new  unnumbered  chapter  at  this  point. 

237  This  sentence  to  this  point  in  MS.  5,650,  is  wrongly  made 
to  refer  to  the  house  of  the  king.  The  passage  there  reads:  “ All 
the  dishes  with  which  he  is  served,  and  also  a part  of  his  house, 
which  was  well  furnished  according  to  the  custom  of  the  country, 
were  of  gold.” 

238  MS.  5,650  omits  this  sentence. 

239  Butuan  and  Caraga  in  the  northeastern  part  of  Mindanao. 

240  This  name  is  variously  rendered:  Mosto,  Stain  ; MS.  5,650, 
Siaui ; Stanley,  Siani;  and  Amoretti  and  Eden,  Siagu. 

241  MS.  5,650  reads:  “the  captain  sent  the  chaplain  ashore 
to  celebrate  mass.” 

242  MS.  5,650  says  that  they  took  only  their  swords;  but  the 
Italian  MS.  says  distinctly  that  a signal  was  given  to  the  ships 
from  the  shore  by  means  of  muskets,  and  again  that  the  musketry 
was  fired  when  the  kings  and  Magalhàes  separated,  both  of  which 
references  are  omitted  by  MS.  5,650.  Eden  reads:  “The  Cap- 
tarne came  alande  with  fyftie  of  his  men  in  theyr  be/t  apparel 
withowte  weapons  or  harne//e,  and  all  the  re/ydue  well  armed.” 

243  In  Eden  (p.  255)  : “ dama/ke  water.” 

244  MS.  5,650  reads:  “ but  they  offered  nothing.” 

245  MS.  5,650  says:  “ every  one  did  his  duties  as  a Christian 
and  received  our  Lord.” 

246  MS.  5,650  adds:  “ for  the  people.” 

247  The  Italian  MS.  reads  literally  and  somewhat  ambiguously: 
“they  made  immediate  reverence;”  MS.  5,650  says  “to  which 
these  kings  made  reverence,”  which  is  scarcely  likely,  as  the  latter 
would,  until  told  by  Magalhàes,  see  nothing  in  the  ceremony. 
Rather  it  was  the  Spaniards  who  made  the  reverence. 

248  MS.  5,650  reads:  “ whenever  any  ships  came  from  Spain.” 

249  Cf.  Morga,  vol.  xvi,  p.  132. 

250  MS.  5,650  reads:  “ men  and  ships  to  render  them  obedient 
to  him.” 

251  MS.  5,650  reads:  “to  the  middle  of  the  highest  moun- 
tain,” evidently  confusing  mezo  di  (“afternoon”)  of  the  Italian 
MS.  with  mezo  ( mezzo ; “middle”);  for  the  cross  was  set  up 
on  the  summit  of  the  mountain.  The  passage  in  MS.  5*650  con- 
tinues: “ Then  those  two  kings  and  the  captain  rested,  and  while 
conversing,  the  latter  had  them  asked  [ not  “ I had  them  asked  ” 


One] 


NOTES 


255 


as  in  Stanley,  who  mistranscribes  jl  (il)  as  je]  where  the  best 
port  was  for  getting  food.  They  replied  that  there  were  three, 
namely,  Ceylom,  Zzubu,  and  Galaghan,  but  that  Zzeubu  was 
the  largest  and  the  best  trading  place.”  These  are  the  islands  of 
Leyte  (the  Sedani  of  Albo,  Navarrete,  iv,  p.  20;  and  the  Selani 
of  Transylvanus,  VOL.  1,  p.  322),  Cebu,  and  Mindanao  (the 
Caraga  district). 

252  MS.  5,650  reads  simply:  “Then  we  descended  to  the 
place  where  their  boats  were.” 

253  This  account  is  very  much  shortened  in  MS.  5,650,  where 
it  reads  as  follows:  “ As  the  captain  intended  to  leave  next  morn- 
ing, he  asked  the  king  for  pilots  in  order  that  they  might  condùct 
him  to  the  ports  abovesaid.  He  promised  the  king  to  treat  those 
pilots  as  he  would  them  themselves,  and  that  he  would  leave  one 
of  his  men  as  a hostage.  In  reply  the  first  king  said  that  he  would 
go  himself  to  guide  the  captain  to  those  ports  and  that  he  would 
be  his  pilot,  but  asked  him  to  wait  two  days  until  he  should  gather 
his  rice,  and  do  some  other  things  which  he  had  to  do.  He  asked 
the  captain  to  lend  him  some  of  his  men,  so  that  he  could  accom- 
plish it  sooner,  and  the  captain  agreed  to  it.”  At  this  point  MS. 
5,650  begins  a new  unnumbered  chapter. 

254  The  billon  and  afterward  copper  coin  quattrino , which  was 
struck  in  the  mints  of  Venice,  Rome,  Florence,  Reggio,  the  Two 
Sicilies,  etc.  The  quattrino  of  the  popes  was  often  distinguished 
as  “ quattrino  Romano.”  The  Venetian  copper  quattrino  was 
first  struck  in  the  reign  of  Francesco  Foscari  (1423-57).  See 
W.  C.  Hazlitt’s  Coinage  of  European  Continent  (London  and 
New  York,  1893),  p.  226. 

255  Doppione:  a gold  coin  struck  by  Louis  XII  of  France  dur- 
ing his  occupation  of  the  Milanese  (1500-1512).  Hazlitt, 
ut  supra , p.  196. 

256  Colona:  possibly  the  name  of  some  coin  of  the  period. 

257  This  entire  paragraph  is  omitted  in  MS.  5,650.  That  MS. 
has  another  chapter  division  at  this  point. 

258  Stanley  mistranslates  the  French  gentilz  as  “ gentle.” 

259  probably  the  abacà,  although  it  may  be  the  cloth  made  from 
the  palm.  See  Morga’s  description  of  the  Visayans,  vol.  xvi, 
p.  1 12. 

260  Cf.  Morga’s  Sucesos , vol.  xvi,  pp.  80,  81. 

261  MS.  5,650  greatly  abridges  this  account,  reading  as  fol- 
lows: “They  cut  that  fruit  into  four  parts,  and  after  they  have 
chewed  it  a long  time,  they  spit  it  out  and  throw  it  away.”  Cf. 
the  account  in  Morga’s  Sueesos , vol.  xvi,  pp.  97-99. 


256  FIRST  VOYAGE  AROUND  THE  WORLD  [Voi. 


262  MS.  5,650  omits  this  product.  Cf.  Morga’s  Sucesos , vol. 
xvi,  pp.  84-97. 

263  In  MS.  5,650,  “Mazzaua;”  in  Eden,  “Me//ana;”  in 
Mosto,  “ Mazana,”  while  in  the  chart  it  appears  as  “ Mazzana;  ” 
Transylvanus,  “ Massana;  ” and  Albo,  “ Masava.”  It  is  now 
called  the  island  of  Limasaua,  and  has  an  area  of  about  ten  and 
one-half  square  miles. 

264  Mosto  mistranscribes  the  Italian  word  for  “ among  ” fra 
as  prima  “ first.”  The  error  arises  through  the  abbreviation  used, 
namely  fa,  Mosto  mistaking  it  for  pai  which  would  be  prima. 

265  Stanley  mistranscribes  “ Gatighan  ” from  MS.  5,650  as 
“ Satighan.”  The  names  of  the  five  islands  as  given  by  Eden 
are:  “Zeilon,  Bohol,  Canghu,  Barbai,  and  Catighan.”  These 
are  the  islands  of  Leite,  Bohol,  Canigao  (west  of  Leyte),  the 
northern  part  of  Leyte  (today  the  name  of  a town,  hamlet  and 
inlet  in  Leyte),  and  possibly  Apit  or  Himuquitan,  or  one  of  the 
other  nearby  islands  on  the  west  coast  of  Leyte.  See  chart  of 
these  islands  on  p.  108. 

Albo  (Navarrete,  iv,  pp.  220,  221)  says:  “We  left  Mazava 
and  went  north  toward  the  island  of  Seilani,  after  which  we  ran 
along  the  said  island  to  the  northwest  as  far  as  10  degrees.  There 
we  saw  three  rocky  islands,  and  turned  our  course  west  for  about 
10  leguas  where  we  came  upon  two  islets.  We  stayed  there  that 
night  and  in  the  morning  went  toward  the  south  southwest  for 
about  12  leguas,  as  far  as  10  and  one-third  degrees.  At  that  point 
we  entered  a channel  between  two  islands,  one  of  which  is  called 
Matan  and  the  other  Subu.  Subu,  as  well  as  the  islands  of 
Mazava  and  Suluan  extend  north  by  east  and  south  by  west. 
Between  Subu  and  Seilani  we  spied  a very  lofty  land  lying  to 
the  north,  which  is  called  Baibai.  It  is  said  to  contain  consid- 
erable gold  and  to  be  well  stocked  with  food,  and  so  great  an 
extent  of  land  that  its  limits  are  unknown.  From  Mazava, 
Seilani,  and  Subu,  on  the  course  followed  toward  the  south,  look 
out  for  the  many  shoals,  which  are  very  bad.  On  that  account  a 
canoe  which  was  guiding  us  along  that  course,  refused  to  go 
ahead.  From  the  beginning  of  the  channel  of  Subu  and  Matan, 
we  turned  west  by  a middle  channel  and  reached  the  city  of  Subu. 
There  we  anchored  and  made  peace,  and  the  people  there  gave 
us  rice,  millet,  and  meat.  We  stayed  there  for  a considerable  time. 
The  king  and  queen  of  that  place  and  many  of  the  inhabitants 
readily  became  Christians.”  The  “ Rotei ro  ” (Stanley,  p.  11) 
says  that  the  king  of  Macangar  (Le.,  Mazaua)  conducted  the 
Spaniards  “ a matter  of  thirty  leagues  to  another  island  named 
Cabo  [i.e.,  Cebu],  which  is  in  ten  degrees,  and  in  this  island 
Fernando  de  Magalhàes  did  what  he  pleased  with  the  consent  of 


One] 


NOTES 


257 


the  country.”  Brito  says  merely  (Navarrete,  iv,  p.  308)  : “ After 
that,  after  passing  amid  many  islands,  they  reached  one  called 
Mazaba,  which  lies  in  9 degrees.  The  king  of  Mazaba  con- 
ducted them  to  another  large  island  called  Zubó.” 

266  MS.  5,650  reads:  “only  one  of  them.”  Barbastili  is  a 
Venetian  word  for  pipistrelli.  These  bats  are  the  Pteropi  or  “ fly- 
ing foxes,”  the  large  fruit-eating  bats  of  which  so  many  species 
inhabit  the  Malay  Archipelago.  Bats  are  especially  found  in 
Guimaras,  Siquijor,  and  Cebu,  and  the  skins  of  some  are  used  as 
fur.  See  Guillemard  ( ut  supra , p.  235).  See  also  Delgado’s 
Historia , pp.  842,  843  ; and  U.  S.  Philippine  Gazetteer . 

267  Stanley  mistranslates  as  “ tortoises.”  The  “ black  birds 
with  the  long  tail  ” are  the  tabón  “ mound-building  Megapodes , 
gallinacious  birds  peculiar  to  the  Austro-Malayan  subregion  ” 
(Guillemard’s  Magellan , p.  235).  See  also  vol.  v,  p.  167,  note 
14,  and  vol.  xvi,  page  198,  note  43;  also  vol.  xvi,  p.  81,  note  84. 

268  These  are  the  Camotes,  which  lie  west  of  Leyte,  and  their 
names  are  Poro,  Pasijan,  and  Pansón.  See  Pigafetta’s  chart  show- 
ing these  islands  on  p.  108. 

269  Following  this  point  in  the  Italian  MS.  (folio  26a)  is  the 
chart  of  the  islands  of  Bohol,  Mattam,  and  Zzubu  ( q.v .,  p.  132). 

MS.  5,650  presents  this  chart  on  folio  51a,  preceded  by  the 
words:  “Below  are  shown  the  islands  of  Zzubu,  Mattan,  and 
Bohól.” 

270  MS.  5,650  reads:  “ But  the  interpreter  reassured  them  by 
telling  them.” 

271  MS.  5,650  reads:  “and  he  was  going,  by  the  orders  of 
the  said  sovereign,  to  discover  the  islands  of  Mallucque.” 

272  MS.  5,650  reads:  “Thereupon  the  abovesaid  merchant 
said  to  the  king  in  their  language,”  etc.,  without  giving  the  original 
Malay  words.  Eden  gives  the  phrase  as  catacaia  chita. 

273  Calicut,  properly  Kalikot  (said  to  be  derived  from  two 
words  meaning  cock-crow,  because  the  territory  granted  to  the 
first  king  of  Kalikot  was  limited  to  the  extent  over  which  a cock 
could  be  heard  to  crow;  or  from  Kali,  one  of  the  names  of  the 
goddess  Gauri)  is  the  name  of  a district  and  city  on  the  Malabar 
coast.  The  king  of  all  the  Malabar  coast  from  Goa  to  Cape 
Comorin,  Samari  Perymal,  having  adopted  the  Mahometan  faith 
divided  his  kingdom  into  the  kingdoms  of  Calicut,  Cochin, 
Cananor,  and  Coulào,  and  gave  them  to  his  friends,  on  condition 
that  the  king  of  Calicut  be  termed  “ Zamorim  ” or  “ Samorim,” 
i.e.,  “Supreme  emperor  and  God  upon  earth”  (although  the 
proper  form  is  said  to  be  “ Tamurin  ” which  is  conjectured  by 
some  to  be  a modification  of  the  Sanskrit  “ Samunri,”  “ seaking.” 


258 


FIRST  VOYAGE  AROUND  THE  WORLD  [Voi. 


The  city  of  Kalikot,  a noted  emporium  of  trade,  was  built  per- 
haps as  early  as  805  a.d.,  although  the  date  1300  a.d.  is  also  given 
as  that  of  its  founding;  and  is  described  by  Ibn  Batuta  in  1342 
as  one  of  the  finest  ports  in  the  world.  It  was  visited  by  Covilham 
in  i486,  and  Vasco  da  Gama’s  ships  were  freighted  there  in  1498. 
The  latter  attacked  the  city  in  1503  and  1510,  and  the  Portuguese 
built  a fortified  factory  there  in  1513  which  was  destroyed  by 
the  governor  in  1525  to  avoid  its  falling  into  the  enemy’s  hands. 
The  English  established  a factory  in  the  city  in  1616,  which  was 
captured  in  1766  by  Haidar  Ali;  but  after  a further  series  of 
capture  and  recapture,  the  city  and  district  was  permanently 
turned  over  to  the  British  (1792).  See  Stanley’s  Vasco  da  Gama 
(Hakluyt  Society  publications,  London,  1869)  ; Birch’s  Alboquer- 
que  (Hakluyt  Society  publications,  London,  1875-1884)  ; Jones 
and  Badger’s  Ludovico  di  V arthema  (Hakluyt  Society  publica- 
tions, London,  1863),  pp.  1 35-1 77  ; also  Grey’s  Travels  of  Pietro 
della  Valle  (Hakluyt  Society  publications,  London,  1892),  pp. 
344,  345,  note. 

Malacca,  or  more  correctly  Màlaka  is  the  name  of  an  ancient 
territory  and  city,  which  was  probably  first  settled  by  Javanese, 
and  is  possibly  derived  from  “ Malayu  ” meaning  in  Javanese  “ to 
run  ” or  “ fugitive.”  At  an  early  period  Malacca  fell  under  the 
sway  of  the  Siamese.  The  city,  located  on  both  sides  of  the 
Malacca  River,  and  only  one  hundred  and  thirty  miles  northwest 
of  Singapore  (which  has  usurped  the  great  volume  of  trade  once 
centering  at  Malacca)  was  founded  about  1250  a.d.  The  first 
European  to  visit  the  city  was  Varthema,  about  the  year  1505. 
It  was  captured  by  the  Portuguese  under  Albuquerque  in  15 11, 
and  they  held  it  (1580-1640  under  Spanish  control)  until  1641 
when  it  was  captured  by  the  Dutch,  who  had  unsuccessfully  be- 
sieged it,  with  the  aid  of  the  king  of  Jahor,  in  1606.  The  English 
obtained  possession  of  it  in  1795,  and  still  hold  it,  although  the 
Dutch  possessed  it  from  1818-1825.  For  descriptions  and  history 
of  Malacca,  see  the  following  Hakluyt  Society  publications:  Stan- 
ley’s East  Africa  and  Malabar  (London,  1866),  pp.  190- 195; 
Birch’s  Alboquerque , iii,  pp.  71-90  (and  other  citations)  ; Burnell 
and  Tide’s  Linschoten  (London,  1885),  i,  pp.  104-106;  Gray’s 
Voyage  of  Francois  Pyrard  (London,  1888),  part  i,  p.  ii.  Also 
see  Crawfurd’s  Dictionary , pp.  238-249. 

The  terms  India  Major  (Greater  India)  and  India  Minor 
(Lesser  India)  are  differently  applied  by  different  authors. 
Schiltbergen  applied  the  term  Lesser  India  to  the  northern  portion 
of  the  peninsula  on  this  side  of  the  Ganges,  while  the  southern 
portion  of  the  peninsula  was  termed  Greater  India.  Marco  Polo’s 
Lesser  India  extended  from  Makran  to  and  including  the  Coro- 
mandel coast,  and  his  Greater  India  extended  from  the  Coro- 
mandel coast  to  Cochin  China,  while  Middle  India  was  Abyssinia. 


One] 


NOTES 


259 


Mosto  wrongly  identifies  India  Major  with  the  present  Indian 
empire.  See  Telfer’s  Johann  Schiltberger  (Hakluyt  Society  publi- 
cations, 1879).  Friar  Jordanus  ( Wonders  of  the  East , Hakluyt 
Society  edition,  London,  1863),  describes  (pp.  n-45)  India  the 
Less,  India  the  Greater,  and  India  Tertia.  Yule  points  out  that 
Jordanus’s  Lesser  India  embraces  Sindh,  and  probably  Mekran, 
and  India  along  the  coast  as  far  as  some  point  immediately  north 
of  Malabar.  Greater  India  extends  from  Malabar  very  indefinite- 
ly to  the  eastward,  for  he  makes  it  include  Champa.  India  Tertia 
is  the  east  of  Africa  below  Abyssinia.  Thus  Jordanus  just  re- 
verses the  Lesser  and  Greater  Indias  of  Marco  Polo.  Ramusio 
who  gives  the  Summary  of  Kingdoms  of  an  old  Portuguese  geog- 
rapher, ends  First  India  at  Mangalore,  and  Second  India  at  the 
Ganges.  Benjamin  of  Tudela  speaks  of  “Middle  India  which  is 
called  Aden.”  Conti  divides  India  into  three  parts:  the  first  ex- 
tending from  Persia  to  the  Indus,  the  second  from  the  Indus  to  the 
Ganges,  and  the  third  all  the  land  beyond.  Pliny  discusses 
whether  Mekran  and  other  lands  belonged  to  India  or  Ariana. 

274  MS.  5,650  adds:  “ and  treat  his  subjects  well.” 

275  This  phrase  is  omitted  in  MS.  5,650. 

276  MS.  5,650  adds:  “ who  was  in  the  captain’s  ship.” 

277  MS.  5,650  reads:  “ Thereupon  the  king  told  them  that  he 
was  willing,  and  that  as  a greater  token  of  his  love,  he  would 
send  the  captain  a drop  of  his  blood  from  his  right  arm,  and 
[asked]  the  captain  to  do  the  same.” 

278  MS.  5,650  reads:  “Consequently  they  should  ask  their 
captain  whether  he  intended  to  observe  the  custom.” 

279  MS.  5,650  reads:  “he  should  commence  by  giving  a 
present,  whereupon  the  captain  would  do  his  duty.”  This  MS. 
begins  another  chapter  at  this  point. 

280  MS.  5,650  reads:  “so  do  our  arms  destroy  the  enemies 
of  our  faith.” 

281  MS.  5,650  adds:  “ of  the  ships.” 

282  MS.  5,650  reads:  “ and  whether  that  prince  who  had  come 
with  them,  was  empowered  to  make  peace.” 

283  MS.  5,650  omits  these  last  two  clauses. 

284  This  phrase  is  omitted  in  MS.  5,650. 

285  MS.  5,650  adds:  “ and  for  love  toward  God.” 

286  MS.  5,650:  “he  would  leave  them  the  arms  that  the 
Christians  use.” 

287  These  last  two  clauses  are  omitted  in  MS.  5,650. 


2ÓO 


FIRST  VOYAGE  AROUND  THE  WORLD 


[Voi. 


288  MS.  5,650  adds:  “ of  Sainct  Jacques  [i.e.,  Santiago].” 

289  This  sentence  is  omitted  in  MS.  5,650. 

290  Called  “ drynking  gla//es  of  Venice  woorke  ” in  Eden  (p. 
257)* 

291  MS.  5,650  reads:  “ He  had  his  face  painted  with  fire  in 
various  designs.”  Eden  reads:  “ and  had  the  residue  of  his  body 
paynted  with  dyuers  coloures  whereof  /urn  were  lyke  vnto  flam- 
ynge  fyre.” 

292  MS.  5,650  reads:  “he  had  four  jars  full  of  palm-wine, 
which  he  was  drinking  through  reed  pipes.” 

293  MS.  5,650  reads:  “We  made  the  due  reverence  to  him 
while  presenting  to  him  the  present  sent  him  by  the  captain,  and 
told  him  through  the  mouth  of  the  interpreter  that  it  was  not 
to  be  regarded  as  a recompense  for  his  present  which  he  had  made 
to  the  captain,  but  for  the  love  which  the  captain  bore  him.” 
This  MS.  omits  the  following  three  sentences. 

294  The  “ Sinus  Magnus  ” of  Ptolemy,  today  the  Chinese  Gulf 
(Mosto,  p.  76,  note  3). 

295  This  passage  is  considerably  abbreviated  in  MS.  5,650, 
where  it  reads  as  follows:  “The  prince,  the  king’s  nephew, 
took  us  to  his  house,  where  he  showed  us  four  girls  who  were 
playing  on  four  very  strange  and  very  sweet  instruments,  and 
their  manner  of  playing  was  somewhat  musical.  Afterward  he 
had  us  dance  with  them.  Those  girls  were  naked  except  that 
they  wore  a garment  made  of  the  said  palm-tree  cloth  before  their 
privies  and  which  hung  from  the  waist  to  the  knee,  although  some 
were  quite  naked.  We  were  given  refreshments  there,  and  then 
we  returned  to  the  ships.”  These  gongs  are  used  in  many  parts  of 
the  Orient. 

296  MS.  5,650  adds:  “ by  the  captain’s  order.” 

297  MS.  5,650  reads:  “ we  told  him  of  the  death  of  our  man, 
and  that  our  captain  requested  that  he  might  be  buried.” 

298  MS.  5,650  adds:  “according  to  our  manner.” 

299  MS.  5,650  reads:  “The  king  took  it  under  his  charge, 
and  promised  that  no  trickery  or  wrong  would  be  done  the  king. 
Four  of  our  men  were  chosen  to  despatch  and  to  sell  the  said 
merchandise.” 

300  MS.  5,650  reads:  “They  have  wooden  balances  like  those 
of  Pardeca  to  weigh  their  merchandise.”  Pardeca,  as  Stanley 
points  out,  is  for  par  de  qa  de  Loire  which  is  equivalent  to  Langue 
dJoil,  and  denotes  the  region  in  France  north  of  the  Loire.  Par 
de  la  meant  Languedoc.  This  passage  was  adapted  to  the  French 


One] 


NOTES 


2ÓI 


understanding  by  the  person  who  translated  and  adapted  the  Ital- 
ian manuscript. 

301  This  sentence  is  omitted  in  MS.  5,650.  As  Mosto  points 
out  the  measure  here  mentioned  would  be  one  of  capacity,  and 
must  have  been  the  common  measure  for  rice,  perhaps  the  ganta. 

302  Lagan  is  a shellfish  found  in  the  Philippines  which  has  a 
shell  resembling  that  of  the  Nautilus  pompilius  that  is  used  for 
holding  incense  or  as  a drinking  vessel.  This  shell  is  very  white 
inside,  while  the  exterior  is  spotted  a pale  yellow  color.  It  re- 
sembles mother-of-pearl,  and  is  very  common.  Delgado  says  that 
most  of  the  shellfish  are  indigestible  but  highly  esteemed.  See 
Delgado’s  Historia , p.  928. 

303  MS.  5,650  adds:  “Which  was  of  various  strange  kinds.” 

304  Eden  says:  “ xvi.  poundes  weyght  of  iren.” 

305  MS.  5,650  reads:  “The  captain-general  did  not  wish  to 
take  too  great  a quantity  of  gold,  so  that  the  sailors  might  not 
sell  their  share  in  the  merchandise  too  cheaply,  because  of  their 
lust  for  gold,  and  so  that  on  that  account  he  should  not  be  con- 
strained to  do  the  same  with  his  merchandise,  for  he  wished  to 
sell  it  at  as  high  a price  as  possible.” 

306  MS.  5,650  adds:  “or  any  other  balls.” 

307  MS.  5,650  makes  the  two  armed  men  follow  instead  of 
precede  the  royal  banner. 

308  MS.  5,650  adds:  “ and  the  natives  of  the  country  for  their 
fear  of  it,  fled  hither  and  thither,”  which  is  in  place  of  the  follow- 
ing sentence. 

309  This  sentence  is  omitted  in  MS.  5,650. 

310  MS.  5,650  reads:  “One  covered  with  red  and  the  other 
with  velvet.” 

311  MS.  5,650  adds:  “ in  the  manner  of  the  country.” 

312  The  account  of  the  baptism  of  the  king  is  considerably 
abridged  in  MS.  5,650  where  it  reads  as  follows:  “Then  the 
captain  began  to  address  the  king  through  the  interpreter,  in 
order  that  he  might  incite  him  to  the  faith  of  Jesus  Christ.  He 
told  him  that  if  he  wished  to  become  a good  Christian  (as  he  had 
signified  on  the  preceding  day),  that  he  must  have  all  the  idols 
of  his  country  burned  and  set  up  a cross  in  their  place,  which 
they  were  all  to  adore  daily  on  both  knees,  with  hands  clasped 
and  raised  toward  the  heaven.  The  captain  showed  the  king 
how  he  was  to  make  the  sign  of  the  cross  daily.  In  reply  the  king 
and  all  his  men  said  that  they  would  obey  the  captain’s  command- 
ment, and  do  all  that  he  told  them.  The  captain  took  the  king 


2Ó2 


FIRST  VOYAGE  AROUND  THE  WORLD  [Voi. 


by  the  hand,  and  they  walked  to  the  platform.  At  his  baptism 
the  captain  told  the  king  that  he  would  call  him  Dom  Charles, 
after  the  emperor  his  sovereign.  He  named  the  prince  Dom 
Fernand,  after  the  brother  of  the  said  emperor,  and  the  king  of 
Mazzaua,  Jehan.  He  gave  the  name  of  Christofle  to  the  Moro, 
while  he  called  each  of  the  others  by  names  according  to  his 
fancy.  Thus  before  the  mass  fifty  men  [fic:  but  an  error  of  the 
French  adapter  for  five  hundred]  were  baptized.  At  the  con- 
clusion of  mass,  the  captain  invited  the  king  and  the  others  of  his 
chief  men  to  dine  with  him,  but  he  would  not  accept.  However, 
he  accompanied  the  captain  to  the  shore,  where,  at  his  arrival,  the 
ships  discharged  all  the  artillery.  Then  embracing  they  took  leave 
of  one  another.”  Eden  gives  the  number  baptized  as  five  hun- 
dred men. 

313  MS.  5,650  reads:  “On  seeing  that,  she  expressed  the 
greatest  desire  to  become  a Christian,  and  asking  for  baptism,  she 
was  baptized  and  given  the  name  of  Jehanne,  after  the  emperor’s 
mother.” 

314  There  are  many  cases  of  this  wholesale  baptism  in  the  his- 
tory of  the  Catholic  missions  in  various  countries,  and  it  cannot 
be  condemned  entirely  and  regarded  as  devoid  of  good  effects,  for 
many  instances  reveal  the  contrary.  See  Jesuit  Relations  (Cleve- 
land reissue). 

315  Those  last  six  words  are  omitted  in  MS.  5,650.  Mosto 
conjectures  that  solana  means  solecchio  or  solicchio  signifying  an 
apparatus  to  protect  one  from  the  sun.  Pigafetta  may  have  mis- 
applied the  Spanish  word  solana , which  signifies  a place  bathed 
by  the  noontide  sun  or  a place  in  which  to  take  the  sun. 

316  This  last  clause  is  omitted  in  MS.  5,650. 

317  MS.  5,650  adds:  “ and  we  gave  it  to  her.”  This  was  the 
image  found  by  one  of  Legazpi’s  soldiers  in  Cebu  in  1565  (see 
vol.  11,  pp.  120,  121,  128,  216,  217;  and  vol.  v,  p.  41).  En- 
carnación  (Die.  bisaya-espahol , Manila,  1851),  says:  “The 
Cebuan  Indians,  both  past  and  present,  give  the  name  of  Bathala 
[God]  to  the  image  of  the  Holy  Child,  which  is  supposed  to  have 
been  left  by  the  celebrated  Magallanes.” 

318  MS.  5,650  reads:  “evening.” 

319  MS.  5,650  mentions  only  the  artillery.  The  “ tromb  ” or 
“ trunk  ” was  a kind  of  hand  rocket-tube  made  of  wood  and 
hooped  with  iron,  and  was  used  for  discharging  wild-fire  or  Greek- 
fire  (see  Corbett’s  Spanish  War , 1585-87  [London],  1898,  p. 
335).  At  this  point  Stanley  discontinues  the  narrative  of  MS. 
5,650,  and  translates  from  Amoretti’s  version  of  the  Italian  MS. 

320  MS.  5,650  reads:  “to  better  instruct  and  confirm  him  in 
the  faith.” 


One]  NOTES  263 

321  Eden  says  the  queen  was  preceded  by  “ three  younge  damo- 
/e lies  and  three  men  with  theyr  cappes  in  theyr  handes.” 

322  MS.  5,650  adds:  “and  presentation.” 

323  MS.  5,650  reads  simply  for  this  last  clause:  “and  sev- 
eral others,”  omitting  all  the  names. 

324  MS.  5,650  reads:  “ and  they  all  so  swore.” 

326  MS.  5,650  reads  from  this  point:  “ Then  they  swore,  and 
thus  the  captain  caused  the  king  to  swear  by  that  image,  by  the 
life  of  the  emperor  his  sovereign,  and  by  his  habit,  to  ever  re- 
main faithful  and  subject  to  the  emperor,”  thus  ascribing  this 
oath  to  the  king  instead  of  to  Magalhàes.  The  words  “ by  his 
habit  ” can  refer  only  to  Magalhàes,  who  wore  that  of  Santiago, 
and  not  to  any  habit  worn  by  the  barbaric  ruler  of  Cebu. 

326  MS.  5,650  adds:  “and  hang.” 

327  ]VTS.  5,650  adds:  “ and  deck.” 

328  MS.  5,650  adds:  “ and  demolished.” 

329  MS.  5,650  adds:  “and  overthrew.” 

330  There  is  a strange  difference  between  the  Italian  MS.  and 
MS.  5,650  in  regard  to  these  names.  The  latter  reads  to  this 
point:  “There  are  a number  of  villages  in  that  island,  whose 
names  and  those  of  their  chiefs  are  as  follows:  Cinghapola,  Cila- 
ton,  Ciguibucan,  Cimaningha,  Cimaticat,  and  Cicambul;  another, 
Mandaui,  and  its  chief  and  seignior,  Lambuzzan;  another  Cot- 
cot,  and  its  chief,  Acibagalen;  another,  Puzzo,  and  its  chief, 
Apanoan  ; another,  Lalan,  and  its  chief,  Theteu  ; another,  Lulutan, 
and  its  chief,  Tapan  [Amoretti,  followed  by  Stanley,  says  Japau, 
and  Mosto,  Iapan]  ; another  Cilumay;  and  also  Lubucun.”  Amo- 
retti, who  places  this  list  after  the  disastrous  battle  and  conse- 
quent treachery  of  the  Cebuans,  and  Stanley,  have  “ Lubucin  : 
its  chief  is  Cilumai.”  Mandaui  is  Mandaue;  Lalan  may  be 
Liloan  ; Cot-cot  is  on  the  east  coast  ; Lubucun  may  be  Lubu,  but 
Mosto  (p.  78,  note  3)  conjectures  it  to  be  Lambusan.  An  ex- 
amination of  the  Nancy  MS.  may  reveal  the  source  of  this  dif- 
ference. 

331  MS.  5,650  adds  after  the  word  borchies : “instruments  so 
called.” 

332  Probably  cotton  cloth.  See  Stanley’s  East  African  and 

Malabar  Coasts , p.  65  : “ They  make  there  [i.e.,  in  Cambay] 

many  cloths  of  white  cotton,  fine  and  coarse,  and  other  woven  and 
colored  fabrics,  of  all  kinds  and  colours.” 

333  MS.  5,650  adds:  “ and  closed.” 

334  MS.  5,650  reads:  “She  who  has  killed  the  hog,  puts  a 


264  FIRST  VOYAGE  AROUND  THE  WORLD  [Voi. 


lighted  torch  in  her  mouth,  which  she  extinguishes,  and  which 
she  holds  constantly  alight  with  her  teeth  during  that  ceremony.” 

335  Cf.  the  ceremonies  of  the  baylanes  described  by  Loarca, 
vol.  v,  pp.  1 3 1,  133,  and  by  Chirino,  vol.  xii,  p.  270. 

336  Otorno  : Mosto,  p.  79,  mistranscribes  otoro , and  queries 
Attorno  in  a note. 

337  MS.  5,650  omits  the  description  of  this  custom,  giving  only 
the  first  and  last  sentence  to  this  point.  Stanley  omits  the  trans- 
lation to  this  point.  See  vol.  v,  p.  117,  and  vol.  xvi,  p.  130, 
where  Loarca  and  Morga  describe  this  custom. 

338  V alzi : Mosto  queries  vasi,  “ jars,”  which  appears  probable. 

339  MS.  5,650  adds:  “made  in  the  manner  abovesaid;”  but 
this  was  crossed  out,  showing  that  the  writer  or  adapter  of  that 
MS.  had  at  first  intended  to  narrate  the  custom  that  is  given  in 
the  Italian  MS. 

340  This  word  is  omitted  in  MS.  5,650. 

341  MS.  5,650  reads:  “The  other  women  sit  about  the  dead 
chamber  sadly  and  in  tears.” 

342  Pigafetta  uses  the  present  and  imperfect  tenses  rather  indis- 
criminately throughout  this  narration,  but  we  have  translated 
uniformly  in  the  present.  Cf.  Loarca’s  description  of  burial  and 
mourning  customs  among  the  Visayans,  vol.  v,  pp.  129,  135,  137- 
141  ; Plasencia’s  description  among  the  Tagàlogs,  vol.  vii,  pp.  194, 
195;  and  Morga,  vol.  xvi,  p.  133. 

343  MS.  5,650  reads:  “five  or  six  hours.” 

344  Eden  in  describing  the  island  of  Matan  confuses  the  Piga- 
fetta narrative.  He  says:  “ Not  farre  from  this  Ilande  of 
Zubut,  is  the  Hand  of  Mathan,  who  /e  inhabitauntes  v/e  maruelous 
ceremonies  in  theyr  /acrifices  to  the  /bone  and  burying  the  deade. 
They  were  rynges  of  gold  abowt  theyr  priuie  members.”  In  the 
description  of  the  battle  in  Matan,  Eden  says  that  each  of  the 
three  divisions  of  the  islanders  contained  “ two  thou/and  and 
fiftie  men  armed  with  bowes,  arrowes,  dartes  and  iauelins  hard- 
ened at  the  poyntes  with  fyer.” 

345  To  this  point  the  Italian  MS.  and  MS.  5,650  agree  approxi- 
mately. The  story  of  the  battle  in  the  latter  MS.,  however,  is 
much  abridged  and  much  less  graphic.  It  is  as  follows:  “They 
replied  that  they  had  bamboo  spears  and  stakes  burned  and  hard- 
ened in  the  fire,  and  that  we  could  attack  them  when  we  wished. 
At  daybreak,  forty-nine  of  us  leaped  into  the  water,  in  the  place 
whither  we  had  thus  gone,  at  a distance  of  more  than  three  [«V] 
crossbow  flights  before  we  could  reach  shore,  for  the  boats  could 


OneJ 


NOTES 


265 


not  approach  nearer  because  of  the  rocks  and  reefs  which  were 
in  the  water.  Thus  we  reached  land,  and  attacked  them.  They 
were  arranged  in  three  divisions,  of  more  than  one  thousand  five 
hundred  persons.  We  shot  many  arrows  at  them  from  a distance, 
but  it  was  in  vain,  for  they  received  them  on  their  shields.  They 
leaped  hither  and  thither  in  such  a way  that  scarce  could  we 
wound  one  of  them.  On  the  other  hand,  our  artillery  in  the 
boats  was  so  far  away  from  us  that  it  could  not  aid  us.  Those 
people  seeing  that,  and  that  the  captain  had  had  some  of  their 
houses  burned  in  order  to  inspire  them  with  terror,  and  having 
become  more  enraged,  threw  so  many  iron  pointed  spears  at  us, 
and  shot  so  many  arrows  even  at  the  captain  himself  that  we 
could  defend  ourselves  with  difficulty.  Finally,  having  been 
driven  by  them  quite  down  to  the  shore,  and  while  our  captain  was 
fighting  bravely  although  wounded  in  the  leg  with  an  arrow,  one 
of  those  Indians  hurled  a poisoned  bamboo  lance  into  his  face 
which  laid  him  stiff  and  dead.  Then  they  pressed  upon  us  so 
closely  that  we  were  forced  to  retire  to  our  boats  and  to  leave 
the  dead  body  of  the  captain-general,  with  our  other  killed.”  The 
eulogy  on  the  dead  commander  is  approximately  the  same  in  both 
MSS.,  except  at  the  end,  where  MS.  5,650  reads:  “Eight  of 
our  men  died  there  with  him,  and  four  Indians,  who  had  become 
Christians.  Of  the  enemy  fifteen  were  killed  by  the  artillery  of 
the  ships,  which  had  at  last  come  to  our  aid,  while  many  of  us 
were  wounded.” 

Brito  (Navarrete,  iv,  p.  308)  says  of  the  stay  at  Cebu  and  the 
death  of  Magalhaes:  “They  stayed  there  about  one  month,  and 
the  majority  of  the  people  and  the  king  became  Christians.  The 
king  of  Zubó  ordered  the  kings  of  the  other  islands  to  come  to 
him,  but  inasmuch  as  two  of  them  refused  to  come,  Magallanes, 
as  soon  as  he  learned  it,  resolved  to  go  to  fight  with  them,  and 
went  to  an  island  called  Mathà.  He  set  fire  to  a village,  and  not 
content  with  that,  set  out  for  a large  settlement,  where  he,  his 
servant,  and  five  Castilians  were  killed  in  combat  with  the  sav- 
ages. The  others,  seeing  their  captain  dead,  went  back  to  their 
boats.” 

346  Terciado\  a Spanish  word. 

347  Carteava  : a Spanish  word. 

348  The  “ Roteiro  ” (Stanley,  p.  12)  dates  the  battle  April  28. 
The  account  of  the  battle  is  as  follows:  “ Fernan  de  Magalhaes 
desired  that  the  other  kings,  neighbours  to  this  one,  should  be- 
come subject  to  this  who  had  become  Christian:  and  these  did  not 
choose  to  yield  such  obedience.  Fernan  de  Magalhaes  seeing  that, 
got  ready  one  night  with  his  boats,  and  burned  the  villages  of 
those  who  would  not  yield  the  said  obedience;  and  a matter  of 
ten  or  twelve  days  after  this  was  done,  he  sent  to  a village  about 


206 


FIRST  VOYAGE  AROUND  THE  WORLD 


[Voi. 


half  a league  from  that  which  he  had  burned,  which  is  named 
Matam,  and  which  is  also  an  island,  and  ordered  them  to  send 
him  at  once  three  goats,  three  pigs,  three  loads  of  rice,  and  three 
loads  of  millet  for  provisions  for  the  ships;  they  replied  that  for 
each  article  which  he  sent  to  ask  them  three  of,  they  would  send 
to  him  by  twos,  and  if  he  was  satisfied  with  this  they  would  at 
once  comply,  if  not,  it  might  be  as  he  pleased,  but  that  they  would 
not  give  it.  Because  they  did  not  choose  to  grant  what  he  de- 
manded of  them,  Fernan  de  Magalhàes  ordered  three  boats  to  be 
equipped  with  a matter  of  fifty  or  sixty  men,  and  went  against 
the  said  place,  which  was  on  the  28th  day  of  April,  in  the  morn- 
ing; there  they  found  many  people,  who  might  well  be  as  many 
as  three  thousand  or  four  thousand  men,  who  fought  with  such 
a good  will  that  the  said  Fernan  de  Magalhàes  was  killed  there, 
with  six  of  his  men,  in  the  year  1521.” 

349  Navarrete  (iv,  pp.  65,  66)  gives  the  names  of  the  men 
killed  with  Magalhàes  on  April  27  as  follows:  Christóbal  Rabelo, 
then  captain  of  the  “Victoria;”  Francisco  Espinosa,  a sailor; 
Anton  Gallego,  a common  seaman;  Juan  de  Torres,  sobresaliente 
and  soldier;  Rodrigo  Nieto,  servant  of  Juan  de  Cartagena;  Pedro 
Gomez,  servant  of  Gonzalo  Espinosa;  and  Anton  de  Escovar, 
sobresaliente,  wounded  but  died  April  29. 

350  See  vol.  1,  pp.  325,  326,  note  215*. 

351  MS.  5,650  gives  this  name  as  Duart  Bobase,  although 

lower  it  is  spelled  Barbase.  Duarte  or  Odoardo  Barbosa,  the  son 
of  Diogo  Barbosa,  who  after  serving  in  Portugal,  became  alcaide 

of  the  Sevilla  arsenal,  was  born  at  Lisbon  at  the  end  of  the 

fifteenth  century.  He  spent  the  years  1501-1516  in  the  Orient, 

the  result  of  that  stay  being  his  Livro  emque  dà  relagào  do  que 

viu  e ouviu  no  Oriente,  which  was  first  published  at  Lisbon  in 
1813  in  voi.  vii  of  Collecgao  de  noticias  para  a historia  et  geographia 
das  nagoes  ultramarinas , and  its  translation  by  Stanley,  A descrip- 
tion of  the  coasts  of  East  Africa  and  Malabar  (Hakluyt  Society 
publications,  London,  1866).  He  became  a clerk  in  the  Portu- 
guese factory  at  Cananor  under  his  uncle  Gil  Fernandez  Barbosa, 
and  became  so  expert  in  the  Malabar  language  that  he  was  said 
to  speak  it  even  better  than  the  natives.  On  account  of  his  facility 
in  the  language  he  had  been  appointed  commissioner  by  Nuno  da 
Cunha  to  negotiate  peace  with  the  Zamorin.  He  was  commis- 
sioned in  1515  to  oversee  the  construction  of  some  galleys  by 
Alboquerque.  While  at  Sevilla,  Magalhàes  lived  in  the  house- 
hold of  Diogo  Barbosa,  where  he  married  Duarte’s  sister  Beatriz. 
Duarte  embarked  on  the  “ Trinidad  ” as  a sobresaliente,  and  it 
was  he  who  captured  the  “ Victoria  ” from  the  mutineers  at  Port 
St.  Julian,  after  which  he  became  captain  of  that  vessel.  Failing 
to  recover  Magalhàes’s  body  from  the  natives  of  Mactàn,  he  was 


One] 


NOTES 


267 


himself  slain  at  Cebu  at  the  fatal  banquet  May  1,  1521.  Be- 
sides the  above  book,  which  is  a most  valuable  contribution  to 
early  Oriental  affairs,  there  is  extant  in  the  Torre  do  Tombo  a 
letter  written  by  him  from  Cananor,  January  12,  1513,  complain- 
ing of  the  Portuguese  excesses.  See  Guillemard’s  Magellan  ; Stan- 
ley’s Vasco  da  Gama  ; Birch’s  Alboquerque  ; and  Hoefer’s  Nouvelle 
Biographie  Generale  (Paris,  1855). 

352  See  ante , note  147. 

353  Magalhàes  married  Beatriz  Barbosa,  daughter  of  Diogo 
Barbosa  in  Sevilla,  probably  in  the  year  1517.  One  son  Rodrigo 
was  born  of  the  union,  who  was  about  six  months  old  at  the  time 
of  the  departure.  Rodrigo  died  in  September,  1521,  and  in  the 
March  following  Beatriz  died.  See  Guillemard,  ut  supra , pp. 
89-91,  322. 

354  MS.  5,650  adds:  “ and  to  advise  the  Christian  king.” 

355  Mosto  transcribes  this  word  wrongly  as  facente , “ busy.” 
MS.  5,650  reads:  “wiser  and  more  affectionate  than  before.” 

356  MS.  5,650  adds:  “and  presents.” 

357  The  constable  was  Gonzalo  Gomez  de  Espinosa,  who  was 
left  behind  with  the  “ Trinidad  ” and  was  one  of  the  four  sur- 
vivors of  that  ill-fated  vessel,  returning  to  Spain  long  after. 

358  This  sentence  is  confused  in  MS.  5,650,  reading:  jehan 
Caruaie  auecques  le  barifel  fen  retourneret  qui  nous  dirent  com- 
ment jlz  auoyent  veu  mener  celluy  quy  fut  guery  par  miracle  et 
le  preftre  a fa  maifon  et  que  pour  cela  jlz  fen  eftoyent  partiz  eulx 
doubtans  de  quelque  male  aduanture.  By  dropping  the  first  et 
this  becomes  equivalent  to  the  text. 

359  MS.  5,650  reads:  “ for  we  would  kill  him.” 

360  MS.  5,650  reads:  “But  Jehan  Carvaie,  his  comrade,  and 
others  refused,  for  fear  lest  they  would  not  remain  masters  there 
if  the  boat  went  ashore.” 

In  regard  to  Joào  Serrào’s  death,  Brito  (Navarrete,  iv,  p.  309) 
says  : “ As  soon  as  the  men  in  the  ships  saw  that  slaughter,  they 
hoisted  their  anchors,  and  tried  to  set  sail  in  order  to  return  to 
Burneo.  At  that  juncture,  the  savages  brought  Juan  Serrano,  one 
of  those  whom  they  wished  to  ransom,  and  asked  two  guns  and 
two  bahars  of  copper  for  him,  besides  some  Brittanias  or  linens 
such  as  they  carried  in  the  ships  as  merchandise  of  trade  and 
barter.  Serrano  told  them  to  take  him  to  the  ship  and  he  would 
give  them  what  they  asked,  but  they,  on  the  contrary,  insisted 
that  those  things  be  taken  ashore.  But  [the  men  in  the  ships] 
fearing  another  act  of  treachery  like  the  past,  set  sail,  and  aban- 
doned that  man  there,  and  nothing  more  was  heard  of  him.” 


268 


FIRST  VOYAGE  AROUND  THE  WORLD 


[Voi. 


361  The  “ Roteiro  ” (Stanley,  p.  13)  says  nothing  about  the 
banquet,  but  says  that  the  men,  twenty-eight  in  number,  counting 
the  two  captains,  went  ashore  to  ask  pilots  to  Borneo,  whereupon 
the  natives,  who  had  determined  upon  their  course  of  action  at- 
tacked and  killed  them.  Peter  Martyr  (Mosto,  p.  81,  note  5) 
asserts  that  the  violation  of  the  women  by  the  sailors  was  the 
cause  of  the  massacre.  Concerning  the  number  killed,  Brito  (Na- 
varrete,  iv,  p.  309)  says  that  thirty-five  or  thirty-six  men  went 
ashore,  and  Castanheda  and  Gomara  say  thirty,  the  last  asserting 
that  a like  number  were  made  slaves,  of  whom  eight  were  sold  in 
China.  Peter  Martyr  places  the  number  of  the  slain  at  twelve. 
Navarrete  (iv,  pp.  66,  67)  gives  the  names  of  those  massacred  as 
follows  : 


Duarte  Barbosa  .... 

Juan  Serrano 

Luis  Alfonso  de  Gois  . . 

Andres  de  S.  Martin  . . 

Sancho  de  Heredia  . . . 

Leon  de  Ezpeleta  . . . 

Pedro  de  Valderrama  . . 

Francisco  Martin  . . . 

Simon  de  la  Rochela  . . 

Cristobal  Rodriguez  . . 

Francisco  de  Madrid  . . 

Hernando  de  Aguilar  . . 

Guillermo  Fenesi  or  Tanagui 
Anton  Rodriguez  . . . 

Juan  Sigura  

Francisco  Picora  .... 
Francisco  Martin  . . . 

Anton  de  Goa  .... 
Rodrigo  de  Hurrira  . . . 

Pedro  Herrero  .... 

Hartiga  

Juan  de  Silva,  Portuguese  . 

Nuno 

Henrique,  from  Màlaca  . 

Peti  Juan,  French  . . . 

Francisco  de  la  Mezquita  . 
Francisco 

All  of  these  names  are  to 
ante , note  26. 


• captain  of  the  “ Trinidad  ” 
captain  of  the  “ Concepcion  ” 
captain  of  the  “ Victoria  ” 
pilot  of  his  Majesty 
notary 
notary 
priest 
cooper 
calker 
steward 

sobresaliente  and  soldier 
servant  of  Luis  de  Mendoza 

. gunner  of  the  “ Trinidad  ” 
sailor 
sailor 
sailor 
sailor 

common  seaman 
common  seaman 
sobresaliente 
sobresaliente 
sobresaliente 
servant  of  Magallanes 
servant  of  Magallanes  and  inter- 
preter 

servant  of  Magallanes 
servant  of  Magallanes 
son-in-law  of  Juan  Serrano 

be  found  in  Navarrete’s  list.  See 


362  Chiacare  : the  nangca;  see  voi.  ii,  p.  149,  where  Pigafetta  de- 
scribes and  names  this  fruit.  Mosto  confuses  it  with  the  durio 
zibethenuSy  which  is  abundant  in  the  western  islands  of  the  Indian 


One] 


NOTES 


269 


archipelagoes,  Mindanao  being  the  only  one  of  the  Philippines 
where  it  is  found  (Crawfurd,  Dictionary  ) ; but  it  is  the  Artocarpus 
integrifolia  (see  vol.  xvi,  p.  88,  note  72).  MS.  5,650  makes  this 
“ capers.” 

363  MS.  5,650  omits  mention  of  the  panicum,  sorgo,  garlic,  and 
nangcas. 

364  MS.  5,650  reads:  “ one  to  the  east  northeast,  and  the  other 
to  the  west  southwest.” 

365  MS.  5,650  adds:  “and  eleven  minutes.” 

366  Stanley  says  wrongly  154°. 

367  This  word  ends  a page  in  the  original  Italian  MS.  On  the 
following  page  is  a repetition  of  the  title:  V ocabili  deli  populi 
gentilli , that  is  “ Words  of  those  heathen  peoples.”  MS.  5,650 
does  not  contain  this  list,  and  it  is  also  omitted  by  Stanley. 

368  See  ante , note  160. 

369  Bassag  bassag  does  not  correspond  to  “shin,”  but  to  “ basket 
for  holding  clothes,  etc.,”  or  “ cartilage  of  the  nose  ; ” or  possibly 
to  basac  basaci  “ the  sound  made  by  falling  water.” 

370  The  equivalent  of  Pigafetta’s  dana  is  daoa  or  daua , “millet.” 
Mais , probably  the  equivalent  of  humas  is  the  word  for  “ pani- 
cum.” 

371  Tahil  is  found  in  the  Tagàlog  dictionaries,  and  is  the  name 
of  a specific  weight,  not  weight  in  general.  It  is  the  Chinese 
weight  called  “ tael,”  which  was  introduced  by  the  Chinese  into 
the  East  Indies,  whence  it  spread  throughout  the  various  archi- 
pelagoes. See  Crawfurd’s  Dictionary  ; and  VOLS.  Ill,  p.  192,  note 
57  ; iv,  p.  100,  note  11  ; and  vn,  p.  88. 

372  See  Note  582,  post. 

373  Tinapay  (used  also  by  the  Bicols  to  denote  any  kind  of 
bread)  denotes  a kind  of  cake  or  loaf  made  with  flour  and  baked 
about  the  size  of  a chocolate-cup  saucer.  Two  of  these  are  put 
together  before  baking  with  some  sugar  between.  The  word  is 
extended  also  to  wheat  bread  and  to  the  hosts.  See  Encarnación’s 
Die  donano. 

374  Amoretti’s  conjectured  reading  of  sonaglio  (“hawk’s-bell”) 
for  conaglio  (see  Mosto,  p.  83),  proves  correct  from  the  Visayan 
dictionaries. 

375  Baloto  signifies  a canoe  dug  out  of  a single  log.  One  of 
twenty  varas  in  length  is  termed  bilis , while  the  hull  alone  is 
called  dalamas. 

376  Most  of  the  words  of  Pigafetta’s  Visayan  vocabulary  can 
be  distinguished  in  the  dictionaries  of  that  language,  although 


270  FIRST  VOYAGE  AROUND  THE  WORLD  [Voi. 


it  is  necessary  to  make  allowance  at  times  for  Pigafetta’s  Italian 
phonetic  rendering.  Following  is  a list  of  the  words  that  can 
be  distinguished  from  Diccionario  bisaya-espanol  y espanol- 
bisaya  (Manila,  1885),  by  Juan  Félix  de  la  Encarnación,  O.S.A. 
(Recollect)  ; and  Diccionario  Hispano-bisaya  y bisaya-espanol 
(Manila,  1895)  by  Antonio  Sanchez  de  la  Rosa,  O.S.F.  See 
also  Pocket  dictionary  of  the  English,  Spanish  and  Vis  ay  an  lan- 
guages (Cebu,  1900)  by  H.  M.  Cohen;  and  Mallat’s  Les  Philip- 
pines (Paris,  1846),  ii,  pp.  175-238.  The  words  queried  in  the 
following  list  are  simply  offered  as  conjectural  equivalents. 


English 

Vis  ay  an 

man 

woman  (mar- 

(Pigafetta) 

lac 

(. Encarnación ) 

( Sanchez ) 

lalaqui  (?) 

ried) 

babay 

babaye 

babaye 

hair 

face 

boho 

guay 

bohóc 

bohoc 

bayhon  ( ?) 

eyebrows 

chilei 

quilay 

qui  ray 

eye 

matta 

matà 

mata 

nose 

ilon 

ilong 

irong 

jaw 

apin 

aping 

aping 

mouth 

baba 

ba-ba 

babà 

teeth 

nipin 

ngipon 

ngipon 

gums 

leghex 

lagos 

lagus 

tongue 

dilla 

dila 

dila 

ear 

throat 

delenghan 

liogh 

dalonggan 

liog 

doronggan 

chin 

queilan 

solang  (?) 

sulang  (?) 

beard 

bonghot 

bongot 

bongot 

shoulder 
spine  [back- 

bagha 

abaga 

abaga 

bone] 

licud 

licod 

licod 

breast 

dughan 

doghan 

dughan 

body 

tiam 

tian 

tian 

armpit 

ilot 

iloc 

iroc 

arm 

botchen 

bocton  ; 
botcon 

butcon 

elbow 

sico 

sico 

sico 

hand 

camat 

camot 

camut 

palm  of  hand  palan 

palad  [sa 
camot] 

palad  [sa 
camut] 

finger 

dudlo 

todlo 

tudlo 

fingernail 

coco 

coco 

coco;  colo 

navel 

pusut 

posad 

posud 

penis 

utin 

otin 

otin 

One] 


NOTES 


271 


English 


testicles 

vagina 

buttocks 

thigh 

knee 

calf  of  leg 

ankle 

heel 

sole  of  foot 

gold 

silver 

brass 

iron 

sugarcane 

honey 

wax 

salt 

wine 

to  eat 

hog 

goat 

chicken 

pepper 

cloves 

cinnamon 

ginger 

garlic 

egg 

cocoanut 

vinegar 

water 

fire 

smoke 

balances 

pearl 

mother-of- 

pearl 

pipe 

rice  cakes 

good 

knife 

scissors 

to  shave 

linen 


Vis  ay  an 


(Pigafetta) 

( Encarnación ) 

(Sanchez) 

boto 

boto 

boto 

billat 

bilat 

bilat 

samput 

paha 

sampot 

paa 

paa 

tuhud 

tohod 

tohud 

bitis 

bitiis 

biti-is 

bolbol 

bool  bool 

boco  boco 

tiochid 

ticód 

ticud 

lapa  lapa 
balaoan 

lapa  lapa 
bulàoan 

bulauan 

pilla 

concach 

butan 

pilàc 

calonggaqui 

pothao 

puthao 

tube 

tobó 

tubo 

deghex 

dogos 

dugos 

talho 

talo 

talo 

acin 

asm 

asin 

tuba  nia  nipa 

toba  nga  nipa 

tuba  nga  nipa 

macan 

pagcaon  (?) 

pagcaon  (?) 

babui 

baboy 

babuy 

candin 

canding 

canding 

monoch 

manóc 

manuc 

manissa 

chianche 

malisa 

sangqui 

sangqui 

mana 

mana 

mana 

luia 

loy-a 

luy-a 

laxuna 

lasona 

lasona 

silong 

itlog 

itlug 

lubi 

lobi 

lubi 

zlucha 

suca 

suca 

tubin 

tobig;  tubig 

tubig 

clayo 

calayo 

calayo 

assu 

aso 

aso 

tinban 

timbangan 

timbang;  tim- 

mutiara 

mutia 

bangan 

mutia 

tipay 

tipay 

tipay 

subin 

sobing 

subing 

tinapai 

tinapay 

tinapay 

main 

maayo 

maopay 

capol;  sundan 

sipol;  sondang 

sipol;  sundang 

catle 

catli 

catli 

chunthinch 

balandan 

gunting 

balantan 

272  FIRST  VOYAGE  AROUND  THE  WORLD 


[Voi. 


English 

Vis  ay  an 

their  cloth 

( Pigafetta ) 

(Encarnación) 

(Sanchez) 

[i.e.,  hemp]  abaca 

abacà 

abacà 

hawk’s  bell 

coloncolon 

colongcolong 

goronggorong 

comb 

shirt 

cutlei 

sabun 

surlay 

sodlay 
sabong  (?) 
[i.e.,  orna- 
ment] 

sewing-needle  daghu 

dagom 

dagum 

dog 

aian;  ydo 

; iro 

ayam;  

scarf  [veil] 

gapas 

gapas  [i.e., 
cotton] 

house 

ilaga;  baiai 

; balay 

; balay 

timber 

tatamue 

tatha  (?) 

[i.e.,  to 
split]  or 
pata  (?) 

[i.e.,  a piece 
of  wood  or 
bamboo] 

tahamis  (?) 

mat 

tagichan 

tagicàn 

taguican 

palm-mat 

bani 

banig 

banag 

cushion 

wooden  plat- 

uliman 

olnan,  and  al- 
lied forms 
(?) 

olonan  (?) 

ters 

dulan 

dolong 

dulang 

sun 

adlo 

arlao 

adlao 

star 

bunthun 

bitoon  (?) 

bitoon  (?) 

morning 

uema 

ogma; 
odma  (?) 

cup 

tagha 

tagay 

tagay 

bow 

bossugh 

bosog 

bosog 

arrow 

oghun 

odyong 

odiong 

shield 

calassan 

calasag 

calasag 

quilted  armor 

baluti 

baloti 

dagger 

calix  ; baladao 

calis;  baladao 

caris  ; baladao 

cutlass 

campilan 

campilan 

campilang 

spear 

like 

bancan 

tuan 

bangcao 

bangcao 

to-ang 

banana 

gourd 

saghin 

baghin 

saguing 

bagong 

saguing 

net 

pucat;  laia 

; laya 

raya 

small  boat 

sampan 

sampan 

sampan 

large  canes 

cauaghan 

caoayan 

cauayan 

small  canes 

bonbon 

bongbong 

bongbong 

One] 


NOTES 


273 


English 

Visayan 

( Pigafetta ) 

{Encarnación) 

( Sanchez ;) 

large  boats 

balanghai 

balangay 

barangay 

small  boats 

boloto 

baloto 

baloto 

crabs 

cuban 

coboa 

fish 

icam;  yssida 

; isda 

; isda 

a colored  fish 

panapsapan 

panapsapan 

panapsapan 

a red  fish 

timuan 

tiao  (?) 

another  fish 

pilax 

pilas 

ship 

benaoa 

bàngca 

king 

raia 

hari 

hadi 

one 

uzza 

usa 

usa 

two 

dua 

doha 

duha 

three 

tolo 

toló 

tolo 

four 

upat 

opàt 

upat 

five 

lima 

lima 

lima 

six 

onom 

onóm 

unum 

seven 

pitto 

pitó 

pito 

eight 

gualu 

oaló 

ualo 

nine 

ciam 

siàm 

si  am 

ten 

polo 

napoló 

napolo 

Some  of  the  words  present  difficulties  however,  due  probably 
to  error  on  Pigafetta’s  part  and  the  obstacles  in  the  method  of 
communication  between  peoples  the  genius  of  whose  respective 
languages  is  entirely  distinct.  The  general  Visayan  word  for 
“ man  ” is  tao  or  tauo , although  Mallat  gives  a form  dala , which 
may  correspond  to  the  lac  of  Pigafetta  (but  see  vol.  v,  p.  123, 
where  the  origin  of  the  words  lalac , “ man,”  and  babaye , 
'‘woman,”  are  given  by  Loarca).  Babaye  ( babae ) is  the  general 
word  for  “woman”  or  “married  woman;”  while  binibini  is 
given  by  Mallat  as  the  Tagàlog  equivalent  of  “girl,”  and  by 
Santos  in  his  V 0 cabalano  de  la  lengua  tagala  (Manila,  1835)  as 
the  equivalent  of  “ influential  woman.”  Liog  is  used  for  both 
“ throat  ” and  “ neck.”  Tian  is  properly  “ belly,”  and  the  mis- 
take would  arise  naturally  in  Pigafetta  pointing  to  himself  when 
desiring  the  word  for  “ body,”  which  would  be  construed  by  the 
natives  to  that  particular  part  toward  which  he  happened  to 
point.  Boto  is  used  for  both  the  male  and  female  generative 
organs,  especially  the  latter,  as  well  as  for  the  testicles.  Britiis 
corresponds  to  both  “ shin  ” and  “ calf  of  the  leg.”  Iro  denotes 
also  the  civet  cat.  Bulan  the  equivalent  of  Pigafetta’s  bolon  is 
the  word  for  “ moon  ” instead  of  “ star.”  The  occurrence  of 
what  are  today  Tagàlog  forms  in  Pigafetta’s  list  shows  how  the 
various  dialects  shade  into  one  another  and  how  the  one  has  re- 
tained words  that  have  sunk  into  disuse  in  the  other. 


